Volume 3 - CEEGSTL - P2L1

POWER GRID BANGLADESH PLC
Bidding Document
for
Design, Supply, Erection, Testing &
Commissioning of capacity enhancement and
Capacitor Bank installation with associated
switchgear in existing grid substation
(Package-2, Lot-1)
Volume 3 of 3
Issued on : July 30, 2024

Invitation for Bids No. : 27.21.0000.101.07.417.24.4059
ICB No. : POWERGRID/CEEGSTL/SS/Package-2/Lot-1/Re-Tender
Country : Bangladesh
Employer:
Power Grid Bangladesh PLC
Grid Bhaban, Avenue-3, Jahurul Islam City,
Aftabnagar, Badda, Dhaka-1212, Bangladesh
i
Contents of the Tender Documents
VOLUME 1
Part 1: Bidding Procedures

Section 1: Instructions to Bidders (ITB)
Section 2: Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
Section 3: Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC)
Section 4: Bidding Forms (BDF)
Section 5: Eligible Countries (ELC)
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements

Section 6: Employer’s Requirements (ERQ)
Part 3: Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

Section 7: General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
Section 8: Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)
Section 9: Contract Forms (COF)
VOLUME 2
System Parameters & Plant Design

Technical Specifications & Requirements
Drawings forming Part of Specifications
VOLUME 3
Schedule A: Scope of Work

Schedule B: Bid Prices & Schedules
Schedule C: Bar Chart Program of Key Activities-Delivery & Completion Time Schedule
Schedule D: Manufacturers, Places of Manufacture and Testing
Schedule E: Technical Particulars and Guarantees
Schedule F: Proposed Subcontractors
Schedule G: Proposed Alternative Standards to Which Equipment Shall Be Provided
Schedule H: Proposed Contract and Site Organization
Schedule I : Drawings and Documents to be submitted with the Bid and after contract
Schedule J: Proposed Subcontractors
Schedule K: Coefficient and Indices for Price Adjustment
Tender Document: Design, Supply, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of capacity enhancement and Capacitor Bank
installation with associated switchgear in existing grid substation. (Package-2, Lot-1)
2
Table of Contents
1. Schedule A: Scope of Works 4
1.1 Description of Overall Project 4
1.2 Description of this Package 4
1.3 Requirement 8
1.3.1 New 400/138/33kV Transformer at Kaliakoir 400/230/132kV AIS Substation 8
1.3.2 New 230/138/34.5kV transformer at Agargaon 230/132/33kV GIS Substation 10
1.3.3 230/132/33kV transformer replacement at Boropukuria 230/132/33kV AIS Substation
16
1.3.4 230/132/33kV transformer replacement at Tongi 230/132/33kV AIS Substation 16
1.3.5 New 132/33kV transformer at Bhasantek 132/33kV GIS Substation 20
1.3.6 New 132/33kV transformer at Faridpur 132/33kV AIS Substation 24
1.3.7 132/33kV transformer replacement at Madaripur 132/33kV AIS Substation 28
1.3.8 132/33kV transformer replacement at Pabna132/33kV AIS Substation 30
1.3.9 Technical Requirements for Extension of 02 Nos. of AIS bays at
existing Pabna 132/33 kV Substation 33
1.3.10 36kV Capacitor banks at Panchagarh 132/33kV AIS Substation 36
1.3.11 36kV Capacitor banks at Thakurgaon 132/33kV AIS Substation 38
1.3.12 36kV Capacitor banks at Purba-Sadipur 132/33kV AIS Substation 40
1.3.13 36kV Indoor Capacitor banks at Naogaon 132/33kV AIS Substation 40
1.3.14 36kV Capacitor banks at Niyamatpur 132/33kV AIS Substation 40
1.3.15 36kV Capacitor banks at Joypurhat 132/33kV AIS Substation 40
1.3.16 36kV Capacitor banks at Cox’s Bazar 132/33kV AIS Substation 42
1.3.17 36kV Capacitor banks at Chuadanga 132/33kV AIS Substation 45
1.3.18 36kV Capacitor banks at Bhandaria 132/33kV AIS Substation 47
1.3.19 36kV Capacitor banks at Kishorganj 132/33kV AIS Substation 49
1.4 Detailed Description of the Scope of Supply for Tele-communication System 49
1.4.1 Recommendation of Communication system 49
1.4.2 Architecture of the Overall Telecommunication System 50
1.4.3 Scope of Work and Supply 50
1.4.4 Engineering Services 51
1.5 Detailed Description of the Scope of Supply for SCADA, Control & Monitoring
System 51
1.5.1 Overall Scope of Work and Supply 52
1.5.2 Adaptation and Configuration of the NLDC 52
1.5.3 General Principle and Description of SCMS 54
1.5.4 Scope of Work and Supply at New Substations (N 57
1.5.5 Scope of Work and Supply at Existing Substations 58
1.5.6 Engineering Services 58
1.6 Terminal Points 59
1.6.1 Transmission Line Circuit Connections 59
1.6.2 Communication and SCADA Equipment 59
1.7 Training and Inspection 61
1.7.1 Training Contents 62
2. Schedule B: Bid Prices & Schedules 64
Schedule No. B1: Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad 65
Schedule No. B2: Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the
Employer's Country 65
Schedule No. B4: Installation and Other Services 65
Schedule No. B5: Grand Summary 65
3
Schedule No. B6: Recommended Spare Parts 65

3. Schedule C: Bar Chart Program of Key Activities - Delivery &
Completion Time Schedule 66
3.1 Times for Delivery and Completion 66
4. Schedule D: Manufacturers, Places of Manufacture and Testing 67
5. Schedule E: Technical Particulars and Guarantees 84
5.1 General 84
5.2 Technical Data Schedule 84
5.2.1 Part-1: HV AIS Switchgear 85
5.2.2 Part 2: GIS Switchgear 155
5.2.3 AIS Switchgear 33 kV 171
5.2.4 Transformers 199
5.2.5 Control, Protection, Substation Automation & Metering 325
5.2.6 Digital Fault and Disturbance Recorder (DFDR) 410
5.2.7 HV & LV Cable 415
5.2.8 Batteries, Chargers and DC Distribution: 433
5.2.9 LVDC/AC Distribution Panel (Not Applicable) 439
5.2.10 Telecommunication Equipment 439
5.2.11 36kV Capacitor Bank, 36kV Reactor, and 36kV NCT 447
5.2.12 Others 455
5.3 Technical information 459
5.4 Drawings and Other Technical Information to be provided 464
6. Schedule F: Subcontractors 467
7. Schedule G: Proposed Alternative Standards to Which Equipment
Shall Be Provided 468
8. Schedule H: Proposed Contract & Site Organization 469
10. Schedule I: Drawings and Documents to Be Submitted with Bid
and After Contract 472
10.1 Drawing and Documents to be Submitted with BID 472
10.2 Drawings and Documents to be Submitted after Contract 473
11. Schedule J: Departures from The Specification 477
12. Schedule K: Coefficient and Indices for Price Adjustment 478
4
1. Schedule A: Scope of Works
1.1 Description of Overall Project

The Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh has prioritized the power sector development
and has taken massive initiative to build a country-wide power network (transmission & distribution)
targeting to reach electricity for all by 2021. As per Power System Master Plan (PSMP- 2016), a
transmission system capable of supplying 40000 MW electricity throughout the country is essential by
2030. With the aim of realizing Government’s vision, Power Grid Company of Bangladesh Ltd. (PGCB)
has undertaken numerous projects to strengthen the National Grid in order to meet the proliferating
demand of electricity throughout the country.
This project aims to increase the capacity of current grid substations, install new capacitor banks,
replace existing conductors on existing transmission lines, and implement second circuit stringing to
ensure a quality and reliable power supply to meet the country's growing electricity demand.
1.2 Description of this Package
This turnkey package is for designing, manufacturing, factory testing, packing for export,
shipping, delivery to site, complete erection and installation as well as including site testing,
(pre)commissioning, training at site, quality assurance & warranty for a period of defect liability
period (as mentioned in General/Special condition of Contract) after commissioning for all
equipment’s and all civil works.
The work covered by this Bid and Specification is outlined below-
Power Transformer
Sl. Name of the Installation of Power

Quantity Installation Type
No. Substations Transformer
Control, Protection, SAS &

Metering for 400kV and
Control, Protection, SAS &
132kV Bays of
Metering for 400kV and 132kV
400/138/33kV Transformer
1. Kaliakoir 400/230/132kV Bays of 400/138/33kV --
and Fire Fighting System
Transformer and Fire Fighting
for that transfomer
System for that transfomer
230/132kV
2. Agargaon 225/300MVA 3-
1 New
230/132kV phase Auto
Transformer
5
230/132kV
3. Tongi 350/450MVA 3-
2 Replacement
230/132kV phase Auto
Transformer
132/33kV
4. Bhasantek 80/120MVA 3-
1 New
132/33kV phase Power
Transformer
132/33kV
5. Faridpur 80/120MVA 3-
1 New
Transformer
132/33kV
6. Madaripur 80/120MVA 3-
2 Replacement
Transformer
132/33kV
7. Pabna 80/120MVA 3-
2 Replacement
Transformer
AIS Bay Extension
Sl. Name of the Bay Extension Quantity

No. Substations
132 kV AIS Bay Extension

Pabna
1. 132/33kV 2 nos.
Substation
36kV Capacitor Bank
Proposed compensation Block

Sl. No. Name of the Substations (MVar)
1. Panchogar 132/33 2x15
6
2. Thakurgaon 132/33kV 3x15
3. Joypurhat 132/33kV 2x15
4. Coxbazar 132/33kV 4x15
5. Chuadanga 132/33kV 2x15
6. Bhandaria 132/33kV 3x15
Required works shall be in accordance with this section and drawings. In this section being
Scope of Works are listed herewith. The “Schedule of requirements” for equipment, materials
and services, detailed technical specifications of equipment, materials and price schedule
included in the bidder document shall be read in conjunction with the scope of work described
herein. The drawings provided in the bidder document are being indicative only and hence the
entire scope of work is not fully reflected in those drawings.
Even though miscellaneous works are not fully specified in this section, those works shall be
deemed fully to be included in the scope of works. And also all details, accessories etc. required
for the complete installation and satisfactory operation of the works not specifically mentioned in
this specification are deemed to be included in the Contract Price.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all or any items of work required for the
safe, efficient and satisfactory completion and functioning of the works.
The program of works shall be as shown in schedule C of times for delivery and completion.
Within one month of acceptance of the Bid, the contractor shall submit a program chart detailing
times required for the design, manufacture, testing, delivery and erection for the complete work.
The Works under this Bid Package for substation part in brief are:
Power Transformers:
Design supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of two (2) nos. 230/132kV,
350/450MVA 3-phase auto transformers, one (1) no. 230/132kV, 225/300MVA 3-phase auto
transformer, and six (6) nos. 132/33 kV, 80/120MVA, 3-phase Power transformers with
necessary switchgears and civil works. The above two (2) nos. 230/132kV, 350/450MVA 3-phase
auto transformers with associated switchgears and four (4) nos. 132/33 kV, 80/120MVA, 3-phase
power transformers with associated switchgears shall replace the existing power transformers
and switchgears to enhance the capacity due to overload. Remaining one (1) no. 230/132kV,
225/300MVA 3-phase auto transformer and two (2) nos. 132/33kV, 80/120 MVA 3-phase power
transformer shall be installed in new location/bay and new switchgear shall be installed for
connection of those transformers and in some cases supplements shall be included for extension
from existing bus section.
AIS Bay Extension:
7
Design, supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of one (01) no. of 400kV and
one (01) no. of 132 kV AIS Bay Extension with necessary switchgears and civil works at Kaliakoir
400/230/132kV Substation for connecting one (01) no. of 400/132kV 250/325MVA 3-phase Auto
Transformer and two (2) nos. 132kV AIS bay extension with necessary switchgears and civil
works at Pabna 132/33kV AIS substation.
36kV Capacitor Banks:
Design, supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of Sixteen (16) nos. 36kV
15MVAR 3-phase capacitor bank with necessary switchgears, civil works and in some case,
supplements shall be included for extension from existing bus section. All capacitor banks and
associated switchgears shall be designed as outdoor type. Bidders should submit their offer to
make shunt compensation with capacitor banks at six (6) identified substations in all respects to
make it fully operational.
Harmonic Study regarding capacitor bank installation:
The contractor shall provide harmonic analysis report focusing on its level and behaviours. The
study as well as field measurement shall be conducted before design of the capacitor bank and
after completion of work i.e. testing & commissioning in every location where the capacitor banks
to be installed. The study shall be done by capacitor bank manufacturer. It shall be based on
IEEE 67 standard and data shall be recorded for at least 72 hours. The Contractor will design
capacitor bank reflecting the analysis data after the initial study of harmonics. Initially the inrush
damping reactor has been selected for the series reactor of the capacitor bank configuration.
However, if detuning reactor installation is required to suppress the harmonics for particular
substations, based on the study, then the quoted price rate (refers to the Panchagarh substation,
in Schedule B) will be applicable for the modification. The cost of the harmonic study shall be
deemed to be included in design services.
The detailed requirements are listed in the Technical Specification, Technical Particulars &
Guarantee Schedule and Price schedule.
Following works are to be included in the scope of this project but shall not be limited to
completion of this turnkey project.
This Bid provides for all parts of the works to be completed in every respect for commercial
operation to the requirements of the Engineer. All details, accessories etc. required for the
complete installation and satisfactory operation of the works not specifically mentioned in this
Specification are deemed to be included in the contract price.
8
1.3 Requirement
1.3.1 Control, Protection, SAS & Metering for 400kV and 132kV Bays of
400/138/33kV Transformer and Fire Fighting System at Kaliakoir
400/230/132kV AIS Substation
For Kaliakoir grid substation, scheme of existing 400kV side is one and half bus and 132kV
side is double bus. Design, supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of Control,
Protection, SAS, Metering and SCADA/NLDC integration of 400kV and 132kV Bays of one (1)
no. of 400/132/33kV, 250/325MVA Auto transformer located at south side of D2 diameter of
400kV switchyard at Kaliakoir 400/230/132kV Substation and Fire Fighting System for that
transformer. Design, supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of this
400/132/33kV, 250/325MVA 3-phase Auto Transformer and associated 400kV and 132kV AIS
Bay Extension with necessary switchgears shall be done under another contract.
The equipment to be designed, supplied, installed, tested & commissioned shall be as
stipulated in bid specification and shown in bid drawings.
Item Description
1A Fire Fighting System for Power Transformer
1A1 Water Spray System (WSS) type Fire Fighting System for one (01) no. of auto
transformer. There shall have provision for extension of this WSS type Fire Fighting
System for one (01) no. of additional auto transformer.
1J Control, Protection, SAS & Metering
Design, supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of all Control,

Protection, SAS, Metering and DFDR panels and and SCADA/NLDC integration for
400kV and 132kV bays of 400/132/33kV, 250/325MVA 3-phase Auto transformer with
necessary control & protection cabling among respective panels, bay equipment and
transformer. Under another contract this 400/132/33kV, 3-phase Auto Transformer
shall be installed at south side of D2 diameter and associated 400kV and 132kV AIS
bay extensions shall be completed.
All the Control, Protection, SAS, Metering and DFDR panels shall be installed in the
existing 400kV and 132kV Switchyard Panel Rooms (SPR). Existing relay & SAS are
ABB, Switzerland make.
The sequence of the panels shall mirror the actual switchyard layout. Space shall be
provided adjacent to the panel suites for each voltage level to accommodate sufficient
panels for the future circuits.
The equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned is shown on Bid Drawings
comprising the following:
400kV Circuit
1J1 One (01) set of complete Control, protection, SAS & metering system with panel for
400kV bay of one (01) no. of Auto-Transformer.
9
1J2 One (01) lot of extension of existing busbar protection system (Main-1 & Main-2) to
incorporate 400kV bay of one (01) no. of Auto-Transformer. Existing busbar protection
system (Main-1 & Main-2) are ABB, Switzerland make.
1J3 Deleted
1J4 One (1) lot of Tariff metering; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase, 4-wire import
and export MWh and MVArh meters (accuracy class 0.2s) for 400kV bay of one (01)
no. of Auto-Transformer. For each feeder minimum two meters (main & check). Tariff
Meters are to be supplied from Europe, Canada, USA or Japan origin. Tariff metering
panel shall be as required.
1J5 Deleted.
132 kV Circuit
The equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned shall comprise:-
1J6 One (01) set of complete control, protection, SAS & metering system with panel for
132kV bay of one (01) no. of Auto-Transformer.
1J7 One (01) lot of extension of existing busbar protection system (Main-1 & Main-2) to
incorporate 132kV bay of one (01) no. of Auto-Transformer. Existing busbar protection
system (Main-1 & Main-2) are ABB, Switzerland make.
1J8 One (01) lot of extension of existing DFDR system to incorporate 132kV bay of one
(01) no. of Auto-Transformer. Existing DFDR is Qualitrol make (Model: BEN 6000).
1J9 One (1) lot of Tariff metering; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase, 4-wire import
and export MWh and MVArh meters (accuracy class 0.2s) for 132kV bay of one (01)
no. of Auto-Transformer. For each feeder minimum two meters (main & check). Tariff
Meters are to be supplied from Europe, Canada, USA or Japan origin. Tariff metering
panel shall be as required.
33 kV Circuit-
1J10 Deleted
1J11 Deleted
1K Multicore Power & Control Cable
1K1 One (1) lot of multicore low voltage 0.6/1.1kV XLPE insulated power cable, and control
cables (IEC 60502,60870) shall be supplied, installed, glanced, terminated and have
individual cores identified to be used for connection among respective panels (to be
supplied under this contract), existing panels, bay equipment and transformer. The
substation cable routing and core schedules shall also be provided accordingly.
1O SCADA/NLDC System
10
1O1 One (1) lot of extension/modification of complete set of design, supply, delivery,
installation, testing & commissioning of hardware and software to provide the
telecontrol & telemetering facilities required at the existing National Load Despatch
Center (NLDC) at Rampura and backup station at Siddhirganj for integration of one (1)
no. of 400/132/33kV, 250/325MVA Auto transformer and associated 400kV and 132kV
bays. All required electrical signals shall be transmitted to the NLDC through the
Industrial Gateway of the substation automation system. All HV breakers, motorized
disconnectors, tap changer, etc. shall be controlled from NLDC through the Gateway
of the substation automation system using IEC 60870-5-104 protocol. All necessary
modification works in the software of master station of NLDC at Rampura & backup
station at Siddhirganj are to be carried out.
The scope includes NLDC integration of of one (1) no. of 400/132/33kV, 250/325MVA
Auto transformer and associated one (1) no. of 400kV and one (1) no. of 132kV
transformer feeders.
1Q Civil Works, Building and Foundation
Complete Outdoor Civil Works
1Q1 Complete design, supply and construction of all civil items required for the outdoor
works suitable for extension of cable trenches, land development, new XLPE power
cable trench, surfacing, extension of existing road, and drainage system etc.
1R Lighting, Small Power, Air Conditioning and Ventilation, Fire-Fighting System & CCTV
1R1 One (1) lot of Lighting (LED type) for outside building required for bay extension work for
security, roadway, switchyard and emergency DC lighting
1.3.2 New 230/138/34.5kV transformer at Agargaon 230/132/33kV GIS Substation

For Agargaon grid substation, scheme of existing 230kV and 132kV side are double bus. One
(1) nos. 230/138/34.5kV, 225/300MVA 3Φ Auto transformer with necessary 230kV, 132kV &
33kV switchgear equipment and civil works shall be installed. The new transformer shall be
suitable for parallel operation with existing two transformers. The equipment to be designed,
supplied, installed, tested & commissioned as stipulated in bid specification and shown in bid
drawings:
Item Description
2A Power Transformer (New)
2A1 One (1) set of 230/138/34.5kV, 225/300MVA (ONAN/ONAF), 3Φ outdoor type auto
transformers with associated bushing CTs including all necessary connections,
insulators & fittings, transformer rail.
2A2 Deleted.
2A3 Deleted.
2B 245kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)
11
The existing 245kV GIS is SIEMENS, Germany make (model is 8DN9). GIS bay
extension in this substation under this project shall be done with the GIS of the same
manufacturer and model as per existing GIS. The bidder's responsibility shall include
all necessary interface data collection and expert service from existing GIS
manufacturer and adaptation of new GIS bay accordingly. The Employer will not
provide any additional information except whichever available in this bidding document.
The price of interfacing/extension module, if required any, as well as the cost of
interfacing/extension work shall be deemed to be included in the contract price.
The 245kV GIS shall comply with the particular requirements as detailed in the
Schedule of Technical Requirements and shall comprise the following: -
2B1 245kV GIS Auto Transformer Feeder Bay, comprises with:
i) One (1) lot of 245kV, 2000A, 40kA/3s, single/three phase Enclosure double
busbar
ii) One (1) set of 245kV, 1600A, 40kA/3s, three phase, gang operated Circuit
Breaker complete with spring operating mechanism
iii) One (1) set of 245kV,1600A, 40kA/3s, three phase busbar Disconnector with
earth switch, complete with motor operating mechanism
iv) One (1) set of 245kV,1600A, 40kA/3s, three phase busbar Disconnector
without earth switch, complete with motor operating mechanism
v) One (1) set of 245kV, 40kA/3s, three phase Earth Switch complete with motor
operating mechanism
vi) Three (3) nos. 245kV, 40kA/3s single phase, 5-core Current Transformer
vii) Three (3) nos. 245kV single phase, 2-core Voltage Transformer with externally
operable Disconnector and earth switch
viii) Three (3) nos. of 192kV rated voltage, 154 kV(rms) continuous operating
voltage at 50oC, 10kA nominal discharge current, 50Hz, Heavy duty station
class, single phase outdoor type GIS surge arresters.
ix) Three (3) nos. of single phase GIS-to-Air Bushing with all accessories for TR
x) One (1) set of Local Control Cubicle
xi) One (1) lot of complete Set of miscellaneous items required for safe and
efficient operation of the switchgear, terminal arrangements for single-core
cables, busbar end covers or link to adjacent switchgear panel, cables, metal
support structure, grounding, etc. as appropriate
2C 145kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)
The existing 145kV GIS is SIEMENS, Germany make (model is 8DN8). GIS bay
interfacing/extension work shall be deemed to be included in the contract price. The
145kV GIS shall comply with the particular requirements as detailed in the Schedule of
Technical Requirements and shall comprise the following: -
2C1 145kV GIS Auto Transformer Feeder Bay, comprises with:
12
i) One (1) lot of 145kV, 2500A, 31.5kA/3s, single/three phase Enclosure double
busbar
ii) One (1) set of 145kV, 2000A, 31.5kA/3s, three phase, gang operated Circuit
iii) One (1) set of 145kV,2000A, 31.5kA/3s, three phase busbar Disconnector with
iv) One (1) set of 145kV, 2000A, 31.5kA/3s, three phase busbar Disconnector
v) One (1) set of 145kV, 31.5kA/3s, three phase Earth Switch complete with
motor operating mechanism
vi) Three (3) set 145kV, 31.5kA/3s single phase, 5-core Current Transformer
vii) Three (3) nos. 145kV single phase, 2-core Voltage Transformer with externally
operable Disconnector and earth switch
viii) Deleted
ix) One (1) set of three phase GIS Cable compartment with externally operable
isolation link
x) Three (3) nos. of Single phase complete GIS-to-Cable termination (both male
and female) with all accessories for TR bay.
xi) One (1) set of Local Control Cubicle
xii) One (1) lot of complete Set of miscellaneous items required for safe and
2D 132kV and 33kV Air Insulated Switchgears (AIS)
2D1 Three (3) nos. of 120kV rated voltage, 10kA nominal discharge current, 50Hz, Heavy
duty station class, gapless metal oxide type, single phase surge arresters.
2D2 Three (3) nos. of single-phase, 3-core, 33kV, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post
type inductive voltage transformer.
duty station class, single phase AIS surge arresters.
2E Conductor for Mainbus, Jackbus & Equipment connection for 230kV, 132kV &
33kV
2E1 One (1) lot of rigid tubular bus / flexible conductors for mainbus, jackbus, jumper,
equipment connections including all necessary clamps & connectors required for
completing 230kV, 132kV & 33kV switchgear as specified in the technical
specifications.
2F Insulator & fittings for 230kV, 132kV & 33kV
2F1 One (1) lot of insulators and fittings including all necessary accessories required for
completing 400kV, 132kV and 33kV switchgear as specified in the technical
specifications.
13
2G Steel Structures
2G1 One (1) lot of steel structures for gantry and equipment supports including nuts & bolts
and cable tray with all necessary fitting & fixing accessories required for completing
230kV, 132kV and 33kV switchgear as specified in the technical specifications.
2H GIL, Power Cables, Cable Termination and GIS
230 kV Circuit
2H1 245kV Gas Insulated Line (GIL) for one (1) transformer feeders, single-phase/three-
phase encloser, which consist of terminating chambers complete with support
structure, etc. The Length of GIL shall be considered 60m for bidding purpose. Actual
payment shall be as per final design. The length given here is as single-phase length.
2H2 Deleted
132 kV Circuit
2H3 132kV, 1Cx1600sqmm (1 run for each phase) XLPE Cu cables & cable termination (at
transformer end) for connecting one (1) 230/138/34.5kV transformer to 132kV GIS.
Cable laying method shall be buried outside the GIS building.
2J Control, Protection, SAS & Metering
All control & protection equipment and metering panels for 230kV, 132kV and 33kV
side of transformer bay and those shall be installed in the existing control room building.
Existing Relay & SAS are SIEMENS, Germany make.
panels for the future circuits. All panels shall be of front swing type. It shall be possible
to operate the new transformer in parallel with the other existing two transformers.
230kV Circuit
2J1 Complete Control, protection, SAS & metering system with panel including tap changer
panel for 230kV Side of Transformer Bay. This shall include transformer tertiary side
voltage protection also.
2J2 Extension of existing busbar protection system to accommodate new bay.
2J3 Extension of existing DFDR system to accommodate new bay. Existing DFDR is
Qualitrol (BEN 6000) make.
2J4 One(1) set of Tariff metering; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase, 4-wire import
and export MWh and MVArh meters (accuracy class 0.2s) for 230kV bay. For each
feeder minimum two meters (main & check). Tariff Meters are to be supplied from
Europe, Canada, USA or Japan origin. Tariff metering panel shall be as required.
14
132 kV Circuit-
2J5 Complete Control, protection, SAS & metering system with panel for transformer
circuits.
2J7 Extension of existing DFDR system to accommodate new bay. Existing DFDR is
Qualitrol (BEN 6000) make.
2J8 One(1) set of Tariff metering with panel; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase,
4-wire import and export MWh and MVArh meters (accuracy class 0.2s) for 132kV bay.
For each feeder minimum two meters (main & check). Tariff Meters are to be supplied
from Europe, Canada, USA or Japan origin. Tariff metering panel shall be as required.
33 kV Circuit-
2J9 Deleted.
2J10 Deleted.
individual cores identified to be used for connection of all equipment supplied under
this contract . The substation cable routing and core schedules shall also be provided
for new bay.
2L Earthing and Lightning Protection
2L1 One (1) lot of design, supply and installation of earthing system and lightning protection
screen including connections, connectors and clamps for extended portion of
switchyard and to suit extension of the substation and provide supporting design
calculations.
2M Batteries, Chargers & DC distribution board
2M1 One (1) lot of Extension/modification of existing DCDB system by necessary materials
required for the plant being installed. If the space not available in existing panel the
new panel would have to be provided.
2N LVAC Distribution
15
2N1 One (1) lot of modification of existing LVAC switchboard for substation services
including supply of all necessary MCBs, bus material, connection cables, lugs etc.If the
space not available in existing panel the new panel would have to be provided.
One (1) lot of extension/modification of complete design, supply, delivery, installation,

testing & commissioning of hardware and software to provide the telecontrol &
telemetering facilities required at the existing master station National Load Dispatch
Center (NLDC) at Aftabnagar and back up NLDC at Siddhirganj for new transformer.
All required electrical signals shall be transmitted to the NLDC Aftabnagar and back up
NLDC at Siddhirganj through the Industrial Gateway of the substation automation
system. All HV breakers, motorized disconnectors etc. Shall be controlled form NLDC
through the Industrial Gateway of the substation automation system using IEC 60870-
5-104 protocol. All necessary modification works in the software of master station of
NLDC and backup station at Siddhirganj are to be carried out.
The scope includes NLDC integration of one (1) nos. 230kV and one (1) nos. 132kV
2P Civil Works, Building and Foundation
2P1 Complete design, supply and construction of all civil items required for the outdoor
works suitable for switchyard gantry & equipment foundations (new), transformer
foundation (new), extension cable trenches, surfacing, gravel laying, extension existing
road, and drainage system etc. to accommodate auto transformer bay.
2P2 Dismantle of existing road, gantry, fence, gantry foundation, auxiliary transformer
foundation etc to relocate the existing two (2) 33/0.415kV auxiliary transformer bay.
works suitable for 33kV switchyard gantry & equipment foundations (new), auxiliary
transformer foundation (new), extension cable trenches, surfacing, gravel laying, new
fence, and drainage system etc. to relocate the existing two (2) 33/0.415kV auxiliary
transformer bay.
2P4 Deleted.
2Q Lighting, Small Power, Air Conditioning and Ventilation, Fire-Fighting System & CCTV
2Q1 One (1) lot of Lighting (LED type) for outside building required for bay extension work for
security, roadway, switchyard and emergency DC lighting.
16
1.3.3 230/132/33kV transformer replacement at Tongi 230/132/33kV AIS

Substation
For Tongi substation, scheme of existing 230kV and 132kV side busbars is one and half
scheme. Replacement of existing two (2) sets of 230/132/33kV, 225/300MVA auto transformers
(T02 & T03) with new two (2) sets of 230/132/33kV, 350/450 MVA auto transformers and
replacement/modification of necessary 230kV, 132KV & 33kV switchgear equipment and civil
works. Tertiary side of both transformers shall be connected to earthing transformers which
shall be in the scope of this project including earthing transformer’s LV side connection up to
the LVAC incomer circuit breakers of the substation. The DC system of this substation is 220V
system and control voltage for all the switchgears and associated equipment to be supplied for
this substation under this project shall be 220V DC. The equipment to be designed, supplied,
installed, tested & commissioned as stipulated in bid specification and shown in bid drawings:
Item Description
3A Power Transformer (replacement) and Earthing Transformers (new)
3A1 Two (2) sets of 230/132/33kV, 350/450 MVA (ONAN/ONAF), three phase outdoor type
auto transformers with associated bushing CTs including all necessary connections,
insulators & fittings, transformer rail (if required).
3A2 Two (2) sets of 33/0.415 kV, 350kVA, three phase outdoor type earthing/auxiliary Zig-
Zag transformer with associated outdoor neutral CTs and steel support structures
including all necessary connections.
3A3 Two (02) sets of On-line Dissolved Gas monitoring system for 230/132/33kV auto
transformers as per clause 4.17 of section 4 in Volume 2 of 3.
3A4 Water Spray System (WSS) type Fire Fighting System for new two (2) nos. auto
transformers.
3A5 One (1) set of Emergency DG set for Water Spray System (WSS) type Fire Fighting
System.
3B 230 Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS) (Replacement)
The 230kV AIS shall comply with the particular requirements as detailed in the
Schedule of Technical Requirements and shall comprise the following:-
3B1 Two (2) sets of 230kV, 3150A, 50kA/1sec, 50Hz, 1050kVp BIL, outdoor type, gang pole
operated SF6 Circuit Breakers with spring-stored energy operating mechanism.
3B2 One (1) set of 230kV, 3150A, 50kA/1sec, 50Hz, 1050kVp BIL, outdoor type, single pole
3B3 Six (6) sets of 230kV, 3150A, 50kA/1sec, 50Hz, 1050kVp BIL, center break,
disconnectors without earthing switch.
3B4 Two (2) sets of 230kV, 3150A, 50kA/1sec, 50Hz, 1050kVp BIL, center break,
disconnectors with earthing switch.
3B5 Twelve (12) nos. of single-phase, 5-core, multi ratio, 230kV, 50kA/1sec, 50Hz,
1050kVp BIL, post type current transformer.
17
3B6 Six (6) nos. of single-phase, 3-core, 230kV, 50kA/1sec, 50Hz, 1050kVp BIL outdoor
type inductive voltage transformers (VT).
3C 132 Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS) (Replacement)
3C1 Deleted
3C2 Deleted
3C3 Twelve (12) sets of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, center break,
disconnectors without earthing switch.
3C4 Two (2) sets of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, center break,
disconnectors with earthing switch.
3C5 Twenty-four (24) nos. of single-phase, 4-core, multi ratio, 132kV, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz,
650kVp BIL, post type current transformer.
3D 33kV Air Insulated Switches (AIS)
3D1 Six (6) nos. of single-phase, 3-core, 33kV, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post type
inductive voltage transformer.
3D2 Six (6) nos. of 30kV rated voltage, 10kA nominal discharge current, 50Hz, Heavy duty
station class, single phase AIS surge arresters.
3D3 Two (2) set of 33kV, 630A, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, outdoor type, gang
operated Vacuum Circuit Breakers with spring-stored energy operating mechanism.
3D4 Two (2) sets of 33kV, 630A, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post type, disconnectors
with earth switch.
3D5 Six (6) nos. of single-phase, 3-core, 33kV, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post type
current transformer.
3E Flexible conductors for jackbus, jumper, equipment connections
3E1 One (1) lot of flexible conductors of suitable capacity for 230kV, 132kV, & 33kV system
for jackbus, jumper, equipment connections including all necessary clamps &
connectors required for completing replacement portion of the switchyard connection.
3F Insulator & fittings
3F1 One (1) lot of insulators and fittings including all necessary accessories required to
complete renovation portion of the switchyard.
18
3G Steel structures
3G1 One (1) lot of modification work of steel structures and new steel structures for gantry
and equipment supports including nuts & bolts and cable tray with all necessary fitting
& fixing accessories required for completing renovation portion of the switchyard.
3H Control, Protection, SAS & Metering
All control & protection equipment and metering panels for 230kV, 132kV and 33kV
side of transformer bay and those shall be installed in the existing control room building.
230kV Circuit
3H1 One (1) set of complete protection system with panel including tap changer panel for
230kV Side of Transformer Bay (T02).
3H2 One (1) set of tap changer panel for 230kV Side of Transformer Bay (T03).
3H3 Modification of existing two (2) sets of control panel to integrate 230kV Side of the
newly replaced transformers and Transformer Bays.
3H4 Modification of existing one (1) set of protection panel to integrate 230kV Side of the
newly replaced transformer (T03) and Transformer Bay.
3H5 Replacement of existing 230kV busbar (both main-1 and main-2) protection system
with new busbar protection system (low impedance type decentralized numerical
busbar protection system) including new busbar protection panel for all 230kV existing
seven (7) bays (line bays & transformer bays).
132 kV Circuit-
3H6 One (1) set of complete protection system with panel for 132kV Side of Transformer
Bay (T02).
3H7 Modification of existing one (1) protection panel to integrate 132kV Side of the newly
replaced transformer (T03) and Transformer Bay
3H8 Modification of existing two (2) control panels to integrate 132kV Side of the newly
replaced transformers and Transformer Bays.
3H9 Replacement of existing 132kV busbar (both main-1 and main-2) protection system
with new busbar protection system (low impedance type decentralized numerical
19
busbar protection system) including new busbar protection panel for all 132kV existing
eighteen (18) bays (line bays and transformer bays).
33 kV Circuit-
3H10 Two (2) sets of complete Control, protection, & metering system with panel for tertiary
side of transformer.
3H11 One(1) set of Tariff metering; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase, 4-wire import
3I Multicore Power & Control Cable
3I1 One (1) lot of multicore low voltage 0.6/1.1kV XLPE insulated power cable, and control
this contract. The substation cable routing and core schedules shall also be provided
for new bay.
3J Earthing and Lightning Protection
3J1 One (1) lot of design, supply and installation of earthing system including connections,
connectors and clamps for renovation portion of switchyard and to suit the substation
arrangement and provide supporting design calculations.
3K Dismantling of equipment and materials
3K1 Removal & shifting of existing two (2) sets of 230/132/33kV, 225/300MVA auto
transformers (T02 and T03 transformers) at the same substation. Dismantling only the
portion of the existing fire fighting system that surrounds the existing T02 and T03
transformers while keeping intact the portion of the existing fire fighting system for
existing T01 transformer and handing over of the dismantled items to the store.
3L Civil Works, Building and Foundation
3L1 Complete design, supply and construction of one (1) lot of all civil items (modification,
dismantling, and new works) required for the outdoor works suitable for transformer &
equipment foundations (for 132kV equipment and 33kV equipment), Blast wall, cable
trenches, surface drain extension, gravel laying (removal, washing and replacing),
switchyard surface finishing etc. to accommodate transformer bays.
3L2 Testing of foundation and pile integrity test.
3L3 Dismantiling & removal of existing structure & civil foundation as required.
3L4 Complete civil works for WSS fire fighting system of two (2) nos. 230/132/33kV auto
transformers.
20
1.3.4 New 132/33kV transformer at Bhasantek 132/33kV GIS Substation

For Bhasantek grid substation, scheme of existing 132kV busbar is double bus. One (1) nos.
132/33kV, 80/120MVA 3Φ power transformer with necessary 132kV & 33kV switchgear
equipment and civil works shall be installed. The new transformer shall be suitable for parallel
operation with existing two transformers. The equipment to be designed, supplied, installed,
tested & commissioned as stipulated in bid specification and shown in bid drawings:
Item Description
4A1 One (1) set of 132/33kV, 80/120MVA (ONAN/ONAF), 3Φ outdoor type power
transformer with associated bushing CTs including all necessary connections,
4B 132kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)
The existing 132kV GIS model is 8DN8 (SIEMENS, Germany make). GIS bay
interfacing/extension work shall be deemed to be included in the contract price.
The 132kV GIS shall comply with the particular requirements as detailed in the
4B1 145kV GIS Power Transformer Feeder Bay, comprises with:
i) One (1) lot of 145kV, 2500A, 31.5kA/3s, single/three phase Enclosure double
busbar
ii) One (1) set of 145kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/3s, three phase, gang operated Circuit
iii) One (1) set of 145kV,1250A, 31.5kA/3s, three phase busbar Disconnector with
iv) One (1) set of 145kV,1250A, 31.5kA/3s, three phase busbar Disconnector
v) One (1) set of 145kV, 31.5kA/3s, three phase Earth Switch complete with
motor operating mechanism
vi) Three (3) nos. of 145kV, 31.5kA/3s single phase, 5-core Current Transformer
vii) Three (3) nos. of 145kV single phase, 2-core Voltage Transformer with
externally operable Disconnector and earth switch
viii) Three (3) nos. of 120kV rated voltage, 96 kV(rms) continuous operating voltage
at 50oC, 10kA nominal discharge current, 50Hz, Heavy duty station class,
single phase outdoor type GIS surge arresters.
ix) Three (3) nos. of Single phase GIS-to-Air bushing with all accessories for TR
21
x) One (1) set of Local Control Cubicle

xi) One (1) lot of complete Set of miscellaneous items required for safe and
4C 33kV Gas Insulated Switches (GIS)
The existing 33kV GIS is Schneider Electric, Germany make (Model No. WSB 6/36-
2/627). GIS bay extension in this substation under this project shall be done with the
GIS of the same manufacturer and model as per existing GIS. The bidder's
responsibility shall include all necessary interface data collection and expert service
from existing GIS manufacturer and adaptation of new GIS bay accordingly. The
Employer will not provide any additional information except whichever available in this
bidding document. The price of interfacing/extension module, if required any, as well
as the cost of interfacing/extension work shall be deemed to be included in the contract
price.
The 33kV GIS shall comply with the particular requirements as detailed in the Schedule
of Technical Requirements and shall comprise the following: -
4C1 33kV GIS power Transformer Incomer Feeder Bay, comprises with:
i) One (1) lot of 33kV, 2500A, 25kA/3s, single/three phase Enclosure double
busbar
ii) One (1) set of 33kV, 2500A, 25kA/3s, three phase, gang operated Circuit
iii) One (1) set of 33kV, 2500A, 25kA/3s, three phase busbar Disconnector with
iv) One (1) set of 33kV, 2500A, 25kA/3s, three phase busbar Disconnector without
v) Three (3) nos. of 33kV, 25kA/3s single phase, 3-core Current Transformer
vi) One (1) set of three phase GIS Cable compartment with externally operable
isolation link.
vii) Three (3) sets of Single phase complete GIS-to-Cable termination (both male
and female) with all accessories for TR bay. (Each set shall comprise
termination kit for three run cable per phase)
viii) One (1) lot of Local Control Cubicle with IEC 61850 compliant control,
protection & metering system.
ix) One (1) lot of complete Set of miscellaneous items required for safe and
4D 33kV Air Insulated Switches (AIS)
4D1 Three (3) nos. of 33kV single phase, 3-core Voltage Transformer
duty station class, single phase surge arresters.
22
4E Conductor for Mainbus, Jackbus & Equipment connection for 132kV & 33kV
4E1 One (1) lot of rigid tubular bus / flexible conductors for mainbus, jackbus, jumper,
completing 132kV & 33kV switchgear as specified in the technical specifications.
4F Insulator & fittings for 132kV & 33kV
4F1 One (1) lot of insulators and fittings including all necessary accessories required for
completing 132kV and 33kV switchgear as specified in the technical specifications.
4G Steel Structures
4G1 One (1) lot of steel structures for gantry and equipment supports including nuts & bolts
132kV and 33kV switchgear as specified in the technical specifications.
4H Power Cables, Cable Termination and GIL
132 kV Circuit
4H1 145kV Gas Insulated Line (GIL) for one (1) transformer feeders, single-phase/three-
phase encloser, which consist of terminating chambers complete with support
structure, etc. The length of the GIL shall be measured from VT. Moreover, the Length
of GIL shall be considered 60m for bidding purpose. Actual payment shall be as per
final design. The length given here is as single-phase length.
4H2 Deleted.
33 kV Circuit
4H3 33kV, 1Cx800sqmm (3 run for each phase) XLPE Cu cables & cable termination (at
transformer side) for connecting one (1) 132/33kV transformer to 33kV GIS. The cable
shall be laid buried outside the GIS building.
4J Control, Protection SAS & Metering
All control & protection equipment and metering panels for 132kV and 33kV side of
transformer bay and those shall be installed in the existing control room building.
Existing relay & SAS are SIEMENS, Germany make.
132kV Circuit
23
4J1 Complete Control, protection, SAS & metering system with panel including tap changer
panel for 132kV Side of Transformer Bay.
4J3 One(1) set of Tariff metering; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase, 4-wire import
33 kV Circuit-
4J4 Deleted
4J5 Deleted
4J6 One (1) set of Tariff metering with panel; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase,
4-wire import and export MWh and MVArh meters (accuracy class 0.2s) for 33kV bay.
For each feeder minimum two meters (main & check). Tariff Meters are to be supplied
from Europe, Canada, USA or Japan origin. Tariff metering panel shall be as required.
cables (IEC 60502, 60870) shall be supplied, installed, glanced, terminated and have
for new bay.
4L Earthing and Lightning Protection
4L1 One (1) lot of design, supply and installation of earthing system and lightning protection
switchyard and to suit extended of the substation and provide supporting design
calculations.
4M Batteries, Chargers & DC distribution board
4M1 One (1) lot of Extension/modification of existing DCDB system by necessary materials
4N LVAC Distribution
4N1 One (1) lot of modification of existing LVAC switchboard for substation services
including supply of all necessary MCBs, bus material, connection cables, lugs etc.If the
space not available in existing panel the new panel would have to be provided.
24
Modification of one(1) lot complete design, supply, delivery, installation, testing &
commissioning of hardware and software to provide the telecontrol & telemetering
facilities required at the existing master station National Load Dispatch Center (NLDC)
at Aftabnagar and back up NLDC at Siddhirganj for for new transformer. All required
electrical signals shall be transmitted to the NLDC Aftabnagar and back up NLDC at
Siddhirganj, Narayanganjthrough the Industrial Gateway of SAS. All HV breakers,
motorized disconnectors etc. Shall be controlled form NLDC through the Industrial
Gateway using IEC 60870-5-104 protocol. All necessary modification works in the
software of master station of NLDC and back up station at Siddhirganj are to be carried
out.
4P Civil Works, Building and Foundation
foundation (new), new 33kV cable trench, extension of LV cable trenches, surfacing,
gravel laying, extension existing road, and drainage system etc. to accommodate
power transformer bay.
4Q Lighting, Small Power, Air Conditioning and Ventilation, Fire-Fighting System & CCTV
4Q1 One (1) lot of Lighting (LED type) for outside building required for bay extension work for
1.3.5 New 132/33kV transformer at Faridpur 132/33kV AIS Substation

For Faridpur grid substation, scheme of existing 132kV side is double bus. One (1) nos.
132/33kV, 80/120MVA Power transformer with necessary 132kV & 33kV switchgear
equipment and civil works shall be installed. The new transformer shall be suitable for parallel
operation with existing two transformers. The equipment to be designed, supplied, installed,
tested & commissioned as stipulated in bid specification and shown in bid drawings:
Item Description
5A1 One (1) set of 132/33kV, 80/120MVA (ONAN/ONAF), three phase outdoor type power
25
5B 132kV Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS)
5B1 One (1) set of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, outdoor type, gang pole
5B2 Two (2) sets of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, motor operated center
break disconnectors without earthing switch.
5B3 One (1) sets of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, motor operated center
break disconnectors with earthing switch.
5B4 Three (3) nos. of single-phase, 3-core, 132kV, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL outdoor
type inductive voltage transformers (IVT).
5B5 Three (3) nos. of 132kV, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz ,650kVp BIL, four core, multi ratio, outdoor
post type current transformer.
5B6 Three (3) nos. of 120kV rated voltage, 10kA nominal discharge current, 50Hz, Heavy
duty station class, gapless metal oxide type, single phase surge arresters.
5C 33kV Air Insulated Switches (AIS)
5C1 One (1) set of 33kV, 2500A, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, outdoor type, gang
operated vacuum Circuit Breakers with spring-stored energy operating mechanism.
5C2 Three (3) nos. of single-phase, 4-core, 33kV, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post
type current transformer.
5C3 One (1) sets of 33kV, 2500A, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post type, disconnectors
without earth switch.
5C4 Three (3) nos. of single-phase, 3-core, 33kV, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post
type inductive voltage transformer.
5C5 Six (6) nos. of 30kV rated voltage, 10kA nominal discharge current, 50Hz, Heavy duty
station class, single phase surge arresters.
5C6 Six (6) nos. 33kV rated voltage porcelain type post insulator for main bus.
5D Conductor for Mainbus, Jackbus, & Equipment connection for 132kV & 33kV
5D1 One (1) lot of rigid tubular bus / flexible conductors for mainbus, jackbus, jumper,
completing 132kV & 33kV switchgear as specified in the technical specifications.
26
5E Insulator & fittings for 132kV & 33kV
5E1 One (1) lot of insulators and fittings including all necessary accessories required for
completing 132kV and 33kVswitchgear as specified in the technical specifications.
5F Steel Structures
5F1 One (1) lot of steel structures for gantry and equipment supports including nuts & bolts
132kV and 33kV switchgear as specified in the technical specifications.
5G Power Cables & Cable Termination
132 kV Circuit
5G1 Deleted
33kV
5G2 33kV XLPE, 800sqmm (3 run for each phase) XLPE Cu cables & cable termination for
connecting one (1) 132/33kV transformer to 33kV Bus. The laying method of cable shall
be buried.
5H Control, Protection SAS & Metering
132kV Circuit
5H1 Complete Control, protection, & metering system with panel including tap changer
panel for 132kV Side of Transformer Bay.
5H2 One (1) set of Tariff metering; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase, 4-wire
import and export MWh and MVArh meters (accuracy class 0.2s) for 400kV bay. For
each feeder minimum two meters (main & check). Tariff Meters are to be supplied from
33 kV Circuit
5H3 Complete Control, protection, & metering system with panel for transformer circuits.
5H4 One (1) set of Tariff metering; programmable & recordable digital 3-phase, 4-wire
import and export MWh and MVArh meters (accuracy class 0.2s) for 33kV bay. For
27
each feeder minimum two meters (main & check). Tariff Meters are to be supplied from
5J Multicore Power & Control Cable
5J1 One (1) lot of multicore low voltage 0.6/1.1kV XLPE insulated power cable, and control
for new bay.
5K Earthing and Lightning Protection
5K1 One (1) lot of design, supply and installation of earthing system and lightning protection
switchyard and to suit extended of the substation and provide supporting design
calculations.
5L Batteries, Chargers & DC distribution board
5L1 One (1) lot of Extension/modification of existing DCDB system by necessary materials
5L2 Deleted.
5M LVAC Distribution
5M1 One (1) lot of extension/modification of existing LVAC switchboard for substation
services including supply of all necessary MCBs, bus material, connection cables, lugs
etc.If the space not available in existing panel the new panel would have to be provided.
5N SCADA/NLDC System
Modification of one(1) lot complete design, supply, delivery, installation, testing &
commissioning of hardware and software to provide the telecontrol & telemetering
facilities required at the existing master station National Load Dispatch Center (NLDC)
at Aftabnagar and back up NLDC at Siddhirganj, Narayanganjfor new transformer, All
required electrical signals shall be transmitted to the NLDC Aftabnagar and back up
NLDC at Siddhirganj through the Remote terminal units (RTU). All HV breakers,
motorized disconnectors etc. Shall be controlled form NLDC through the remote
terminal units (RTU) using IEC 60870-5-104 protocol. All necessary modification works
in the software of master station of NLDC and back up station at Siddhirganj are to be
carried out.
5O Civil Works, Building and Foundation
28
5O1 Complete design, supply and construction of all civil items required for the outdoor
foundation (new), extension LV cable trenches, new 33kV cable tray fixing foundation,
surfacing, gravel laying, extension existing road, and drainage system etc. to
accommodate power transformer bay.
5P Lighting, Small Power, Air Conditioning and Ventilation, Fire-Fighting System & CCTV
5P1 One (1) lot of Lighting (LED type) for ouside building required for bay extension work for
1.3.6 132/33kV transformer replacement at Madaripur 132/33kV AIS Substation

For Madaripur substation, scheme of existing 132kV side is double scheme. Replacement of
existing one set 132/33kV, 25/41MVA transformer and existing one set 132/33kV, 50/75MVA
transformer with new two (2) sets of 132/33kV, 80/120MVA three phase power transformer and
replacement/modification of necessary 132KV & 33kV switchgear equipment and civil works.
The equipment to be designed, supplied, installed, tested & commissioned as stipulated in bid
specification and shown in bid drawings:
Item Description
6A Power Transformer (replaced)
6A1 Two (2) sets of 132/33kV, 80/120 MVA (ONAN/ONAF), three phase outdoor type power
6B 132kV Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS) (Replaced)
6B1 Two (2) set of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, outdoor type, gang pole
6B2 Six (6) nos. of single-phase, 4-core, multi ratio, 132kV, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL,
outdoor, post type current transformer.
6B3 Six (6) nos. of single-phase, 3-core, multi ratio, 132kV, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL,
outdoor, inductive type voltage transformer.
6C1 Two (2) set of 33kV, 2500A, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, outdoor type, gang pole
6C2 Two (2) sets of 33kV, 2500A, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post type, disconnectors
29
6C3 Six (6) nos. of single-phase, 4-core, 33kV, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post type
6C4 Three (3) nos. of 30kV rated voltage, 10kA nominal discharge current, 50Hz, Heavy
duty station class, single phase surge arresters.
6D Flexible conductors for jackbus, jumper, equipment connections
6D1 One (1) lot of flexible conductors of suitable capacity for 132kV & 33kV system for
jackbus, jumper, equipment connections including all necessary clamps & connectors
required for completing replacement portion of the switchyard connection.
Insulator & fittings and steel structures
6E Insulator & fittings and steel structures
6E1 One (1) lot of insulators and fittings including all necessary accessories required to
7F Steel structures
6F1 One (1) lot of modification work of existing steel structures and new steel structures for
gantry and equipment supports including nuts & bolts and cable tray with all necessary
fitting & fixing accessories required for completing renovation portion of the switchyard.
6G Control, Protection SAS & Metering
132kV Circuit
6G1 One (1) set of Complete Control, protection, & metering system with panel including
tap changer panel for 132kV Side of Transformer Bay. (Tr-2)
6G2 One (1) set of tap changer panel for 132kV Side of Transformer Bay. (Tr-3)
6G3 Modification of existing one (1) set of control and protection panel to integrate the new
replaced transformers for 132kV Side of Transformer Bay. (Tr-3)
33kV Circuit
6G4 Modification of existing two (2) sets of control and protection panel to integrate the new
replaced transformers for 33kV Side of Transformer Bay. (Tr-2 & 3)
30
6H Multicore Power & Control Cable
6H1 One (1) lot of multicore low voltage 0.6/1.1kV XLPE insulated power cable, and control
for new bay.
6I Earthing and Lightning Protection
6I1 One (1) lot of design, supply and installation of earthing system including connections,
6J Dismantling of equipment and materials
6J1 Removal & shifting of one set 132/33kV, 25/41MVA transformer and existing one set
132/33kV, 50/75MVA transformer at same substation. Dismantling of existing
equipment and handing over to the store excluding the transformers.
6K Civil Works, Building and Foundation
6K1 Complete design, supply and construction of one (1) lot of all civil items (modification
and new works) required for the outdoor works suitable for transformer & equipment
foundations (for 132kV equipment), Blast wall (if required), cable trenches, surface
drain extension, gravel laying (removal, washing and replace), switchyard surface
finishing etc to accommodate renovate transformer bays.
6K2 Complete civil works and installation works required for connecting one existing
50/75MVA 132/33kV transformer to the existing system in interim basis.
1.3.7 132/33kV transformer replacement at Pabna132/33kV AIS Substation

For Pabna substation, scheme of existing 132kV side is Main and Transfer Bus scheme.
Replacement of existing one set of 132/33kV, 50/75MVA and two set of 132/33kV 25/41MVA
(solidly parallel) transformers with new two (2) sets of 132/33kV, 80/120MVA three phase power
transformers and replacement/modification of necessary 132KV & 33kV switchgear equipment
and civil works. The equipment to be designed, supplied, installed, tested & commissioned as
stipulated in bid specification and shown in bid drawings:
Item Description
7A Power Transformer (replaced)
7A1 Two (2) sets of 132/33kV, 80/120 MVA (ONAN/ONAF), three phase outdoor type power
7B 132kV Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS) (Replacement)
31
7B1 Deleted
7B2 Deleted
7B3 Deleted
7C1 Two (2) set of 33kV, 2500A, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, outdoor type, gang pole
7C2 Two (2) sets of 33kV, 2500A, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post type, disconnectors
7C3 Six (6) nos. of single-phase, 4-core, 33kV, 31.5kA/1sec, 50Hz, 170kVp BIL, post type
7D Flexible conductors for jackbus, jumper, equipment connections
7D1 One (1) lot of flexible conductors of suitable capacity for 132kV & 33kV system for
jackbus, jumper, equipment connections including all necessary clamps & connectors
required for completing replacement portion of the switchyard connection.
7E Insulator & fittings and steel structures
Steel structures
7F Steel structures
7F1 One (1) lot of modification work of steel structures for gantry and equipment supports
including nuts & bolts and cable tray with all necessary fitting & fixing accessories
required for completing renovation portion of the switchyard.
7G Control, Protection SAS & Metering
32

132kV Circuit
7G1 One (1) Complete Control, protection, & metering system with panel including tap
changer panel for 132kV Side of Transformer Bay. (Tr 3)
7G2 One (1) Complete tap changer panel for 132kV Side of Transformer Bay. (Tr 2)
7G3 Modification of existing one (1) set of control and protection panel to integrate the new
replaced transformers for 132kV Side of Transformer Bay. (Tr-2)
33kV Circuit
7G4 Modification of existing two (2) sets of control and protection panel to integrate the new
replaced transformers for 33kV Side of Transformer Bay. (Tr-2 & 3)
7H Batteries, Chargers & DC distribution board
7H1 Deleted
7I Multicore Power & Control Cable
7I1 One (1) lot of multicore low voltage 0.6/1.1kV XLPE insulated power cable, and control
for new bay.
7J Earthing and Lightning Protection
7J1 One (1) lot of design, supply and installation of earthing system including connections,
7K Dismantle equipment and materials
7K1 Removal & shifting of existing one set of 132/33kV, 50/75MVA and two sets of
132/33kV, 25/41MVA transformers at same substation. Dismantling of existing
equipment and handing over to the store excluding the transformers.
7L1 Complete design, supply and construction of one (1) lot of all civil items (modification
works) required for the outdoor works suitable for transformer foundation (top of skid
wall shall be minimum 200mm above existing top of skid wall) & equipment foundations
(for 132kV equipment), Blast wall (if required), cable trenches, surface drain extension,
33
gravel laying (removal, washing and replace), switchyard surface finishing etc to
accommodate renovate transformer bays.
7L2 Complete civil works and installation works required for connecting one existing
50/75MVA 132/33kV transformer to the existing system in interim basis.
1.3.8 Technical Requirements for Extension of 02 Nos. of AIS bays at existing

Pabna 132/33 kV Substation
8A 145 kV Outdoor Type Air Insulated Switchgear (AIS)
8A1 Two (02) set of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, outdoor type, single
pole operated SF6 Circuit Breakers with spring-stored energy operating mechanism
8A2 Six (06) set of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, center break, post type,
disconnectors without earth switch
8A3 Two (02) set of 132kV, 3150A, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp BIL, center break, post
type, disconnectors with earth switch
8A4 Six (06) nos. of Single-phase, 4-core, multi ratio, 132kV, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp
BIL, post type current transformer
8A5 Six (06) nos. of Single-phase, 3-core, multi ratio, 132kV, 40kA/1sec, 50Hz, 650kVp
BIL, post type inductive voltage transformer
8A6 Six (06) nos. of 120kV rated voltage, 10kA nominal discharge current, 50Hz, Heavy
duty station class, single phase surge arresters
8B Flexible conductor and clamp connectors for Mainbus, Jackbus & Equipment
connection for 132kV system
8B1 One (1) lot of flexible conductors for main bus, jackbus, Jumper conductors, insulators and
fittings including all necessary clamps and connectors required for completing 132 kV
switchgear.
8C Insulator & fittings
8C1 One (1) lot of insulators and fittings including all necessary accessories required for
completing 132kV switchgear as specified in the technical specifications.
8D Steel Structures
8D1 One (1) lot of Gantry steel structures, for each double circuit of 132kV Transmission Line,
equipment supports and Extension of cable tray including all necessary accessories required
for extension of 132kV switchyard.
8E Control, Protection, Substation Automation & Metering

132 KV circuits
Existing Protection Systems are ALSTOM make.
34
The equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned is shown in bid drawings are
comprising of: -
8E1 Control, Monitoring & Protection (Main-1 & Backup relay) including panels for two (02) sets of
132kV overhead line circuits bays
8E2 One (01) lot of Tariff metering panel to accommodate programmable & recordable digital 3-
phase,4wire import and export MWh and MVArh meters (accuracy class 0.2) for each 132kV
line and feeders. For each feeder minimum two meters (main & check) shall be supplied. Tariff
Meters are to be supplied from Europe, Canada, USA or Japan origin. Printed catalogue,
operation and service manual are to be provided.
8F SCADA system for Telecontrol and Telemetering
8F1 One (1) lot of extension/modification of complete design, supply, delivery, installation,
testing & commissioning of hardware (Furnished sub-rack, Transducer etc.) and software
to provide the telecontrol & telemetering facilities required at the existing National Load
Despatch Center (NLDC) at Rampura and backup station at Siddhirganj for integration of
extension of 132kV Pabna substation. All required electrical signals (Status of all bay
equipment) shall be transmitted to the NLDC through the Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)
system. All HV breakers, motorized disconnectors, tap changer, etc. shall be controlled from
NLDC through the RTU system using IEC 60870-5-104 protocol. All necessary modification
works in the software of RTU and master station of NLDC at Rampura & Siddhirganj are to
be carried out.
Scope of supply work in Pabna Substation shall include cables, separate panel with wiring
& all other accessories needed for the extension work. Therefore, necessary hardware &
software shall be installed here (if required)
8G Fibre Optic Multiplexer Equipment for Communication and Protection
8G1
One (01) complete lot of equipment for upgradation of existing fibre optic
multiplexer equipment at local and remote end Substation for protection, SCADA
& communication for required part of substation, shall be designed, supplied,
delivered, installed, tested and commissioned and integrated into the existing
system, under this contract. Fibre optic multiplexer equipment is to be provided
for -
21 (or 87 with built-in 21) relay carrier signal (main and back-up) for each
transmission line protection (through fibre cores)
SCADA data from switchgear and control system
Hot-line telephone system
The equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned shall be as shown on bid drawing.
Supply/Extension/Modification/Upgradation of Indoor Fibre Optic Multiplexer Equipment at
local and remote end substations each comprising
1) At Local end substation-
a) Upgradation of ADM with TP unit without booster each comprising
i. One (01) set Duplicate CPU (if required)
ii. One (01) set Duplicate PSU (if required)
iii. Optical STM-16 ports for each direction of 400 kV line– N/A
iv. Optical STM-4 ports for each direction of 230 kV line – N/A
v. One (01) lot of Optical STM-4 ports for each direction of 132 kV line
vi. One (01) set of 16x2 Mbps (E1) card (if required)
vii. One (01) set of card with minimum Four Eight ports 10/100 Base T LAN (if
required)
viii. One (01) set of card with minimum Four Eight ports 10/100 Base T Router
(if required)
35
ix. One (01) set of card with 10x2-w voice for FXS (if required)
x. One lot of Required no. of cards each with 4 commands for distance
protection after detail design
xi. One (01) set of AUX card
b) One (01) lot of Optical Booster (if required)-NA
c) One (01) set of IDF/SDF
d) One (01) lot of Cables
e) One (01) lot of EOW telephone with board (if required)
f) One (01) lot of Panel including wiring, lighting, filtering fan, humidity controller,
heater, power socket & other accessories (if required)-NA
g) Management switch for NMS
h) Other accessories (if any)
2) Other Indoor equipment comprising of

i. One (01) set of PABX Card (DTUG)
ii. Two (02) sets of Primary phone (IP phone)
iii. Four (04) sets of Secondary phone (2W phone) (if required)
iv. One (01) lot of Extension of MDF
v. One (01) lot of Pigtail cables and armored opgw approach cable
vi. One (01) lot of ODF
3) At remote end Each Substation –

i. Optical STM-16 ports for 400 kV line at remote end-N/A
ii. Optical STM-4 ports for each 132 kV line at remote end
iii. One (01) set of card with 10x2-w voice for FXS
iv. One (01) set of card with minimum Eight ports 10/100 Base T Router
v. One (01) set of Primary phone (IP phone)
vi. One (01) lot of Pigtail cables and armored opgw approach cable
vii. One (01) lot of ODF
viii. One (01) lot of required no. of cards each with 4 commands for distance
protection after detail design
ix. One (01) set of AUX card
x. One (01) lot of Outdoor termination box
xi. One (01) lot of Cables
xii. Other accessories (if any)
* Existing telecom panels: Areva make MSE5001(Optics-1500) and DXC5000
8G2
A lot of Armoured Underground Optical Fibre (24 cores) cables from terminal
box at gantry structure to MDF (Main distribution Frame)/ODF shall be designed,
supplied, delivered, installed, tested and commissioned, including supply and
installation of MDF/ODF and digital cables, for required part of substation each
comprising of –
i. One (01) lot of Underground optical fiber cable, armoured, 24 core

ii. One (01) lot of Outdoor termination box
8H Multicore Power & Control Cable
8H1 One (1) lot complete set of multicore low voltage 06/1.1kV, XLPE insulated power and
control cables (IEC 60502) shall be supplied, installed, glanded, terminated and have
individual cores identified to be used for connection of all equipment supplied under the
Contract. The overall substation cable routing and core schedules shall also be provided.
8I Earthing and Lightning Protection
36
8I1 One (1) lot extension of supply and installation of earthing system for outdoor AIS switchyard
equipment with necessary connectors and clamps, with design to suit the work under this
contract arrangement.
8I2 One (1) lot of supply and installation of lightning protection screen for outdoor AIS switchyard
equipment with necessary connectors and clamps, with design to suit the work under this
project. Supporting calculation shall have to be shown in Rolling Sphere.
Required number of Lightning Mast (for switchyard & Building) shall be provided as per
DSLP calculation during detail design stage.
8J Batteries, Chargers and DC Distribution
8J1 One (01) lot of Extension of existing 110V DC distribution board to provide DC connections
to all equipment required for bay extension work under this contract. The MCBs shall be
from USA/Europe/Japan/Korean origin. MCB must have in built NO/NC contacts.
8J2 One (01) lot of Extension of existing 48V DC distribution board to provide DC
connection to fibre optic multiplexer equipment for communication, protection to all
equipment required for bay extension work under this contract.
The MCBs shall be from USA/Europe/Japan/Korean origin. MCB must have in built NO/NC
contacts.
48V DC system and distribution equipment is located in the Main Control Building.
8K LVAC Distribution
8K1 One (1) lot extension of LVAC switchboard for two (02) new bays at Pabna substation to be
supplied, installed and commissioned to provide the 415/240V supplies to all equipment
being supplied under this turnkey project. No space available in the existing ACDB.
The MCBs shall be from USA/Europe/Japan/Korean origin. MCB must have in built NO/NC
contacts.

8L1 One (1) lot of Complete design, supply and construction of all civil items required for
extension of bays at 132kV level. The outdoor works shall include necessary land
development, filling/cutting of soil (filling height shall be minimum 600mm above existing
FSL) and leveling up to finished level and within the property line suitable for switchyard
gantry & equipment foundations, Extension of internal roads, cable trenches including soak
pit, septic tank, switchyard drainage system including outfall, fences, sentry post, PVC pipes
etc., switchyard surface finishing and gravel surfacing etc. shall be included.
8L2 One (1) lot of Complete design, supply and construction of all civil items and facilities
required for the extension of 132kV panel and extension work of Main Operation building to
incorporate two new bays.
8L3 Deleted
8M Lighting, Small Power, Air Conditioning and Ventilation, Fire-Fighting System & CCTV
8M1 One (1) lot of Lighting (LED type) for ouside building required for bay extension work for
8M2 Deleted
1.3.9 36kV Capacitor banks at Panchagarh 132/33kV AIS Substation

The equipment to be designed, supplied, installed, tested & commissioned as per detail technical
specification and as shown in bid drawings (Volume 2 of 3 of this bid document):
The equipment shall comply with the particular requirements as detailed in the Technical Requirements
included as Schedule E to this volume and shall comprise the following:-
37
Item Description
9A 33kV Capacitor Banks with Accessories
9A1 Two (2) sets of 33kV rated 15 MVar capacitor bank with necessary outdoor mounting
arrangement considering minimum space utilization.
9A2 Six (6) nos. of 6% 33kV, 410A damping air core reactor with necessary outdoor
mounting arrangement considering minimum space utilization.
9A3 Two (2) nos. of 33kV, two cores each single phase neutral current transformer.
9A4 Two (2) sets of key interlocking system.
9B 33kV outdoor Switchgear
The 33kV outdoor type AIS shall comply with the particular requirements as detailed in
the Schedule of Technical Requirements included as Schedule E of Volume 3 of 3 and
shall comprise the following:
9B1 Two (2) sets of 33kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/1 sec, 50Hz, SF6 type Circuit Breaker suitable
for capacitor banks.
9B2 Two (2) sets of 33kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/1 sec, horizontal or vertical mounting
Disconnecting Switch without earth switch.
9B3 Six (6) nos. of 33kV, three core single phase current transformer.
9B4 Twelve (12) nos. of 30kV Ur, 24kV Uc, gapless, metal oxide type 10kA, single phase
surge arrester.
9C Control, Protection & Metering 33 kV Circuits
The equipment to be designed, supplied, installed and commissioned shall be as shown

in bid drawings and comprise of:-
9C1 Control, Protection & Metering including panels for two (2) sets of capacitor banks.
9D LV and MV Cables including accessories
9D1 33kV XLPE, 500sqmm Cu single core cables for connecting two (2) capacitor banks to
33kV Switchgear. The quantity of XLPE cable mentioned on the price schedule may
be varied and it will be finalized during detail engineering and the payment shall be
done as per actual requirement. The laying method of cable shall be buried.
9D2 33kV XLPE, cable termination kit (suitable for 500sqmm Cu Cable) for connecting both
ends of cables.
9D3 One (1) lot complete set of multicore low voltage 0.6/1.1kV, XLPE insulated power and
this Contract. The overall cable routing and core schedules shall also be provided.
38
9E Conductor, Steel Structure, Insulator & Hardware fittings
9E1 One (1) lot of flexible conductors for main bus, jack bus, jumper, equipment connection
[ACSR/TACSR, appropriate capacity], including all necessary clamps & connectors
required for completing 33kV bay and capacitor bank interfacing.
complete 33kV bay and capacitor bank interfacing.
9E3 One (1) lot of steel structures for gantry and outdoor equipment supports including nuts
& bolts and cable tray including all necessary fitting & fixing accessories required to
complete 33kV interfacing.
9F Earthing and Lightning Protection
9F1 Modification and extension of existing earthing and lightning protection system for
capacitor bank 33kV bay as well as capacitor bank.
9G DC Distribution
9G1 Extension of DC Distribution System with necessary material for new bays/equipment.
9H LV AC Distribution
9H1 Extension of LVAC Distribution System with necessary material for new
bays/equipment
9I Lighting, Small Power
9I1 One (1) lot of complete set of design, supply, installation and commissioning of
equipment to provide lighting (flood light LED type) and small power arrangements at
strategic locations for equipment operation and inspection.
9J Civil Works, Building and Foundation
9J1 One (1) lot of complete design, supply and construction of all civil items required for
the outdoor works suitable for switchyard gantry & equipment foundations, capacitor
bank & extension of internal roads, cable trenches, gravel laying, safety fences, etc.
1.3.10 36kV Capacitor banks at Thakurgaon 132/33kV AIS Substation

39
Item Description
10A1 Three (3) sets of 33kV rated 15 MVar capacitor bank with necessary outdoor mounting
10A2 Nine (9) nos. of 0.2% 33kV, 410A damping air core reactor with necessary outdoor
10A3 Three (3) nos. of 33kV, two cores each single phase neutral current transformer.
10A4 Three (3) sets of key interlocking system.
10B1 Three (3) sets of 33kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/1 sec, 50Hz, SF6 type Circuit Breaker suitable
10B2 Three (3) sets of 33kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/1 sec, horizontal or vertical mounting
10B3 Nine (9) nos. of 33kV, three cores each single-phase current transformer.
10B4 Eighteen (18) nos. of 30kV Ur, 24kV Uc, gapless, metal oxide type 10kA, single phase
surge arrester.

10C1 Control, Protection & Metering including panels for three (3) sets of capacitor banks.
10D1 33kV XLPE, 500sqmm Cu single core cables for connecting three (3) capacitor banks
to 33kV Switchgear. The quantity of XLPE cable mentioned on the price schedule may
ends of cables.
40
10G DC Distribution
bays/equipment
1.3.11 36kV Capacitor banks at Joypurhat 132/33kV AIS Substation

41
Item Description
11A1 Two (2) sets of 33kV rated 15 MVar capacitor bank with necessary outdoor mounting
11A2 Six (6) nos. of 0.2% 33kV, 410A damping air core reactor with necessary outdoor
11B3 Six (6) nos. of 33kV, three cores each single-phase current transformer.
surge arrester.

ends of cables.
42
11G DC Distribution
bays/equipment
1.3.12 36kV Capacitor banks at Cox’s Bazar 132/33kV AIS Substation

There are 36kV 30MVar capacitor banks at Cox’s Bazar grid substations that are connected to the 33kV
bus through two 33kV bays. New 4x15MVAR 36kV capacitor banks shall be connected to the 33kV bus
through this two 33kV bays. For this purpose, the existing capacitor banks shall be disconnected from
43
the existing 33kV switchgears and existing CRP panel of capacitor banks shall also be dismantled from
control room to accommodate new capacitor bank’s CRP panel.
Item Description
12A1 Four (4) sets of 33kV rated 15 Mvar capacitor bank with necessary mounting
12A2 Twelve (12) nos. of 0.2% 33kV, 410A damping air core reactor with necessary outdoor
12A3 Four (4) nos. of 33kV, two cores each single-phase type neutral current transformer.
12A4 Four (4) sets of key interlocking system.
12B 33kV Switchgear
The 33kV switchgears shall comply with the particular requirements as detailed in the
Schedule of Technical Requirements included as Schedule E of Volume 3 of 3 and
12B1 Four (4) sets of 33kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/1 sec, 50Hz, SF6 type Circuit Breaker suitable
12B2 Four (4) sets of 33kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/1 sec, horizontal or vertical mounting
12B3 Twelve (12) nos. of 33kV, three cores each single-phase current transformer.
12B4 Six (6) nos. of 30kV Ur, 24kV Uc, gapless, metal oxide type 10kA, single phase surge
arrester.

12C1 Two (2) sets Control, Protection & Metering including panel for 4x15 Mvar capacitor
banks. One (1) set CRP shall consist of control, protection and metering of two
capacitor banks. Total four (4) sets of main protection relays and four (4) sets of
unbalance relays shall be provided.
12D1 33kV XLPE, 800sqmm Cu single core cables for connecting four (4) capacitor banks to
44
done as per actual requirement. The laying method of cable shall be buried up to
existing HV cable trench.
12D2 Two (02) sets of outdoor cable termination kit (suitable for 33kV XLPE 800sqmm Cu
Cable).
12D3 Two (02) sets of plug and socket (male and female part) of GIS cable termination kit
(suitable for 33kV XLPE 800sqmm Cu Cable).
12G DC Distribution
12G1 Modification and Extension of DC Distribution System with necessary material for new
bays/equipment.
12H1 Modification and Extension of LVAC Distribution System with necessary material for
new bays/equipment
45
bank & extension of internal roads, cable trenches, gravel laying, safety fences,
dismantling of existing CRP panels as well as existing 33kV cables and returned to
PGCB store, etc.
1.3.13 36kV Capacitor banks at Chuadanga 132/33kV AIS Substation

Item Description
13A1 Two (2) sets of 33kV rated 15 Mvar capacitor bank with necessary outdoor mounting
13A2 Six (6) nos. of 0.2% 33kV, 410A damping air core reactor with necessary outdoor
13B3 Six (6) nos. of 33kV, three cores each single-phase current transformer.
surge arrester.

46
13D2 33kV XLPE cable termination kit (suitable for 500sqmm Cu Cable) for connecting both
ends of cables.
13G DC Distribution
bays/equipment
47
1.3.14 36kV Capacitor banks at Bhandaria 132/33kV AIS Substation

Item Description
14A1 Three (3) sets of 33kV rated 15 MVar capacitor bank with necessary outdoor mounting
14A2 Nine (9) nos. of 0.2% 33kV, 410A damping air core reactor with necessary outdoor
14A3 Three (3) nos. of 33kV, two cores each single phase neutral current transformer.
14A4 Three (3) sets of key interlocking system.
14B1 Three (3) sets of 33kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/1 sec, 50Hz, SF6 type Circuit Breaker suitable
14B2 Three (3) sets of 33kV, 1250A, 31.5kA/1 sec, horizontal or vertical mounting
14B3 Nine (9) nos. of 33kV, three cores each single-phase current transformer.
14B4 Eighteen (18) nos. of 30kV Ur, 24kV Uc, gapless, metal oxide type 10kA, single phase
surge arrester.

14C1 Control, Protection & Metering including panels for three (3) sets of capacitor banks.
48
14D1 33kV XLPE, 500sqmm Cu single core cables for connecting three (3) capacitor banks
to 33kV Switchgear. The quantity of XLPE cable mentioned on the price schedule may
ends of cables.
14G DC Distribution
bays/equipment
49
1.4 Detailed Description of the Scope of Supply for Tele-

communication System
The communication part of the project shall provide the interconnection between all substations involved
in this package of the Project:
1) 400kV and 132kV AIS BAY EXTENSION AT KALIAKOIR

2) 132 KV AIS BAY EXTENSION AT FARIDPUR SUBSTATION
3) 132 KV AIS BAY EXTENSION AT PABNA SUBSTATION
4) 132 KV GIS BAY EXTENSION AT AGARGAON SUBSTATION
5) 132 KV GIS BAY EXTENSION AT BHASHANTEK SUBSTATION
The purpose of the telecommunication system is to provide all the necessary telecommunication
channels for the following sub-systems:
• SCADA for data exchange between the substations and the National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC)
by two communication technologies i.e. LAN & WAN
• Tele-protection to enable the communication between line differential protection relays and between
distance protection relays,
• Telephone to enable telephone communication between the substations and NLDC,
• Metering: Data transfer between meters and the entity in charge of collecting and processing
metering data,
• Any other telecommunication channels characteristics shall be define during the Design stage and
there will be subject of the Employer’s approval.
1.4.1 Recommendation of Communication system
Telecom equipment (Optical Transmission and ADD/DROP MUX)
• STM-16/64 / 10G or 100G / DWDM

– MPLS (Layer-3)
• ADD/DROP Multiplexer (PDH)
Services:
• LAN Service (IP Phone, RTU/SAS, Office LAN etc)

• WAN Services (RTU, CC camera, DFDR, etc)
• E1/TDM/Tributary Services (PABX, etc)
NMS:
50
• End-to-End Trail management

• Protection management (I+I MPS, MSSP RING, SNCP, SNCPM)
• Clock management
• DCN Channel management
Existing equipment and facilities in PGCB Telecommunication Network
• STM-1/4
– FOX-515/615
– MSE-5010 (OSN-1500B)
– MSE-5001 (Metro)
• ADD/DROP Multiplexer (PDH)
– DXC-5000
– FOX-515/615
Services:
• LAN Service (IP Phone, RTU/SAS etc)

• WAN Services (RTU, CC camera, DFDR, etc)
• TDM/Tributary Services (PABX, etc)
NMS :
• FOXMAN-UN/U-2000
– End-to-End Trail management
– Protection management (I+I MPS, MSSP RING, SNCP, SNCPM)
– Clock management
– DCN Channel management
1.4.2 Architecture of the Overall Telecommunication System
• Two (2) new SDH & PDH multiplexers (and with two (2) optical boosters only if it is required) and
one (1) 48 cores Optical Distribution Frames (ODF).
The length of the communication links is indicated in the provided drawing:
A scheme of the overall telecommunication system is attached at following drawings:
• SDH Telecommunication System
1.4.3 Scope of Work and Supply
The scope of work and supply of the telecommunication system:
• One (1) optical fibre cable from the gantry of each of 230 kV and/or 132 kV OHL to the substation
communication room, including 48 cores and non-metallic (underground) but with the same optical
characteristics with the OPGW (compliant to ITU-T-G 655 recommendation), shall be provided, for
each of 230 kV and/or 132 kV OHL at every involved Substation
• One (1) Optical Distribution Frames (ODF), of 48 cores capacity each, shall be provided, for each of
230 kV and/or 132 kV OHL at every involved Substation. ODF shall be installed in the
51
telecommunication / control room to facilitate the termination of fibres, testing and isolating of both
the optical fibre cable and fibre optic terminal equipment.
• Two (2) Optical SDH / PDH multiplexers, shall be provided, for each involved Substation, including:
– Duplicate CPU
– Duplicate power supply
– One optical STM-16 ports for each 230 kV transmission line
– One optical STM-4 ports for each 132 kV transmission line
– One 16x2 Mbps (E1) drop card
– One 8x2 Mbps (E1) elect. Card
– One card with four ports 10/100 Base T LAN
– One card with four ports 10/100 Base T Router
– One card with 10x2-w voice for FXS
– Required no. of cards with 4x4 commands for distance protection after detail design
• The optical SDH / PDH multiplexer shall be preferably of ABB FOX 515/FOX 615 type or GE MSE-
5010 (OSN-1500B) type to ensure fully integration with existing multiplexers.
• Depending of the length of each 230 kV and/or 132 kV one or two optical boosters may be required.
1.4.4 Engineering Services
General
The engineering services shall be provided by the Contractor to the necessary extent and detail of a
turnkey project. They shall include drawings, instructions and all other technical documents required to
allow the Contractor to build, erect, commission, operate and maintain the telecommunication system,
even if these are not specifically mentioned in these Technical Requirements.
Design Services
The Contractor shall design in detail the general layout of the telecommunication system, based on the
preliminary design and modifications agreed. This general layout shall be submitted to the Employer /
Employer's Representative for approval and comments. It shall also include all detailed structural
drawings, detailed descriptions and reports required to permit an exact understanding of the solution
adopted.
Once the general layout is approved, the Contractor shall include following as a minimum requirement:
• design of all works required for the implementation and extension of the telecommunication system,
general layouts of the telecommunication system, engineering of telecommunication system, all
necessary calculations.
These engineering services shall also include:
• design reports,
• complete drawings of all system,
• integration in the existing telecommunication system.
1.5 Detailed Description of the Scope of Supply for SCADA,

Control & Monitoring System
52
1.5.1 Overall Scope of Work and Supply
The SCADA system will be based on:

• The communication with the NLDC shall be via the supplied gateway for Control and
Monitoring
System of the substation.
• Industrial gateway shall be implemented at each involved substation for remote monitoring &
control from the National Despatch Centre. It shall provide all the necessary control and
monitoring facilities for 400kV, 230kV, 132 kV level and auxiliaries.
• At existing substation, monitoring shall be provided through existing RTU. Contractor shall
supply &
install of necessary equipment such as sub rack, IED/relay, transducers, DI, DO card etc. for
integrating new bays through existing RTU.
• Contractor shall supply, install 2 (two) numbers of Industrial gateway and will be configured
as
master - hot standby mode or one gateway will report to main station & another will report to
backup station. Gateway shall be capable report to both Main master station at Rampura
(through
VLAN network) & Standby Master Station at Bidyut Bhaban (through routed network)
simultaneously. It will be configured according to the signal list, communication parameter, IP
address, station address etc. provided by PGCB. The Gateway shall have adequate capacity
(minimum 25%
additional spare point with license) to meet to the future extensions of substation.
• In case of windows operating system based gateway there should be USB port, VGA port,
HDD/flash memory with one spare parts, TFT monitor with mouse and key board etc. Hard
disk
should be 50% free and CPU loading maximum of 30% at normal condition. If gateway is
firmware
based then 02(two) nos. of control card is required. Gateways also have minimum 06 nos.
LAN
port & redundant power supply. There should be GPS facilities for time synchronization. In
addition,
cyber security has to be ensured at field level with firewall. Supported Protocol shall be IEC
60870-
5-104, 61850 & MOD Bus etc.
• One laptop for each vendor & same software version is required with Acronis True image or
Ghost
or similar software for system back up & restoration.
• All necessary adaptation work and configuration of the existing SCADA platform of the
NLDC to integrate the Substations and the new bays shall be provided.
• Minimum of four (4) or five (5) numbers, respectively, of 33 kV shed feeders shall be
controlled
from the SCADA system at each substation. All necessary equipment, including required
number of
BCU and panels shall be provided under the scope of the project.
A scheme of the substation automation system is attached.
1.5.2 Adaptation and Configuration of the NLDC
Integrating Gateway with NLDC, the following work shall be done at Master Station and
Standby Master Station.
Scope of work includes following:
53
Pre Database Work

a) Collection of network data for EMS application
b) Modelling, database creation, verification and update should be done at both NLDC
c) Modification and update of database for far end substation related to the 230kv Sub Station
d) The following work should be done at Master station and Backup station:
1. SCADA Database Modelling
2. Substation Display
3. Network database Modelling
4. DTS Database Modelling
5. Alarm database Modelling
6. Validation
• Cross validation of all databases and create update copy of those databases.
• On-lining of databases in DTS (Simulator) server
• Checking and modifying (if require) topology of Substations, Devices, Network etc.
7. Gateway configuration
Configuring the Gateway according to requirements/ signals, mapping address, data
communication Parameters, Source IP, Destination IP etc.
8. Local Test
The following test will be carried out at site using e-terra control software
• Verification of all Analog Measurement and checking of Limit, Deadband , Polling
Time
• Verification of Digital signals status (OPEN, CLOSE, BETWEEN, INVALID)
• Verification of ALARMS, EVENTS etc.
• Verification of Control and Interlock
9. Database Update
The following activities will be carried out in Master NLDC and Backup NLDC fter
successful site test.
• On-lining of all databases in Running Servers
• IP/VLAN Configuration on Polling servers and switch
• Compilation & On-lining of all the displays on WEB servers
10. Tuning of Power System Application

• Tuning will be done for all available Network applications in SCADA/EMS server
DTS
(Dispatcher Training Simulator).
11. End to End Test

The following activities will be carried out in NLDC Master Station and Standby Master
Station
• Verification of all Analog Measurement,
• Verification of Digital signals and Controls
• Verification of displays including Single line, Pop up, alarms etc.
• Verification of communication line for Redundancy
• Verification of continuous and complete reporting of the Gateway to NLDC.
Notes:
• Data communication path creation for both NLDC Master Station and Standby master
Station is
scope of Integration
• Collection of Network parameter value required for modelling network database is in
Contractor’s scope of work
• Contractor will conduct necessary work for both at NLDC & Substation (if required)
Requirements / Signals
• Indications: Digital Input (Double Point)

The following indications shall be provided
54
– Circuit Breaker, Isolator & Earth Switch Open/ Close for line, transformer, bus coupler
– Circuit Breaker for Reactor/Capacitor bank & 33kv Loadshed feeder
• Load Flows, System Voltage and frequency
Electrical quantities shall be provided to enable the following measurements
– Voltage (kV), Frequency (Hz) for Busbar
– Megawatt (MW), MegaVar (MVAR), Amperes (AMP), Voltage (kV) for Line
– MW, MVAR, Amperes, kV at both sides, Tap Position Indication (TPI) for Transformer
– Megara for Reactor/Capacitor bank
• Alarms: Digital Input (Single Point):
– Remote/ Local Switch for all Circuit Breakers.
– Bay Fault (DC Fail for Transformer Panel).
– Breaker Fault (OR gate Spring Charge, SF6 Low).
– Protection Class-1 (Distance, Differential).
– Protection Class-2 (Over current, Earth fault).
– Protection Class-3 (bus bar).
– Transformer Alarm (Buchholz Alarm, Oil Level Low).
– Transformer Trip (Buchholz Trip, PRD Trip)
– Transformer Temperature Alarm (Oil Temp Alarm, Winding Temperature).
– Transformer Temperature Trip (Oil Temp trip, Winding Temperature trip).
– Tap Changer Alarm.
– Tap changer trip.
– Tap changer high limit.
– Tap changer low limit.
– Auto recloses operated
– DC fail
– AC fail
• Controls-Digital Output (Double point)
The following facilities shall be controlled from the NLDC
– Circuit Breaker and Motorized Isolator Open/ Close for Line, Transformer bay & bus
coupler,
– Circuit Breaker Open/ Close for 33kV load shed feeder
– Tap Changer Raise/ Lower for Transformer
• Network modelling parameters
Line length, line conductor type, short circuit data for zero sequence (%R, %X, % of full
charging
susceptance) etc.
The SCADA system of the National Load Despatch Centre is based on ALSTOM platform.
The communication protocol to be used for data exchange between the NLDC and the
substations shall be IEC 60870-5-104 for the data transmission from substation.
Adaptation work and configuration of the NLDC will mainly consist of:
• Modelling the new substations and new bays.
• Database update of NLDC (ABB Network Manager Platform).
• Configuration of ABB Network Manager Platform to display the single line diagrams,
statuses,
alarms, measurements of the new substations and new bays.
• Database creation / modification & update at respective SCADA/EMS servers at all master
station.
• Creation of associate display and modification of existing displays wherever required.
• Point to point test.
1.5.3 General Principle and Description of SCMS
The substation control and monitoring system shall have distributed client/server architecture.
It shall consist of:
• The BCU equipment, which will be installed at the bay level,
• The substation level equipment, to be installed in the control room,
• A redundant communication network between station level and bay level for data exchange
55
to limit the number of cables and ensure extension of the system. The exchange of
information between distributed single bay unit and central substation control level shall be
performed through redundant fibre optic wires. The communication network shall be based on
the following architecture:
– One optical double-ring LAN with protection and BCU,
– One UPT CAT 5 redundant LAN at substation level.
The station level equipment will be power supplied from the two independent AC sources:
• One from the AC station auxiliaries 230 V AC 50 Hz,
• The second one from a UPS,
• An automatic change over shall prevent supply interruption.
In the event of loss of supply or disconnection for any reason, the system shall reboot
automatically (without loss of stored information) and will update statuses of all devices when
the power supply recovers. The updating process shall not inhibit control functions.
The substation control level must support future expansion of substation control system,
having a 25% of resources as minimum.
At bay level, all control functions, data acquisition interlocking functions shall be done in the
bay control devices within the bay level equipment. Each feeder shall be equipped with an
individual bay control device.
For the data acquisition of substation auxiliaries, information (LV/MV switchgear, station
battery,
charger, UPS etc.,) a local RTU (or BCPU) shall be provided and installed in the control
building. The bay control devices shall be connected to the station level via a redundant
optical fibre communication link.
The bay level equipment shall comprise at least the following elements:
• Bay control unit (BCU). Bay computer shall be separate unit (not incorporated in the
protection
unit).
• Input / output modules for digital and analogue signals,
• Communication with protection equipment and analogue signals,
• Redundant optical fibre communication with substation level or ring bus communication,
• Backup mimic panel for maintenance control and measurements. One two position switch
shall be
provided on control panel:
– Local: Only local control is enabled, the interlocking function is on bay level only, no
synchronization,
– Remote: Only remote control is enabled.
– In both cases, all the data must be transmitted to the higher level (NLDC),
• Communication port for operation / maintenance from a laptop computer.
Bay control units shall be supplied from 110 V DC.
In the event of loss of supply or disconnection for any reason, the system shall reboot
automatically (without loss of stored information) and will update statuses of all devices when
the power supply recovers. The updating process shall not inhibit control functions. There
should not be any loss of data due to the loss of auxiliary supply.
It shall be taken into consideration that additional bay control units can be added to the
system, without disturbance of the system, for future expansion. A provision of 20% in bay
units' expansion is required, as well as a provision of 10% in I/O signals, within each bay.
Control and supervision of the system will be possible from different levels:
• NLDC,
• Substation control level from the operator workstation,
• Bay control level.
56
On all levels, a correct interlocking will be ensured which provides the highest safety for staff
and
equipment. On the substation control level, the interlocking is managed by the
microprocessor-based system, on the bay level it is performed by hard wiring.
The substation control system shall follow the specifications of IEC family 61850, 60870-5-
101/104,60870-5-102 and 60870-5-103. It is an obligatory requirement that the same
Manufacturer supplies equipment and software for both the substation control and supervision
system and the protection system.
List of Signals
The list below states the types of signals for the different configurations of bay types to assist
in the determination of needs and possibilities for each of analysed systems of the future
substation. The estimated signals are shown in the tables and include but not limited to:
Signalling:
• Protection (start, tripping, zones/phases, AR, communication send/receive),
• Automatic systems (start, tripping, operation, working mode)
• Central systems (backup trips, trip during long power swing, busbar protection and breaker
failure,
protection off, remote control off, feeder maintenance off),
• Switching equipment (manual control, emergency trip),
• Mode of operation: Local / Remote.
Warning:
• Protection (faults),
• Automatic systems (faults),
• Fault locator (faults),
• Event recorder (faults),
• Control systems (voltage control),
• Breaker (control blocking from a gas pressure low, a gas pressure low, AR inhibit from driver
fault, driver supply voltage loss, driver fault, pole discordance).
• High voltage switch position:
• Breaker (separate pole - each 2 bits),
• Disconnectors (separate pole - each 2 bits),
• Earth switches (separate pole - each 2 bits).
Control:
• Breaker (close, open),
• Disconnectors (close, open),
• Line earth switch (close, open),
• Automatic systems (off, on,)
• Voltage regulation systems (choice of voltage level, regulation mode, tap changer control).
Series interfaces:
• From digital protections and disturbance recorder,
• From diagnostic system of primary equipment,
• From monitoring system (transformer, etc.).
Measurements:
• Phase currents,
• Phase voltages
• Real power and energy for both directions,
• Reactive power and energy for both directions,
• Frequency, power factor,
• Device switching statistics.
Metering (for planning / operation not for commercial purpose):

• Real energy for both directions,
• Reactive energy for both directions.
Auxiliary systems:
• Aux 33 kV AC,
• Aux.400/230 V AC,
57
• Aux.110V DC,
• Aux.220V AC UPS,
• Aux.48 V DC,
• Fire protection,
• Security light,
• Alarm system,
• HVAC,
• Telecommunication alarms,
• GPS time synchronizing input (NTP Protocol)
1.5.4 Scope of Work and Supply at New Substations (N
The substation control system refers to the station level and bay level controls. The station level
control equipment shall include the following:
Station Level
• Arrangement of the all bays
• 2 (two) independent station computers operating on a main and hot standby basis,
• 2 (two) operator workstations including 2 x 21" colour monitors (complete with appropriate desk
and chair).
• The second operator workstation shall have the capability to be used as Employer's Representative
workstation,
• Two (2) numbers of independent SCADA Gateways
• Black & white A 4 laser printer,
• Colour A 3 laser printer,
• Common bay control unit for monitoring auxiliary power supply and all other equipment on a
substation level (telemetry, telecommunication, HVAC, fire protection, etc.),
• Satellite clock, which should run on SNTP protocols. The satellite clock will provide the reference
time to the comprehensive Substation Control and Monitoring System and protection relays
through IEC61850 substation LAN., The satellite clock system will be complete with GPS receiver,
antenna and time synchronisation ports.
• Interface for laptop computer for maintenance, information transfer and emergency HMI,
• Non-fail power supply system,
• Communication network equipment (substation local area network, field communication network,
optical couplers, etc.),
• Optical connection for data exchange with the NLDC.
• Configuration of the new/existing gateway.
The station computers in the substation must be separate machines from the station HMI (operator
workstation) and should be located in the control panels, and not on the control desk with the HMI.
Bay Level
The control system of the bay level at substation shall be carried out with microprocessor based Bay
Control Unit (BCU) control system. All BCUs shall be provided with IEC 61850 Edition 2
communication ports.
The connections between BCUs and the station level shall be based on redundant fibre optic links.
These communication ports will be used for control, indication and alarm systems to the substation
automation system and SCADA. The BCU shall be provided for all:
 230 kV transmission line bays,

 230/132 kV power transformer
 230 kV busbars
 132 kV transmission line bays,
 132/33 kV power transformers,
 132 kV busbars
 Four (4) numbers of 33 kV load shed feeders (BCU and panels, if required) and
 Auxiliaries.
58
A bay control unit (BCU) shall provide the following:

• Control for each individual circuit / bay with a LCD mimic and user interface for control and
monitoring of the circuit / bay,
• Interface for protection devices that cannot directly interface with the substation control system local
area network,
• Interface for laptop computer for maintenance, information transfer and emergency HMI,
• Interlocking functions (soft and hard wired).
Station level control functions shall include the following:
• Control of all switching devices,
• Real-time indication of events and alarms,
• Display of analogue values and high / low limit checking,
• Display of historical values,
• Data archiving,
• Disturbance monitoring and analysis,
• Trend display,
• Protection and control relay setting information,
• Protection relay fault and disturbance records,
• Time synchronization,
• Interlocking function to prevent unsafe operator action (display message if operator attempts an
inappropriate action),
• Self-check and diagnostic,
• Manual data setting by the operator, including:
• Hand dressed data entry,
• Control inhibit setting,
• Alarm inhibit setting,
• Maintenance tag setting,
• High / low limit setting.
• Remote access to substation control system from SCADA system using a TCP / IP link.
All peripheral devices that constitute the substation automation system should be supervised and
monitored by Control through IEC 61850 or any other compatible protocol.
1.5.5 Scope of Work and Supply at Existing Substations
The existing SCMS shall be extended to integrate the new feeders.

The BCU shall be provided, with IEC 61850 Edition 2 communication ports, for each feeder.
The connections between BCUs and the station level shall be based on redundant fibre optic links.
These communication ports will be used for control, indication and alarm systems to the substation
automation system and SCADA.
A bay control unit (BCU) shall provide the following:
• Control for each individual circuit / bay with a LCD mimic and user interface for control and
monitoring of the circuit / bay,
• Interface for protection devices that cannot directly interface with the substation control system local
area network,
• Interface for laptop computer for maintenance, information transfer and emergency HMI, Interlocking
functions (soft and hard-wired).
All necessary optical/Ethernet switches shall be provided to connect the new BCUs to the station level
of SMS.
All necessary adaptation work shall be provided.
The signal list will follow the same rules as for new substations.
1.5.6 Engineering Services
General
The Engineering services shall be provided by the Contractor to the extent and detail necessary for a
turnkey project. They shall include drawings, instructions and all other technical documents required
allow the Contractor to build, erect, commission, operate and maintain the substation systems, even if
these are not specifically mentioned in these Technical Requirements.
59
Design Services
The Contractor shall design in detail the general layout of the SCADA and substation control system,
based on the preliminary design and modifications agreed. This general layout shall be submitted to
the Employer / Employer's Representative for approval and comments. It shall also include all detailed
structural drawings, detailed descriptions and reports required to permit an exact understanding of the
solution adopted.
Once the general layout is approved, the Contractor shall include the following as a minimum
requirement:
• Design of all works required for the implementation and extension of the SCADA and substation
control system,
• General layouts for the SCADA and substation control system,
• Engineering of SCADA and substation control system,
• All necessary calculations.
• These Engineering services shall also include:
• Design reports,
• Complete drawings of all systems,
• Integration in existing SCADA system.
1.6 Terminal Points
1.6.1 Transmission Line Circuit Connections
The slack spans including overhead earth wires between the 230 kV and 132 kV overhead line terminal
towers and the substation gantry structures shall be supplied and terminated by the overhead line
Contractors. All required insulators and hardwires shall also be supplied by the overhead line
Contractors.
Eyebolts/U-bolts or other suitable fixtures for terminating the slack spans on the switchyard gantry shall
be provided under this substation contract.
The overhead line Contractor shall provide a jumper from the slack span of sufficient length to terminate
on the substation entry equipment. The supply of appropriate clamps and the actual termination of the
jumper to the substation equipment shall be carried out under this contract.
PLC facilities such as line trap and coupling capacitor, new or currently used in existing substations
shall be carried out under this contract.
Bonding of the incoming earth wire to the station earthing screen and supply of earthing conductor and
connection of the terminal tower earth electrode into the substation earth grid shall be carried out under
this contract.
The overhead line Contractor shall terminate the OPGW at the substation gantry in the terminal joint
boxes provided by the overhead line Contractors. The connection between OPGW joint boxes at the
substation gantry and control room building via underground optical fibre cables shall be carried out
under this contract; it includes supply & installation of fibre optic cable of a size similar to the OPGW.
1.6.2 Communication and SCADA Equipment
The voice communication, tele-protection signalling and main distribution frame (MDF) for optical fibre
cable will be supplied and installed under this contract.
60
Necessary equipment for incorporating new & existing equipment system into the existing
SCADA system shall also be supplied and installed under this contract:
Complete design, supply, delivery, installation, testing & commissioning of hardware and software shall
be provided for the tele-control & tele-metering facilities required at the existing National Load Despatch
Centre (NLDC) at Rampura for integration of the scope of the work.
In order to provide the tele-control & tele-metering facilities required at the existing NLDC, all plant
supplied under this contract shall be equipped with potential free auxiliary contacts for indications and
alarms. CT and VT circuits shall be fitted, where required, with the appropriate shorting and fused
terminals.
All required electrical signals for signalization and control shall be transmitted to the NLDC through the
Industrial Gateway of the substation automation system or RTU. All HV breakers, motorized
disconnectors, tap changer, etc. shall be controlled form NLDC through the Gateway or RTU of the
substation automation system using IEC 60870-5-104 protocol. Necessary transducer, control &
interposing relays, RTUs, etc. shall be used. Necessary interfacing between the Substation Automation
gateway and the communication equipment is to be carried out.
Sufficient investigations shall be made on the existing telecommunication and SCADA system
for new and existing transmission lines and associated new and existing substations so that
the necessary equipment shall be provided for complete telecommunication system after the
new and existing transmission lines and substations are connected/reconnected.
All and complete connection between the new equipment and the existing equipment for control &
protection system, SCADA, communication system, and low voltage supply system shall be provided.
The other ends of Transmission Lines have to be covered from the tele-communication point of
view under the scope of this contract. All equipment and services have to be provided
In addition, to implement the complete SCADA system after completion of the project,
modification of the existing software in the master and back-up computer of the national control
centre, and modification / extension / renovation of hardware (installing additional printed
circuit cards or other equipment, etc. if required) shall be made under this contract.
61
1.7 Training and Inspection
The Contract Price shall include all costs of training & inspection of Employers and the instruction of
staff on site for the following:
(a) International Training: The following engineers nominated by the Employer shall be provided
with training at specialist manufacturer's works as follows:
Deleted
(b) International Witnessing: The following engineers nominated by the Employer shall participate
in the inspection and witnessing of factory acceptance tests at manufacturers' works as follows:
SL Description No. of Duration No. of Trip/ Visit

Engineers (Minimum
per visit Working Days
excluding
travel time)
per visit
1. Transformers 02 10 3 visits: 01 for
230/132/33kV 450MVA
Transformer, 01 for
230/132/33kV 300MVA
Transformer, & 01 for
132/33kV 120MVA
Transformer.
2. AIS Capacitor Bank 02 07 1 visit: 01 for 36kV
Capacitor Bank
During factory witnessing the following sample rate of the tested Equipment shall be applied:
For Capacitor Bank at least 10% of the supplied quantity shall face witness of Employers Engineers.
(c) On-site instruction/training by the manufacturer’s engineer on operations and maintenance
SL Description No. of Duration

Engineer (Working days)
1. HV GIS switchgears NA NA
2. Transformers 15 06
3. Protection & Substation automation system NA NA
4. Fiber optic multiplexer & digital PABX NA NA
5. SCADA system NA NA
6. AIS Capacitor Bank 15 04
The Contractor shall be responsible for bearing all costs for the trainees (for item (a)), including air
fares, accommodation, meal, healthcare, transportation, visa fees etc. together with payment of a daily
allowance of US$ 80 per day including travel time for each of the Employer's trainee. The air ticket
class for Training shall be Economy class. The Employer's engineer attending the Pre-shipment
62
inspection (as mentioned in item no. b) shall be provided with the same facilities as mentioned above
except the payment of daily allowance which is to be US$ 100 per day including travel time. For local
trainings (item no. C), contractor shall provide daily allowance of US$ 50 per day
Note: The Contractor shall have to submit the Schedule of each Training & FAT and take approval from
the Employer prior to each Training & FAT. The International training shall have to be arranged
within one (1) year from the date of contract signing.
1.7.1 Training Contents
The minimum requirements for different trainings are described here. The final schedule with contents
shall be finalized during execution stage.
1.7.1.1 HV Substation & Equipment Design and Testing (as per IEC)
SL Topics Contents Duration

1. Transformer 1. Practical transformer design: 6 days
Design a) Electrical Design: Short Circuit, Dielectric &
Thermal Design
b) Mechanical Design: External (Tank, Stifner,,
Conservator, Cooling (Cooler, Fan, Pump) &
Internal (Clamping, Fitch Plate, lead structure)
2. Manufacturing Process : Coil, Core & Post Vapour
Drying
3. Computer Aided Design
4. Operation and maintenance of OLTC
5. Different types of faults in transformer
6. Troubleshooting of transformer faults
Fire-fighting of Transformer
Testing of transformer as per IEC: Pros & Cons - Routine,
Design & Special test
2. Substation Insulation Co-ordination 3 days
Design DC system Design including-
Battery Sizing, Design & Testing
Battery Charger Sizing, Design & Testing
Battery Insulation Monitoring
Design Calculations including-
DSLP Calculation, Conductor sizing for Bus & cable sizing,
Computer Aided Cantilever strength Sizing of PI, Lighting
Design for Indoor & Outdoor, LVAC system Design
including HVAC Design
3. CT-PT Design CT-PT Sizing Calculation 2 days
Design
Testing
4. Earthing Theory of Earthing system design 2 days
system Design Soil resistivity, Testing methods & models,
using Single layer & two layer method for Earthing system
design : Detailed system Design AIS & GIS Switchyard
63
using software.
5. FACTS Device Series Rector Design & Testing 2 days
Shunt Rector Design & Testing
SVC Design & Testing
For each Training, Trainers shall have minimum 5 years’ experience in the related fields. The trainers
shall be from reputed International training Organization/manufacturer/contractor. For Transformer &
HV substation training, the trainer shall have experience of at least 245kV Class, 300MVA Substation
& transformer design for at least 5 years. The CV of proposed trainers shall be submitted to employer
& taken approval during execution. If the proposed trainer does not meet the minimum requirement as
mentioned here, the Employer shall preserve the right to ask the contractor to change the trainer as per
requirement.
64
2. Schedule B: Bid Prices & Schedules
General
1. The Price Schedules are divided as follows:
Schedule No. B1: Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad
Schedule No. B2: Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from within the Employer’s
Country
Schedule No. B3: Design Services
Schedule No. B4: Installation and Other Services
Schedule No. B5: Grand Summary
Schedule No. B6: Recommended Spare Parts
2. The Schedules do not generally give a full description of the plant to be supplied and the services
to be performed under each item. To have comprehensive understanding of the technical
specification of each equipment the bidder shall read technical specification in relevant sections
in volume 02; Employer’s Requirements & other sections of the Bidding Document ( Requirement
in Schedule A of Volume 03, GTP requirement in Appendix of Schedule A or Schedule E) and
reviewed the Drawings to ascertain the full scope of the requirements included in each item prior
to filling in the rates and prices The entered rates and prices shall be deemed to cover the full
scope as previously mentioned, including overheads and profit.
3. If Bidders are unclear or uncertain as to the scope of any item, they shall seek clarification in
accordance with ITB 7 prior to submitting their bid.
Pricing
4. The units and rates in figures entered into the Price Schedules should be typewritten or if written
by hand, must be in print form. Price Schedules not presented accordingly may be considered
nonresponsive. The Bidder shall initial any alterations necessary due to errors, etc.
As specified in the Bid Data Sheet and Special Conditions of Contract, prices shall be subject to
adjustment in accordance with the corresponding Appendix (Price Adjustment) to the Contract
Agreement.
5. Bid prices shall be quoted in the manner indicated and in the currencies specified in the
Instructions to Bidders in the Bidding Document.
For each item, Bidders shall complete each appropriate column in the respective Schedules,
giving the price breakdown as indicated in the Schedules.
Prices given in the Schedules against each item shall be for the scope covered by that item as
detailed in Volume I (Employer’s Requirements) or elsewhere in the Bidding Document.
6. Payments will be made to the Contractor in the currency or currencies indicated under each
respective item.
7. When requested by the Employer for the purposes of making payments or part payments, valuing
variations or evaluating claims, or for such other purposes as the Employer may reasonably
require, the Contractor shall provide the Employer with a breakdown of any composite or lump
sum items included in the Schedules.
Notes
65
i. Items identified as lot in price schedule shall include all the materials required for proper
completion of work against that item.
ii. Items identified as meters, such as Cable, GIL, GIB etc. shall be deemed to be tentative & based
on preliminary design which shall be variable during detail design in execution stage. Hence,
payment shall be on actual basis, but the unit price shall remain constant throughout the contract.
iii. Items identified as Cubic feet or meters, such as land/earth filling etc. shall be deemed to be
tentative & based on preliminary estimation which shall be variable during execution stage.
Hence, payment shall be on actual basis, but the unit price shall remain constant throughout the
contract.
iv. For Items under steel gantry, column & beam has been added as number basis so that payment
can be made on actual basis if no. of column changes during detail engineering in Execution
stage while unit price shall remain fixed.
v. Equipment support structure & foundation for Transformer, switchgear etc has been added on
Number basis based on tentative & preliminary design so that payment can be made on actual
basis if no. of structure changes during detail Engineering in Execution stage while unit price shall
remain fixed.
Schedule B: Schedules of Rates and Prices
Schedule No. B1: Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad
Schedule No. B2: Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer's Country
Schedule No. B3: Design Services
Schedule No. B4: Installation and Other Services
Schedule No. B5: Grand Summary
Schedule No. B6: Recommended Spare Parts
Please see the separate Excel file for the above.
The attached price schedules shall be filled by the Bidder, signed and stamped and shall be attached
to the bid.
Please use the attached excel file
66
3. Schedule C: Bar Chart Program of Key

Activities - Delivery & Completion Time
Schedule
(To be filled by the Bidder to be attached to the bid.)
3.1 Times for Delivery and Completion

The individual dates are all contractually binding.
The times given include all necessary control, relay, metering, auxiliary power and ancillary equipment
to enable the respective circuit or item of plant to be completely commissioned and put into commercial
operation, together with such other associated equipment, e.g. busbar, etc. as well ensure that
subsequent shut-downs are unnecessary or at least only of a temporary or short time nature.
Completion time for the scope of work under this project is 720 Days. Construction Schedule exceeding
720 Days shall be rejected.
The following dates shall be from the commencement date of the Contract.
Key dates to be provided as follows.
E - Target completion dates planned by the Contractor
D - Construction (delivery, erection and commissioning) date guaranteed by the
Contractor.
C - Shipping completion dates guaranteed by the Contractor.
B - Date of arrival of first shipment guaranteed by the Contractor.
A - Earliest date by which access is required by the Contractor.
A B C D E
Earliest
Site/Descriptions Access
Permitted Months Months Months Months
Months
67
4. Schedule D: Manufacturers, Places of

Manufacture and Testing
The following form shall be filled and attached to the bid.
Bidders are free to propose/list more than one Manufacturer for each item.
Quoted rates and prices shall be deemed to apply to whichever Manufacturer is appointed, and no
adjustment of the rates and prices will be permitted.
Their participation shall be confirmed with the Manufacturer’s Authorization letter(s), as required.
In case that more than one Manufacturer has been proposed, the Employer have right to choose one or
more of them, or can ask for replacement
Should a manufacturer be determined to be unacceptable, the Bid will not be rejected, but the Bidder will be
required to substitute an acceptable manufacturer without any change to the bid price.
Prior to signing the Contract, the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement shall be completed, listing
the approved manufacturers for
each item concerned.
Manufacturers
The following Manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the facilities:
Manufacturer's Place of
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
ipment Equipment d e
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
1 Power Transformer
Auto transformer
1 400/132
. /33 kV
1 325MV
A
i) Complete
ii) Tap Changer
Bushing:
iii) HV/LV/T
V/NV
iv) Core
v) Copper Winding
68
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
Winding
vi) Insulatio
n
Material
vii) Oil
viii) Tank
ix) Radiator
x) Fan
xi) Motor
Temperature
xii) Indicato
r
xiii) PRD
xiv) Oil Valve
xv) Silica Gel
xvi) Gas/Oil actuated
relay
xvii) AVR
Indicating
xviii) Instrum
ents
Cooler control
xix) Equipm
ent
xx) Remote control
panel
xxi) Magnetic Shunt
xxii) Clamp
1 Auto transformer
. 230/132
2 /33 kV
69
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
450MV
A
(i) Complete
(ii) Tap Changer
Bushing:
(iii) HV/LV/T
V/NV
(iv) Core
(v) Copper Winding
Winding
(vi) Insulatio
n
Material
(vii) Oil
(viii) Tank
(ix) Radiator
(x) Fan
(xi) Motor
Temperature
(xii) Indicato
r
(xiii) PRD
(xiv) Oil Valve
(xv) Silica Gel
(xvi) Gas/Oil actuated
relay
(xvii) AVR
(xviii) Indicating
Instrum
70
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
ents
Cooler control
(xix) Equipm
ent
(xx) Remote control
panel
(xxi) Magnetic Shunt
(xxii) Clamp
1
Auto transformer 230/132/33 kV
.
300MVA
3
i. Complete
ii. Tap Changer
Bushing:
iii. HV/LV/T
V/NV
iv. Core
v. Copper Winding
Winding
vi. Insulatio
n
Material
vii. Oil
viii. Tank
ix. Radiator
x. Fan
xi. Motor
Temperature
xii. Indicato
r
xiii. PRD
71
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
xiv. Oil Valve
xv. Silica Gel
xvi. Gas/Oil actuated
relay
xvii. AVR
Indicating
xviii. Instrum
ents
Cooler control
xix. Equipm
ent
xx. Remote control
panel
xxi. Magnetic Shunt
xxii. Clamp
Power
transfor
1 mer
. 132/33
4 kV
120MV
A
i. Complete
ii. Tap Changer
Bushing:
iii. HV/LV/T
V/NV
iv. Core
v. Copper Winding
Winding
vi. Insulatio
n
Material
72
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
vii. Oil
viii. Tank
ix. Radiator
x. Fan
xi. Motor
Temperature
xii. Indicato
r
xiii. PRD
xiv. Oil Valve
xv. Silica Gel
xvi. Gas/Oil actuated
relay
xvii. AVR
Indicating
xviii. Instrum
ents
Cooler control
xix. Equipm
ent
xx. Remote control
panel
xxi. Magnetic Shunt
xxii. Clamp
Auxiliary Power
Transfo
1.5 rmer
33/.415
kV
2 420kV Equipment
73
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
2.1 420kV AIS
2.1.1 Circuit breakers 420 kV
(i) Drive Mechanism
(ii) Interrupter Chamber
(iii) Insulator
2.1.2 Disconnectors 420 kV

(i) Drive Mechanism
(ii) Male-Female Contact
(iii) Insulator
Current transformers 420
2.1.3
kV
(i) Core
(ii) Winding
(iii) Insulator
Voltage transformers 420
2.1.4
kV
(i) Core
(ii) Winding
(iii) Insulator
2.1.5 Surge arresters 420 kV

(i) ZnO Resistor Block
(ii) Housing
(iii) Surge Counter
2.1.6 Wave Trap
74
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
2.1.7 420kV Post Insulator
2 Delet
420kV GIS
. Equipment e
2 d
3 245kV Equipment
3
.
230kV GIS
1
.
i. Enclosure
ii. SF6
iii. Support Insulator
iv. Barrier Insulator
v. Pressure Monitor
vi. Circuit breaker
vii. Disconnector
viii. Earth Switch
ix. High Speed Earth Switch
x. Current Transformer
xi. Voltage transformer
xii. Surge Arrester
3
230kV AIS
.
2
3
.
Circuit breakers
2 230 kV
.
1
75
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
i. Drive Mechanism
ii. Interrupter Chamber
iii. Insulator
3
.
Disconnectors
2 230 kV
.
2
i. Drive Mechanism
ii. Male-Female Contact
iii. Insulator
3
.
Current . transformers 230
2 kV
.
3
i. Core
ii. Winding
iii. Insulator
3
.
Voltage2 transformers 230
. kV
4
.
i. Core
ii. Winding
iii. Insulator
3
Surge arresters 230 kV
.
76
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
2
.
5
i. ZnO Resistor Block
ii. Housing
iii. Surge Counter
4
145 kV Equipment
.
4
.
132kV GIS
1
.
i. Enclosure
ii. SF6
iii. Support Insulator
iv. Barrier Insulator
v. Pressure Monitor
vi. Circuit breaker
vii. Disconnector
viii. Earth Switch
ix. High Speed Earth Switch
x. Current Transformer
xi. Voltage transformer
xii. Surge Arrester
4
132kV AIS
.
2
77
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
4
.
Circuit breakers
2 132 kV
.
1
i. Drive Mechanism
ii. Interrupter Chamber
iii. Insulator
4
.
.
Disconnectors 132 kV
2
.
2
i. Drive Mechanism
ii. Male-Female Contact
iii. Insulator
4
.
Current transformers 132
2
kV
.
3
i. Core
ii. Winding
iii. Insulator
4
.
Voltage2 transformers 132
. kV
4
.
i. Core
78
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
ii. Winding
iii. Insulator
4
.
Surge arresters
2 132 kV
.
5
i. ZnO Resistor Block
ii. Housing
iii. Surge Counter
5. 33 kV Equipment
5
Circuit breakers
. 33 kV
1
5
Disconnectors
. 33 kV
2
5
Current .transformers 33 kV
3
5
Voltage.transformers 33 kV
4
5
Surge arresters
. 33 kV
5
5
33kV GIS .
6
6. Control, Protection, and Metering Equipment
Control &
monitori
6.1 ng
equipm
ent
6 Relay protection
79
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
. equipm
2 ent
6
Control .& protection panels
3
6
Metering. equipment
4
6
Metering. panels
5
6
Auxiliary. Switches
6
6
Auxiliary. Relays
7
6
Trip Relays
.
8
6
TCS Relays
.
9
6
.
Relay Test Block
1
0
6
.
Humidity Sensor
1
1
7. Substation Automation System
7.1 Bay Control Unit

7
Industrial
. Server
2
80
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
7
Server Processor
.
3
7
Firewall.
4
7
Gateway
. Server
5
7
GPS system
.
6
7
Ethernet. Switch
7
7
Modem .
8
7
LCD Monitor
.
9
7
.
Monitor & Keyboard
1
0
7
.
Printer
1
1
7
.
55” LCD Monitor
1
2
7
.
Cables (FO, EC,CC)
1
3
8 Digital Fault & Disturbance Recorder
81
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
.
8
Control .Card
1
8
Data Acquisition
. material
2
8
Panel .
3
8
Processor
.
4
8
Copper .cable
5
8
Fiber optic
. Cable
6
8
Engineering
. PC
7
9. Telecommunication Equipment
9.1 Communication equipment
9.2 Multiplexer
9.3 Fiber Optic cable
9.4 PLC Communication
9.5 Complete
9.6 Panel
9.7 Line matching Unit
9.8 Surge arrester
9.9 Wave Trap
10 XLPE Cable & Cable Termination Kit
82
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
10.1 400kV N/A
10.2 230kV
10.3 132kV
10.4 33kV
10.5 Cable Sealing End
11 Auxiliary Power Supply Equipment (Not Applicable)
11.1 Battery
11.2 Charger
11.3 DC Distribution Panel
11.4 AC Distribution Panel
12 Conductors, Insulators & Fittings
12.1. Conductors
i. Tubular Conductor
ii. Flexible Conductor
iii. Fittings & Clamps
12.2. Insulators
i. Post Insulator
ii. Disk Insulator

iii. Fittings& Clamps
13 Earthing & Lightning

Copper
13.1 Conduct
or
13.2 Earthing Wire
14 Multicore LV Auxiliary Power and Control Cables
1
LV Cables
4
.
83
Name Manufacture
a a
n n
d d
Equ Type of A T
Item Nationality
d s
r t
e i
s n
s g
1
14.2 Cable Trays
Name of Bidder:
Signature of Bidder:
84
5. Schedule E: Technical Particulars and

Guarantees
5.1 General
The technical data schedules hereafter provide more details on the specific technical criteria and
complement the Information given in the Bidding documents.
They form an essential part of bid submission and will be used in bid evaluation.
They should be fully completed and submitted with the bid.
5.2 Technical Data Schedule
Please find hereafter the technical data schedules.
85
5.2.1 Part-1: HV AIS Switchgear
5.2.1.1 Circuit Breaker 400kV
No. Description Unit Minimum Guaranteed

Requirements
1. Circuit Breaker - General

1.1 Manufacturer Insert
1.2 Type Insert
1.3 Model designation Insert
1.4 Country of origin Insert
1.5 Standards IEC 62271-100
IEC 60273
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 14001
1.6 Quality control
ISO 18001
1.7 Isolating and quenching medium SF6
1.8 Type of circuit breaker Outdoor
1.9 Design Double breaking
1.10 Operating mechanism Spring
Closing type Insert
Opening type Insert
1.11 Number of poles pcs. 3 (1 per phase)
Number of operating mechanisms per pcs. 1 / 3 (1 per phase)
1.12
circuit breaker
1.13 Control Switching Device Yes
2. Circuit Breaker - Characteristics
2.1 Nominal system voltage kV rms 400
2.2 Highest voltage for equipment Um kV rms 420
2.3 Rated lightning impulse withstand
voltage
kV peak 1425
i) between phase to ground and
between phases
ii) across open switching device kV peak 1425(+240)
and/or isolating distance
2.4 Rated switching impulse withstand kV peak 1050
voltage between phase to ground
2.5 Rated Power frequency withstand

voltage (dry), 1 minute
i) between phase to ground and kV 520
between phases
ii) across open switching device kV 610
and/or isolating distance
2.6 Standard value of transient recovery
kV Insert
voltage (T100)
2.7 Rate of rise recovery voltage kV/µs Insert
Corona extinction voltage with CB kV rms 320
2.8
open or close
86

Requirements
2.9 Radio interference voltage for µV 1000

frequency between 0.5MHz and
2MHz (at 1.1*Um/√3)
2.10 Rated frequency fr Hz 50
2.11 Rated current Ir A 4000
2.12 Rated short-circuit breaking currents, kA rms 63
Isc
Three phase Symmetrical breaking
currents at 400kV kA rms Insert
Three phase Asymmetrical breaking Insert

current at 400kV kA rms
Single phase Symmetrical breaking

current for line to ground kA rms Insert
Single phase Asymmetrical breaking kA rms

current for line to ground Insert
2.13 D.C. component of the rated short- % > 50

circuit breaking current
2.14 a) Duration of short-circuit s ≥1
2.15 Rated capacitive switching capability
(breaking currents):
A rms
a) Line charging
b) Cable charging A rms Insert

A rms
c) Capacitor Bank breaking current
Rated inductive switching capability: A Insert
Small inductive Magnetizing current
A Suitable for 25 Mvar
for Reactor
Maximum switching surge per unit
p.u
value
2.16 Rated peak withstands current Ip kA peak 157.5
a) Rated out-of-phase breaking
kA Insert
2.17 current
b) Rated out-of-phase making current kA Insert
Rated short line fault breaking current
capability
a) Percentage of rated breaking
% Insert
current
2.18 b) Surge Impedance Ohms Insert
c) Amplitude factor Insert
d) Critical percentage of rated
% Insert
breaking current
e) Maximum arc duration ms Insert
First-pole-to-clear factor
2.19 a) Terminal fault p.u. 1.3
b) Short-line fault p.u. 1.0
c) Out-of-phase p.u. 2.0
2.20 Rated operating sequence O-0.3 s-CO-3 min-CO
87

Requirements
2.21 Auto reclosing 1p+3p

Maximum total break time (trip
2.22 initiation to final arc extinction) ms 40
(pos.3.7.135 acc. to IEC 62271-100)
Closing time ms 70
i. Without current ms Insert

2.23
ii. With 100 % rated breaking current ms Insert
Opening time (trip initiation to contact

separation) ms Insert
2.24
i. With rated current
ii. With 100 % rated breaking current ms insert
Maximum time interval between

2.25 ms Insert
opening interrupters
2.26 opening of first and last phase of ms Insert
three-phase circuit breakers
Time of final arc extinction (3.7..134
2.27 ms 20 ± 5
acc. IEC 62271-100)
Minimum time for auto reclosing (dead
time)
2.28 i. Single phase ms Insert
ii. Three phase ms insert

2.29 Pole discrepancy for the closing
operation of CB ie, Maximum
difference in closing Time between ms Insert
first contact touch and Last phase to
close.
2.30 Restrike performance during Class C2
capacitive current switching
Number of operations without
maintenance > 10000
a) CO at no-load
2.31
b) CO at rated current > 2500
c) CO at rated breaking current Isc >5
The frequency of mechanical Class M2
2.32
operations
2.33 Rated electrical endurance Class E2
2.34 Rated pressure of a circuit breaker Mpa Insert
2.35 Total mass of SF6 gas in a circuit kg Insert
breaker
2.36 Rated mechanical terminal loads
2.36.1 Static horizontal force, longitudinal N ≥ 1750
FthA
2.36.2 Static horizontal force, transversal N ≥ 1250
FthB
2.36.3 Static vertical force Ftv N > 1500
2.36.4 Dynamic horizontal force, longitudinal N Insert
Fwx
88

Requirements
2.36.5 Dynamic horizontal force, transversal N Insert

2.37 Is circuit-breaker re-strike free Yes/No Insert
2.38 Rated supply pressure of gas for
interruption
Maximum
Insert
Normal MPa
Minimum (g)
Low Pressure Alarm
Lockout Alarm
2.39 Limits for correct operation
Mpa
Max Insert
(g)
Normal
min
2.40 Trip free/or fixed trip Trip Free
2.41 Is lockout facility fitted? Yes/No Insert
2.42 Rated supply voltage of shunt opening Insert
V
release
2.43 Current required at rated supply Insert
A
voltage to open circuit-breaker
2.44 Maximum pressure rise in circuit Insert
breakers due to the making or
breaking of rated current
2.45 X/R ratio Insert
2.46 Number of successive auto-Reclosing Insert
operations without derating
2.47 Number of close-open operations
Insert
possible without recharging
2.48 Whether anti pumping facility is Insert
provided in the Circuit breaker Yes/No
mechanism
2.49 Type of transmission of mechanical Insert
energy from the operating mechanism
to the interrupter unit i.e. whether
single mechanism coupled to three
phases or three independent
mechanisms
2.50 Spring Charging Time ms Insert
2.51 Whether there is provision for manual Insert
Yes/No
spring charging.
2.52 Whether facility to close / open the CB Insert
manually in the Absence of DC control Yes/No
supply to the operating mechanism
3. Circuit Breaker - Design and Construction
3.1 Circuit Breaker
3.1.1 Insulator material Porcelain
3.1.2 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV Min > 31
3.1.2.1 Total creepage distance mm Insert
3.1.3 HV terminal pcs. 2
3.1.3.1 Shape Flat
3.1.3.2 Dimensions mm x Min 200 x 100
mm
3.1.3.3 Number of holes Min 8
89

Requirements
3.1.3.4 Dimensions of holes mm Insert

3.1.3.5 Distance between holes mm Insert
3.1.3.6 Material suitable for Al terminal
3.1.5 Weight and dimensions
3.1.5.1 Support insulator height mm Insert
3.1.5.2 Total height mm Insert
3.1.5.3 Pole weight kg Insert
3.1.5.4 Weight of operating mechanism kg Insert
3.1.5.5 Total weight (with metal structure) kg Insert
3.1.6 Minimum distance
3.1.6.1 Between poles mm Insert
3.1.6.2 To ground mm Insert
3.1.7 Degree of Protection for
(a) auxiliary circuits Insert
(b) moving parts Insert
3.1.8 Minimum clearances in air:
(a) between phases mm Insert
(b) phases to earth mm Insert
(c) across interrupters mm Insert
(d) live parts to ground level mm Insert
3.1.9 Length of each break mm Insert
3.1.10 Length of stroke mm Insert
3.2 Operating mechanism
3.2.1 Type Insert
3.2.2 Motor - auxiliary supply voltage V. AC 230/415
3.2.3 Rated power of motor W Insert
3.2.4 Control voltage V. DC 110
3.2.5 Number of making coils pcs. 1
3.2.6 Rated power of making coils W Insert
3.2.7 Number of breaking coils pcs. 2
3.2.8 Rated power of breaking coils W Insert
3.2.9 Heater Yes
3.2.10 Heater supply voltage V, Hz 230, 50
3.2.11 Total heater power W Insert
3.2.12 Minimum number of available 12NO+12NC+1V
contacts (NO/NC/V)
3.2.13 Water-tight corrosion-resistant IP55
housing
3.2.14 Operating mechanism material Al or stainless steel
3.2.15 A crank for manual spring loading Yes
3.3 Accessories in central control panel
3.3.1 Anti-pumping relay Yes
3.3.2 Local/remote control selector switch Yes
3.3.3 Local operation push buttons Yes
3.3.4 Minimum pressure lock-out and alarm Yes
relays
3.3.5 Service outlet (socket) - 230 V, 50 Hz Yes
3.3.6 Lighting switch Yes
3.3.7 Lighting - 230 V, 50 Hz Yes
3.3.8 Heater - 230 V, 50 HZ Yes
3.3.9 Humidity Sensor-Hygrometer Yes
3.3.10 Operation counter Yes
90

Requirements
3.3.11 Motor MCB (miniature circuit Yes

breakers) (for all operating
mechanisms)
3.3.12 Time phase discrepancy relay Yes
3.3.13 Weatherproof, corrosion resistance IP55
enclosure, Al or stainless steel
3.3.14 Copper earthing rails inside central Yes
control cabinet
3.3.15 Detachable plates, the bottom of Yes
central control cabinet
3.3.16 Set of cables for connection of Yes
operating mechanism and central
control panel of circuit breaker
3.3.17 Galvanized horizontal and vertical Yes
metal structure with minimum 70 µm
zinc layer
4 Pre-insertion resistor
4.1 Required No
4.2 Pre insertion Resistor (PIR) for 400kV Ohm NA
4.3 Pre-insertion time ms NA
5 Control Switching Device (CSD)
5.1 Required Yes
5.2 Manufacturer's name and address Insert
5.3 Country of origin EU/UK/USA/Japan
5.4 Type Insert
5.5 Model No. Insert
5.6 Standard BS 402
IEC 60255
IEC 61810
5.7 Operation voltage V Insert
6 Others
6.1 Type test certificate date/reference Required Yes
Period of time equipment has been in years Insert
6.2
commercial operation
6.3 Number of the same type of CB Nos. Insert
supplied to date
Overall compliance with the
requirements (yes/no)
91
5.2.1.2 Circuit Breaker 230kV

Requirements

1.1. Manufacturer Insert
1.2 Type Insert
IEC 60273
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 14001
1.6 Quality control
ISO 18001
1.9 Design Gang breaking
Closing type Spring
Opening type Spring
1.11 Number of poles pcs. 3 (1 per phase)
Number of operating mechanisms per pcs. 1
1.12
circuit breaker
voltage
i) between phase to kV peak
1050
ground and between
phases
ii) between open switching kV peak

device (interrupting Insert
chamber)
2.4 Rated Power frequency withstand

i) between phase to kV 460
ground and between
phases
ii) between open switching kV

device (interrupting Insert
chamber)
2.5 Standard value of transient recovery

kV Insert
voltage (T100)
2.6 Rate of rise recovery voltage kV/µs Insert
92

Requirements
2.7 Corona extinction voltage with CB kV rms Insert

open or close
Radio interference voltage for µV 1000
2.8 frequency between 0.5MHz and 2MHz
(at 1.1*Um/√3)
2.10 Rated current Ir A 3150
2.11 Rated short-circuit breaking currents, kA rms 50
2.12 Isc (equal to short circuit withstand
current):
Three phase Symmetrical breaking
currents at 400kV kA rms Insert
Three phase Asymmetrical breaking Insert

current at 400kV kA rms
Single phase Symmetrical breaking

current for line to ground kA rms Insert
Single phase Asymmetrical breaking kA rms

Insert
current for line to ground
2.13 D.C. component of the rated short- % ≥ 50
circuit breaking current
2.13 a) Duration of short-circuit s ≥1
2.14 b) Rated short time current for 1
kA 50
second
c) Rated short time current for 3
kA Insert
seconds
2.15 Rated capacitive switching capability
(breaking currents):
a) Line charging A rms
b) Cable charging A rms Insert
c) Capacitor Bank breaking current A rms
Rated inductive switching capability: A Insert

Small inductive Magnetizing current
A Suitable for 25 Mvar
for Reactor
2.16 a) Rated peak withstands current Ip kA peak 125
a) Rated out-of-phase breaking
kA Insert
current
2.17
b) Rated out-of-phase making current kA Insert
Rated short line fault breaking current
capability
a) Percentage of rated breaking
% Insert
current
2.18 b) Surge Impedance Ohms Insert
c) Amplitude factor Insert
d) Critical percentage of rated
% Insert
breaking current
e) Maximum arc duration ms Insert
2.19 First-pole-to-clear factor
93

Requirements
a) Terminal fault p.u. 1.3

b) Short-line fault p.u. 1.0
c) Out-of-phase p.u. 2.0
2.20 Rated operating sequence O-0.3s-CO-3min-CO
2.21 Auto reclosing 3p
Maximum total break time (trip
2.22 initiation to final arc extinction) ms 60
(pos.3.7.135 acc. to IEC 62271-100)
Closing time ms 100
i. Without current ms Insert

2.23
ii. With 100 % rated breaking current ms Insert
Opening time (trip initiation to contact ms Insert

separation)
2.24
i. Without current ms insert
ii. With 100 % rated breaking current

2.25 ms Insert
2.26 opening of first and last phase of ms Insert
three-phase circuit breakers
Time of final arc extinction (3.7..134
2.27 ms 20 ± 5
acc. IEC 62271-100)
Minimum time for auto reclosing (dead
time)
2.28 i. Single phase ms Insert
ii. Three phase ms insert

2.29 Pole discrepancy for the closing
operation of CB ie, Maximum
difference in closing Time between ms Insert
first contact touch and Last phase to
close.
2.30 Restrike performance during Class C2
capacitive current switching
Number of operations without
maintenance > 10000
a) CO at no-load
2.31
b) CO at rated current > 2500
c) CO at rated breaking current Isc >5
The frequency of mechanical Class M2
2.32
operations
2.35 Total mass of SF6 gas in a circuit kg Insert
breaker
2.36.1 Static horizontal force, longitudinal N ≥ 1750
FthA
94

Requirements
2.36.2 Static horizontal force, transversal N ≥ 1250

FthB
2.36.3 Static vertical force Ftv N > 1500
2.36.4 Dynamic horizontal force, longitudinal N Insert
Fwx
2.37 Is circuit-breaker re-strike free Yes/No Insert
2.38 Rated supply pressure of gas for
interruption
Maximum
Insert
Normal MPa
Minimum (g)
Low Pressure Alarm
Lockout Alarm
2.39 Limits for correct operation
Max Mpa
Insert
Normal (g)
min
2.40 Trip free/or fixed trip Trip Free
2.41 Is lockout facility fitted? Yes/No Insert
2.42 Rated supply voltage of shunt opening Insert
V
release
2.43 Current required at rated supply Insert
A
voltage to open circuit-breaker
2.44 Maximum pressure rise in circuit Insert
breakers due to the making or
breaking of rated current
2.45 X/R ratio Insert
2.46 Number of successive auto-Reclosing Insert
operations without derating
2.47 Number of close-open operations
O-CO
possible without recharging
2.48 Whether anti pumping facility is Insert
provided in the Circuit breaker Yes/No
mechanism
2.49 Type of transmission of mechanical Insert
energy from the operating mechanism
to the interrupter unit i.e. whether
single mechanism coupled to three
phases or three independent
mechanisms
2.50 Whether there is provision for manual Insert
spring charging.
Yes/No
(in case of hydraulic manual operation
to build oil pressure)
2.51 Whether facility to close / open the CB Insert
manually in the Absence of DC control Yes/No
supply to the operating mechanism
2.52 Whether suitable facility is available Insert
for bleeding the hydraulic Circuit in
Yes/No
order to remove the trapped gas if any
in the Hydraulic mechanism
3.1 Circuit Breaker
95

Requirements

3.1.2 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV Min > 31
3.1.2.1 Total creepage distance mm Insert
3.1.3.1 Shape Flat
3.1.3.2 Dimensions mm x Min 100 x 100
mm
3.1.3.4 Dimensions of holes mm Insert
3.1.3.5 Distance between holes mm Insert
3.1.7 Degree of Protection for
(a) auxiliary circuits Insert
(b) moving parts Insert
3.1.8 Minimum clearances in air:
(a) between phases mm Insert
(b) phases to earth mm Insert
(c) across interrupters mm Insert
(d) live parts to ground level mm Insert
3.1.9 Length of each break mm Insert
3.1.10 Length of stroke mm Insert
3.2.1 Type Insert
3.2.9 Heater Yes
3.2.10 Heater supply voltage V. Hz 230. 50
3.2.12 Minimum number of available contacts 12NO+12NC+1V
(NO/NC/V)
3.2.13 Water-tight corrosion-resistant IP55
housing
3.2.15 A crank for manual spring loading Yes
3.3 Accessories in central control panel
3.3.3 Local operation push buttons Yes
96

Requirements
3.3.4 Minimum pressure lock-out and alarm Yes

relays
3.3.5 Service outlet (socket) - 230 V, 50 Hz Yes
3.3.8 Heater - 230 V, 50 HZ Yes
3.3.10 Motor MCB (miniature circuit Yes
breakers) (for all operating
mechanisms)
3.3.11 Time phase discrepancy relay Yes
3.3.12 Weatherproof, corrosion resistance IP55
enclosure, Al or stainless steel
3.3.13 Cu earthing rails inside central control Yes
cabinet
3.3.14 Detachable plates, the bottom of Yes
3.3.15 Set of cables for connection of Yes
operating mechanism and central
control panel of circuit breaker
3.3.16 Galvanized horizontal and vertical Yes
metal structure with minimum 70 |jm
zinc layer
4 Pre-insertion resistor
4.1 Pre insertion Resistor (PIR) for 230kV Ohm N/A
4.2 Pre-insertion time ms N/A
5 Control Switching Device (CSD)
5.1 Manufacturer's name and address N/A
5.2 Country of origin N/A
5.3 Type N/A
5.4 Model No. N/A
5.5 Standard N/A
N/A
N/A
5.6 Operation voltage V N/A
6 Others
6.1 Type test certificate date/reference Required Yes
Period of time equipment has been in years Insert
6.2
commercial operation
6.3 Number of the same type of Nos. Insert
disconnectors supplied to date
5.2.1.3 Circuit Breaker 132kV (For Tr. Bay)
Minimum Requirement
No. Description Guaranteed
Unit Data
97
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
1.5 Made in Insert
1.6 IEC 62271-100, 60273,

Standards
60694, 60815
1.7 Quality control ISO 9001, 14001
1.8 Isolating and

SF6
quenching medium
1.9 Type of circuit

Outdoor
breaker
1.10 Design Gang breaking
1.11 Operating
Motor-wound spring
mechanism
1.12 Number of poles pcs. 3
Number of operating
1.13 1 (Gang operation)
mechanisms per pcs.
circuit breaker
2.1 Nominal system

kV rms 132
voltage
2.2 Highest voltage for

kV rms 145
equipment Un
Rated lightning
2.3 impulse withstand kV peak 650
voltage
Rated short duration
2.4 power frequency kV 275
voltage
2.6 Rated current Ir A 3150A
2.7 Rated short-circuit

kA rms 40kA
breaking current Isc
Rated peak
2.8 withstand current Ip
kA 100kA
(equal short-circuit
making current)
98
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
D.C. component of
2.9 the rated short-circuit % > 30
breaking current
First-pole-to-clear
factor p.u. 1.3
2.10 • Terminal fault p.u. 1.0
• Short-line fault p.u. 2.0
• Out-of-phase
2.11 Radio interference

Micro volt <1000 μV at 1.1Um/sqrt(3)
voltage
Standard value of
2.12 transient recovery kV Insert
voltage (T100)
2.13 Rate of rise recovery

kV/μs Insert
voltage
2.14 Rated operating

O-0.3 s-CO-3 min-CO
sequence
2.15 Duration of short-

s ≥1
circuit
2.16 Rated out-of-phase

kA Insert
breaking current
2.17 Auto reclosing Not applicable
Maximum total break

time (trip initiation to
2.18 final arc extinction) ms ≤sxi
pos.3.7.135 acc. to
IEC 62271-100)
Time of final arc
2.19 extinction (3.7.134 ms 20 ± 5
acc. IEC 62271-100)
Opening time (trip
initiation to contact
2.20 separation) ms Insert
• Without current ms Insert
• With 100 % rated breaking
current
2.21 Length of each break
2.22 Length of stroke (at the measuring
point)
Maximum time
2.23 interval between ms Insert
99
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
Maximum time
interval between
2.24 opening of first and
ms 3
last phase of three-
phase circuit
breakers
Time for making
(close initiation to
2.25 contact touch) ms Insert
• 100 % making current
2.26 Minimum dead time ms Insert
Restrike
2.27 performance during
Class C2
capacitive current
switching
Number of
operations without
maintenance ≥O at r
2.28
• CO at no-load ≥O at
• CO at rated current ≥O
• CO at rated breaking current Isc
The frequency of
2.29 mechanical Class M2
operations
2.30 Rated electrical

Class Min E1
endurance
2.31 Rated pressure of a

Mpa Insert
circuit breaker
2.32 Limits of gas

pressure at 20°C
Mpa
Maximum
Mpa
Minimum
Guaranteed
2.33 maximum gas % per year
leakage
Total mass of SF6
2. 34 gas in a circuit kg Insert
breaker
2.35 Rated mechanical

terminal loads
100
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
Insert
Static horizontal
2.35.1 force, longitudinal N
FthA
Insert
Static horizontal
2.35.2 force, transversal N
FthB
Insert
2.35.3 Static vertical force
N
Ftv
Dynamic horizontal
2.35.4 force, longitudinal N Insert
Fwx
2.35.5 Dynamic horizontal

N Insert
force, transversal
3.1 Circuit Breaker
3.1.2 Class of Insulation
Material of contact
3.1.3 surfaces primary
arcing
3.1.4 Wall thickness of

mm
interrupter chamber
3.1.5 Minimum creepage

mm/kV Min. um31
distance
3.1.6 HV terminal Pcs/ckt 2
3.1.6.1 Shape Flat
3.1.6.2 Dimensions mm x mm Min 100 x 100
3.1.6.4 Dimensions of holes mm Ø 14
3.1.6.5 Distance between

mm insert
holes
3.1.7 Weight and

dimensions
3.1.7.1 Support insulator

mm Insert
height
101
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
3.1.7.4 Weight of operating

kg Insert
mechanism
Total weight (with
3.1.7.5 metal structure) of kg Insert
CB
3.1.7 Minimum clearance
3.2 Operating
mechanism
Operating
3.2.1 mechanism
Manufacturer
3.2.2 Type Insert
3.2.3 Is lockout facility

Yes/No Yes
fitted ?
3.2.4 Motor - auxiliary

V, Hz 230, 50
supply voltage
3.2.5 Rated power of

W Insert
motor
3.2.7 Number of making

pcs. 1
coils

W Insert
making coils
3.2.9 Number of breaking

pcs. 2
coils

W Insert
breaking coils
3.2.11 Heater Yes
3.2.12 Heater supply

V, Hz 230,50
voltage
Minimum number of
3.2.14 available contacts 12NO+12NC+1V
(NO/NC/V)
Water-tight
3.2.15 corrosion-resistant IP55
housing
102
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
3.2.16 Operating
insert
mechanism material
3.2.17 A crank for manual

Yes
spring loading
Accessories in
3.3 central control
panel
3.3.2 Local/remote control

Yes
selector switch
3.3.3 Local operation push

Yes
buttons
Minimum pressure
3.3.4 lock-out and alarm Yes
relays
Service outlet
3.3.5 (socket) - 230 V, Yes
50 Hz,13A
3.3.7 Lighting - 230 V,

Yes
50 Hz
3.3.8 Heater - 230 V,

Yes
50 HZ
Motor MCB
(miniature circuit
3.3.10 breakers) (for all Yes
operating
mechanisms)
3.3.11 Time phase

Yes
discrepancy relay
Weather proof,
3.3.12 corrosion resistance
IP55
enclosure, Al or
stainless steel
Cu earthing rails
3.3.13 inside central control Yes
cabinet
Detachable plates,
3.3.14 the bottom of central Yes
control cabinet
103
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
Set of cables for
connection of
3.3.15 operating
Yes
mechanism and
central control panel
of circuit breaker
Galvanized
horizontal and
3.3.16 vertical metal
Yes
structure with
minimum 85 μm zinc
layer
Overall compliance with the requirements (yes/no)
5.2.1.4 Circuit Breaker 132kV (For Line Bay)
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
1.5 Made in Insert
1.6 IEC 62271-100, 60273,

Standards
60694, 60815
1.7 Quality control ISO 9001, 14001
1.8 Isolating and quenching

SF6
medium
1.10 Design Single breaking
1.11 Operating mechanism Motor-wound spring
Number of operating
1.13 mechanisms per circuit pcs. 3 (Single/Individual operation)
breaker
104
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
2. Circuit Breaker – Characteristics
2.2 Highest voltage for

kV rms 145
equipment Un
2.3 Rated lightning impulse

kV peak 650
withstand voltage
Rated short duration
2.4 power frequency kV 275
voltage
2.6 Rated current Ir A 3150A
2.7 Rated short-circuit

kA rms 40kA
breaking current Isc
Rated peak withstand
2.8 current Ip (equal short- kA 100kA
circuit making current)
D.C. component of the
2.9 rated short-circuit % > 30
breaking current
• Terminal fault p.u. 1.5
2.10
• Short-line fault p.u. 1.0
• Out-of-phase p.u. 2.0
2.11 Radio interference

Micro volt <1000 μV at 1.1Um/sqrt(3)
voltage
Standard value of
2.12 transient recovery kV Insert
voltage (T100)
2.13 Rate of rise recovery

kV/μs Insert
voltage
2.14 Rated operating

O-0.3 s-CO-3 min-CO
sequence
2.15 Duration of short-circuit s ≥1
2.16 Rated out-of-phase

kA Insert
breaking current
2.17 Auto reclosing 1p + 3p
105
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
Maximum total break
time (trip initiation to
2.18 final arc extinction) ms ≤sxi
pos.3.7.135 acc. to IEC
62271-100)
Time of final arc
2.19 extinction (3.7.134 acc. ms 20 ± 5
IEC 62271-100)
Opening time (trip
2.20 separation) ms Insert
• With 100 % rated breaking current
2.21 Length of each break
2.22 Length of stroke (at the measuring
point)
Maximum time interval
2.23 between opening ms Insert
interrupters
Maximum time interval
2.24 between opening of first
ms 3
and last phase of three-
phase circuit breakers
Time for making (close
2.25 touch) ms Insert
• 100 % making current
Restrike performance
2.27 during capacitive Class C2
current switching
Number of operations
without maintenance ≥O at r
2.28 • CO at no-load ≥O at
• CO at rated current ≥O
• CO at rated breaking current Isc
2.29 The frequency of

Class M2
mechanical operations
2.30 Rated electrical

Class Min E1
endurance
2.31 Rated pressure of a

Mpa Insert
circuit breaker
106
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
2.32 Limits of gas pressure

at 20°C
Mpa
Maximum
Mpa
Minimum
2.33 Guaranteed maximum

% per year
gas leakage
2. 34 Total mass of SF6 gas

kg Insert
in a circuit breaker
2.35 Rated mechanical

terminal loads
Insert
2.35.1 Static horizontal force,
N
longitudinal FthA
Insert
2.35.2 Static horizontal force,
N
transversal FthB
2.35.3 Insert
Static vertical force Ftv N

N Insert
force, longitudinal Fwx

N Insert
force, transversal
3.1 Circuit Breaker
3.1.2 Class of Insulation
3.1.3 Material of contact

surfaces primary arcing
3.1.4 Wall thickness of

mm
interrupter chamber
3.1.5 Minimum creepage

mm/kV Min. um31
distance
3.1.6 HV terminal Pcs/ckt 2
3.1.6.1 Shape Flat
3.1.6.5 Distance between holes mm insert
107
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
3.1.7 Weight and

dimensions
3.1.7.4 Weight of operating

kg Insert
mechanism
3.1.7.5 Total weight (with metal

kg Insert
structure) of CB
3.1.7 Minimum clearance
3.2.1 Operating mechanism

Manufacturer
3.2.2 Type Insert
3.2.3 Is lockout facility fitted ? Yes/No Yes
3.2.4 Motor - auxiliary supply

V, Hz 230, 50
voltage
3.2.8 Rated power of making

W Insert
coils
3.2.9 Number of breaking

pcs. 2
coils

W Insert
breaking coils
3.2.11 Heater Yes
3.2.12 Heater supply voltage V, Hz 230,50
Minimum number of
3.2.14 available contacts 12NO+12NC+1V
(NO/NC/V)
3.2.15 Water-tight corrosion-

IP55
resistant housing
108
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
3.2.16 Operating mechanism

insert
material
3.2.17 A crank for manual

Yes
spring loading
3.3 Accessories in central

control panel
3.3.2 Local/remote control

Yes
selector switch
3.3.3 Local operation push

Yes
buttons
3.3.4 Minimum pressure lock-

Yes
out and alarm relays
3.3.5 Service outlet (socket) -

Yes
230 V, 50 Hz,13A
3.3.8 Heater - 230 V, 50 HZ Yes
Motor MCB (miniature
3.3.10 circuit breakers) (for all Yes
operating mechanisms)
3.3.11 Time phase

Yes
discrepancy relay
Weather proof,
3.3.12 corrosion resistance
IP55
enclosure, Al or
stainless steel
3.3.13 Cu earthing rails inside

Yes
Detachable plates, the
3.3.14 bottom of central Yes
control cabinet
Set of cables for
connection of operating
3.3.15 mechanism and central Yes
control panel of circuit
breaker
109
Minimum Requirement
Unit Data
Galvanized horizontal
3.3.16 and vertical metal
Yes
structure with minimum
85 μm zinc layer
5.2.1.5 Disconnector 400kV without Earthing Switch
1. Disconnector- General
1.2 Type Insert
1.4 Country of origin & Manufacturing Insert
IEC 62271-1
IEC 62271-102
1.5 Standards IEC 60273
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
1.6 Quality control ISO 14001
ISO 18001
1.7 Type of disconnector Outdoor
Three column Double
1.8 Design break with horizontal
motion only
1.10 Type of main blade operating mechanism Motor driven
1.11 Number of main blade operating mechanisms pcs. 3
1.12 Type of earthing blade operating mechanism Not applicable
1.13 Number of earthing blade operating mechanism Not applicable
2. Disconnector - Characteristics
2.2 Highest voltage for equipment Un kV rms 420
2.3 Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage kV peak 1425
Rated switching impulse withstand voltage 1050
2.4 between phase to ground kV peak
2.6 Rated current Ir A ≥ 4000
2.7 Rated short withstand current Ik kA rms ≥ 63
2.8 Rated duration of short-circuit on main blades s ≥1
2.9 Rated duration of short-circuit on earthing blades s Not applicable
2.10 Rated peak withstand current Ip kA ≥ 157.5
Capacity of making and breaking transfer load of
2.11 A 1600
busbar system at 300 V (rms)
110
2.12 Nominal supply voltage

2.12.1 Controls and alarm (signalling) circuits V DC 110
V
A
C
,
2.12.2 Motor - auxiliary supply voltage 3 415 / 50
Ф
/
H
z
2.12.3 Heaters V AC / Hz 230 / 50
2.13 Opening time s Insert
2.14 Closing time s Insert
2.15 Mechanical endurance Class M2
2.16 Rated mechanical terminal loads of terminals
2.16.1 Direct loading, static Fa N >2000
2.16.2 Transversal loading, static Fb N >660
2.16.3 Vertical force Fc N >1500
2.16.4 Direct loading, dynamic N >4500
2.16.5 Transversal loading, dynamic N Insert
3. Disconnector - Design and Construction

3.1 Disconnector
3.1.1 Insulator material Porcelain, brown
Country of make of insulator USA/UK/

3.1.2 EU
/Japan
3.1.3 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV Min. ≥ 31 mm/kV
3.1.4 Quality of insulator Min. C130
3.1.5 Rated failing load of insulator (C10) N Min. 10000
3.1.6 HV terminals
3.1.6.1 Shape Flat
3.1.6.5 Distance between holes mm 50
Same as
the
3.1.6.7 Country of make of main contacts manufact
urer of
disconne
ctor
Hot-dip
3.1.7 Steel parts of the disconnector galvanize
d
3.1.8 Self-lubricating hinges and linkage of rods Yes
111
3.1.9.1 Pole height mm Insert

3.1.9.4 Pole length mm Insert
3.1.9.5 Distance between support axis of a pole mm Insert
3.1.9.6 Shipping dimensions mm Insert
3.1.9.9 Total weight kg Insert
3.1.9.10 Shipping weight kg Insert
3.2.1 Number of operating mechanism pcs. 3
3.2.2 Type Insert
Minimum number of available contacts
3.2.5 12NO+12NC+1V
(NO/NC/V)
3.2.6 Heater, 230 V, 50 Hz Yes
3.2.7 Water-tight corrosion-resistant housing IP55
3.2.8 Selection switch (local/neutral/remote) Yes
3.2.9 Manual closing button Yes
3.2.10 Manual opening button Yes
Anti-condensation heater inside the operating
3.2.11 Yes
mechanism cabinet
3.2.12 Single-phase socket Yes
3.2.13 Voltage presence controller Yes
3.2.14 Motor MCB (miniature circuit breakers) Yes
3.2.15 Heater MCB (miniature circuit breaker) Yes
Single-phase socket MCB (miniature circuit
3.2.16 Yes
breaker)
3.2.17 Equipotential bonding rails Yes
3.2.18 Housing of Al or stainless steel Yes
3.2.19 Dead centre interlocking of operating mechanisms Yes
5.2.1.6 Disconnector 400kV with Earthing Switch
Minimum Requirements
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
112
Unit Data
IEC 62271-1
IEC 62271-102
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
Three column Double
1.8 Design break with horizontal
motion only
1.10 Type of main blade operating mechanism Motor driven
1.12 Type of earthing blade operating mechanism Motor driven
1.13 Number of earthing blade operating mechanism 3
Rated switching impulse withstand voltage 1050
2.4 kV peak
between phase to ground
2.7 Rated short-time withstand current Ik kA rms ≥ 63
2.9 Rated duration of short-circuit on earthing blades s ≥1
2.10 Rated peak withstand current Ip kA ≥ 157.5
2.11 A 1600
V AC, 3Ф /
2.12.2 Motor - auxiliary supply voltage 415 / 50
Hz
2.12.3 Heaters V AC/Hz 230 / 50
2.16.1 Direct loading, static Fa N >2000
2.16.2 Transversal loading, static Fb N >660
2.16.3 Vertical force Fc N >1500
2.16.4 Direct loading, dynamic N >4500
113
Unit Data
2.17 Induced current switching capability Class B

of earthing switch
Rated electrical endurance class of earthing
2.18 E1
switch

3.1 Disconnector
3.1.2 Country of make of insulator USA/UK/EU /Japan
3.1.6 HV terminals
3.1.6.1 Shape Flat
Same as the
3.1.6.7 Country of make of main contacts manufacturer of
disconnector
Hot-dip
d
3.2.1 Number of operating mechanism pcs. 3+3
3.2.2 Type Insert
Minimum number of available contacts for Main
12NO+12NC+1V
Switch (NO/NC/V)
3.2.5
Minimum number of available contacts for
6NO+6NC+1V
Earthing Switch (NO/NC/V)
114
Unit Data
3.2.11 Yes
mechanism cabinet
3.2.16 Yes
breaker)
Mechanical Interlock between disconnector and
3.2.19 Yes
earthing switch
5.2.1.7 Disconnector 230kV without Earthing Switch
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
IEC 62271-1
IEC 62271-102
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
1.8 Design Center break
Motor driven + manual
1.10 Type of main blade operating mechanism
hand driven
115
Unit Data
2.4 Rated short duration power frequency voltage kV 460
2.10 Rated peak withstand current Ip kA ≥ 125
2.11 A 1600
busbar system at 300V (rms)
V AC, 3Ф
/ Hz
2.12.3 Heaters V AC/Hz 230 / 50
2.15 Rated mechanical endurance class M2
2.16.1 Direct loading, static Fa N > 1000
2.16.2 Transversal loading, static Fb N > 330
2.16.3 Vertical force Fc N > 1250
2.16.4 Direct loading, dynamic N > 4500

3.1 Disconnector
3.1.3 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV ≥ 31
3.1.6 HV terminals
3.1.6.1 Shape Flat
mm x m
3.1.6.2 Dimensions Min 100 x 100
m
Same as the
disconnector
3.1.7 Steel parts of the disconnector Hot-dip galvanized
116
Unit Data
3.2.2 Type Insert
3.2.5 12NO+12NC+1V
(NO/NC/V)
3.2.9 Local closing button Yes
3.2.10 Local opening button Yes
3.2.11 Yes
mechanism cabinet
3.2.16 Yes
breaker)
3.2.19 Crank for manual hand operation Yes
Interlock between manual hand operation and
3.2.20 Yes
motor
5.2.1.8 Disconnector 230kV with Earthing Switch
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
117
Unit Data
IEC 62271-1
IEC 62271-102
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
hand driven
1.12 Type of earthing blade operating mechanism
hand driven
2.11 A 1600
busbar system at 300V (rms)
2.12.1 Controls and alarm (signalling) circuits V d.c. 220
V AC, 3Ф
/ Hz
2.12.3 Heaters V a.c./Hz 230 / 50
2.15 Rated mechanical endurance class M2
2.17 Induced current switching capability Class A

of earthing switch
2.18 E1
switch
118
Unit Data

3.1 Disconnector
3.1.2 Country of make of insulator USA/UK/EU/ Japan
3.1.6 HV terminals
3.1.6.1 Shape Flat
mm x m
3.1.6.2 Dimensions Min 100 x 100
m
Same as the
disconnector
Hot-dip
d
3.2.2 Type Insert
12NO+12NC+1V
Switch (NO/NC/V)
3.2.5
6NO+6NC+1V
3.2.9 Local closing button Yes
3.2.10 Local opening button Yes
119
Unit Data
3.2.11 Yes
mechanism cabinet
3.2.16 Yes
breaker)
3.2.20 Yes
motor
3.2.21 Yes
earthing switch
5.2.1.9 Disconnector 132kV without earthing switch
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
IEC 62271-1
IEC 62271-102
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
hand driven
120
Unit Data
2.11 A 1600
2.12.1 Controls and alarm (signalling) circuits V d.c. 110
V AC, 3Ф /
Hz
2.12.3 Heaters V a.c. / Hz 230 / 50

3.1 Disconnector
3.1.2 Country of make of insulator USA/UK/EU/Japan
3.1.6 HV terminals
3.1.6.1 Shape Flat
Same as the
disconnector
Hot-dip
d
121
Unit Data
3.2.2 Type Insert
3.2.5 12NO+12NC+1V
(NO/NC/V)
3.2.11 Yes
mechanism cabinet
3.2.16 Yes
breaker)
3.2.20 Yes
motor
5.2.1.10 Disconnector 132kV with earthing switch
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
122
Unit Data
IEC 62271-1
IEC 62271-102
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
1.8 Design center break
hand driven
1.12 Type of earthing blade operating mechanism
hand driven
2.11 A 1600
V AC, 3Ф /
Hz
2.12.3 Heaters V AC/Hz 230 / 50
2.17 Induced current switching capability Class A

of earthing switch
2.18 E1
switch
123
Unit Data

3.1 Disconnector
3.1.6 HV terminals
3.1.6.1 Shape Flat
Same as the
disconnector
Hot-dip
d
3.2.2 Type Insert
12NO+12NC+1V
Switch (NO/NC/V)
3.2.5
6NO+6NC+1V
124
Unit Data
3.2.11 Yes
mechanism cabinet
3.2.16 Yes
breaker)
3.2.20 Yes
motor
3.2.21 Yes
earthing switch
5.2.1.11 Current Transformer 400kV
125
No. Particulars Minimum Requirements Guaranteed

Unit Data
Current Transformer-General
1.
a) Manufacturer Insert
b) Country of Manufacturing Insert
c) Type Post type, Single Phase,
Free Standing, Oil
immersed.
Construction-
Hairpin / Eye-bolt - Top
core
d) Model designation Insert
e) Country of origin
Insert
f) Country of manufacturer
g) Standards IEC 61869-1
IEC 61869-2
h) Quality control ISO 9001
i) Type Outdoor
j) Shape/Design Live tank type/ Dead
tank type
k) sealing Hermetically closed
l) Service Condition: Ambient air
°C -5 to +45
temperature
m) Service Condition: Altitude m ≤1000
n) Service Condition: System Earhing Effectively earthed
o) Service Condition: Seismic Condition g 0.1
2. Current Transformers- Characteristics
2.1. Nominal system voltage kVrms 400
2.2. Highest voltage for equipment Un kVrms 420
2.3. Rated Lightning impulse withstand kVpeak 1425

voltage
2.4. Rated Switching impulse withstand kVpeak 1050
voltage
2.5. Rated Power frequency withstand kV 630
voltage
2.6. Rated frequency fr Hz 50
2.7. Rated short-time thermal current Ith, kA 63
1s
2.8. Rated dynamic current Idyn kA 157.5
Rated primary current A 3200-1600-800

2.9.1
2.9.2 Rated secondary current A 1
126

Unit Data
2.9.3 Primary reconnection No
2.10. Electrical dissipation factor at power insert
frequency test voltage
2.11. Capacitance pF insert
2.12. Maximum Allowable winding °C Insert

temperature
2.13. Normal current density of primary Insert
winding
2.14. Rated continuous thermal current
(40°C):
• I core % In 150
• II core % In 150
• III core % In 120
• IV core % In 120
• V core % In 120
• VI core % In 120
2.15. Rated transformer ratio:
• I core A/A 3200-1600-800/1
• II core A/A 3200-1600-800/1
• III core A/A 3200-1600-800/1
• IV core A/A 3200-1600-800/1
• V core A/A 3200-1600-800/1
• VI core A/A 3200-1600-800/1
2.16. Instrument Security Factor (ISF)
• I core Fs=5
• II core Fs=5
2.17. Accuracy class and Accuracy Limit
Factor (ALF):
• I core 0.2S
• II core 0.2S
• III core 5P20
• IV core 5P20
• V core 5P20
• VI core 5P20
2.18. Rated power
• I core VA 15
• II core VA 15
• III core VA 30
• IV core VA 30
• V core VA 30
• VI core VA 30
2.19. Rated Knee Point Voltage, Vk(Min) at
highest ratio
• I core Volts Insert
• II core Volts Insert
• III core Volts Insert
Volts Insert
127

Unit Data
• IV core Volts Insert
• V core Volts Insert
• VI core
2.20. Max. magnetizing current guaranteed
at knee point voltage and highest ratio
• I core mA Insert
• II core mA Insert
• III core mA Insert
• IV core mA Insert
• V core mA Insert
• VI core mA Insert
at half of knee point voltage (Vk/2), IExc
at highest ratio
at quarter of knee point voltage (Vk/4),
IExc at highest ratio
2.23. Max. resistance of primary winding at
750C , RCT for each rating:
• I core Ohms Insert
• II core Ohms Insert
• III core Ohms Insert
• IV core Ohms Insert
• V core Ohms Insert
• VI core Ohms Insert
2.24. Max. resistance of secondary winding
at 75 0C, RCT for each rating:
• I core Ohms Insert
• II core Ohms Insert
• III core Ohms Insert
• IV core Ohms Insert
• V core Ohms Insert
• VI core Ohms Insert
2.25. Rated mechanical terminal loads class Min. Class II
3. Current Transformers - Design and Construction
3.1 Insulator material Porcelain, brown glaze
3.2.1 Insulating medium Oil-paper
128

Unit Data
3.2.2 Type including Brand Insert
3.2.3 Quantity of insulating oil Insert
3.3 Porcelain Breaking Strength kN Insert
3.4 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV Min. ≥31mm/kV
3.5 Radio interference voltage at 1,1 ≤1000
µV
Um/√3 @266kV rms
3.6 Permissible level of partial
discharges:
• Test voltage 1.2*UM/√3 pC Max. ≤5
• Test voltage UM pC ≤10
3.7 Min. LV enclosure protection IP55
3.8 Insulation Class Class A
3.9.1 HV terminals: Shape Flat
3.9.2 HV terminals: Position Horizontal
3.9.3 HV terminals: Material Suitable for Al terminal
3.9.4 HV terminals: Adjustable holes Yes
3.9.5 HV terminals: Admissible Static Load kN Insert
HV terminals: Admissible Dynamic kN Insert
3.9.6
Load
3.9.7 HV terminals: Cantilever test Load kN Insert
3.10 Polarity Marking shall be as - As per IEC
3.11 Ten delta test terminal provided Yes
3.12 Pressure relieving device Yes
3.13 Oil level gauge Yes
3.14 Oil drain cock and sampling device Yes
3.15 Gland Plate provided in secondary Yes

terminal box
3.16 Earthing terminal shall be provided Yes
3.17 Outdoor metal part made of Aluminium/stainless
steel
3.18 Mass and dimensions: Total kg Insert
weight(with ±10% tolerance)
3.19 Mass and dimensions: Height (with mm Insert
±10% tolerance)
Reliability Data
3.20 Mean Time to Failure in yrs Insert
3.21 Expected Operating Life in Yrs Insert
3.22 Mean time to repair in Hrs Insert
3.22 Mean time between preventive Insert
maintenance in Yrs
3.23 Mean Time to (perform) preventive Insert
maintenance in Hrs
129
N.B.: The equipment should be provided with oil level gauge and pressure relieving device. The pressure relief device
shall be designed to relieve any internal abnormal pressures before the likelihood of fracture of any external component
of the transformer. The relief device shall be positioned near the top and oriented to prevent the possibility of injury
or damage to persons or other equipment.
Sl no. Particulars PGCB’s Bidder’s

Unit
Requirement Guaranteed
1. Current Transformer-General

1.2 Country of Manufacturing Insert
Post type, Single
Phase, Free
Standing, Oil
1.3 Type immersed.
Construction-
Hairpin / Eye-bolt
- Top core
1.5 Country of Origin& Made in Insert

IEC 61869-1
1.6 Standards
IEC 61869-2
1.7 Quality Control ISO 9001
1.8 Installation type Outdoor

Live tank
1.9 Shape/design type/Dead tank
type
Hermetically
1.10 Sealing
closed
1.11 Service Condition: Ambient air temperature °C -5 to +45
1.12 Service Condition: Altitude m ≤1000

1.13 Service Condition: System Earhing Effectively earthed
1.14 Service Condition: Seismic Condition g 0.1

2. Current Transformer-Characteristics
2.1 Nominal System Voltage kVrms 230

2.2 Highest voltage for equipment, Um kV rms 245
2.3 Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage kVpeak 1050
130

Unit
2.4 Rated power frequency withstand voltage kV rms 460
2.5 Rated frequency Hz 50
2.6 Rated short-time thermal current, Ith, 1s kA 50
2.7 Rated dynamic current, Idyn kA 125
Rated primary current A 3200-1600-800
2.8.1

Maximum Allowable winding temperature °C Insert
2.9
2.10 Normal current density of primary winding Insert
Rated continuous thermal current (40°C):

Core-I % In 120
Core-II % In 150
2.11 Core-III % In 150
Core-IV % In 120
Core-V % In 120
Insert
2.12 Electrical dissipation factor at power frequency test
voltage
2.13 Capacitance pF Insert
Rated Transformer ratio:
• Core-I A/A 3200-1600-800/1
• Core-II A/A 3200-1600-800/1
2.14 • Core-III A/A 3200-1600-800/1
• Core-IV
A/A 3200-1600-800/1
• Core-V
A/A 3200-1600-800/1
Accuracy Class:
• Core-I 5P
• Core-II 0.2S
2.15 • Core-III 0.2S
• Core-IV
5P
• Core-V
5P
Rated Burden:
• Core-I VA 30
• Core-II VA 15
2.16 • Core-III VA 15
• Core-IV
VA 30
• Core-V
VA 30
Rated Knee Point Voltage, Vk(Min) at highest ratio Insert
2.17 V Insert
131

Unit
• Core-I Insert
• Core-II Insert
• Core-III Insert
• Core-IV
• Core-V
Max. magnetizing current guaranteed at
half of knee point voltage (Vk/2), I Exc at highest ratio
mA Insert
• Core-I
Insert
2.18 • Core-II Insert
• Core-III Insert
• Core-IV Insert
• Core-V
Max. magnetizing current guaranteed at quarter of
knee point voltage (Vk/4), I Exc at highest ratio
• Core-I mA Insert
• Core-III Insert
Insert
• Core-IV
Insert
• Core-V
Max. resistance of primary winding at 75 0C, RCT for
each rating:
• Core-I Ohms Insert
• Core-III Insert
Insert
• Core-IV
Insert
• Core-V
Max. resistance of secondary winding at 75 0C, RCT
for each rating:
• Core-I Ohms Insert
• Core-III Insert
Insert
• Core-IV
Insert
• Core-V
Rated Accuracy limit Factor, ISF/ALF, for each core:
• Core-I
• Core-II 20
2.22 • Core-III ≤5
≤5
• Core-IV
20
• Core-V
20
2.23 Rated mechanical terminal loads Class Min. Class II
3. Current Transformers-Design & Constructions
Insulator material Porcelain, brown
3.1
glaze
3.2 Insulating medium Oil paper
3.3 Type including Brand Insert
3.4 Quantity of insulating oil Insert
132

Unit
3.6 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV ≥31
Radio interference voltage at at 1,1 Um/√3 ≤500 @ 156kV
3.7 µV
rms
Partial discharge level; test voltage Um pC ≤10
3.8 ≤5
test voltage 1.2 Um/√3 pC
3.11.5 HV terminals: Admissible Static Load kN Insert
3.11.6 HV terminals: Admissible Dynamic Load kN Insert
3.11.7 HV terminals: Cantilever test Load kN Insert
3.12 Polarity Marking shall be as - As per IEC
Oil drain cock and sampling device provided Yes
3.16
Gland Plate provided in secondary terminal box Yes

3.18
Outdoor metal part made of Aluminum/Stainle
3.19
ss Steel
Mass and dimensions: Total weight (with ±10% kg Insert
3.20.1
tolerance)
3.20.2 Mass and dimensions: Height (with ±10% tolerance) mm Insert
Reliability Data
3.21 Mean Time to Failure in years Insert
3.22 Expected Operating Life in years Insert
3.23 Mean time to repair in hours Insert
3.24 Mean time between preventive maintenance in years Insert
3.25 Mean Time to (perform) preventive maintenance in Insert
hours
4.0 Overall compliance with the requirements (yes/no) Yes/No.
N.B.: The equipment should be provided with oil level gauge and pressure relieving device. The pressure relief device
shall be designed to relieve any internal abnormal pressures before the likelihood of fracture of any external component
of the transformer. The relief device shall be positioned near the top and oriented to prevent the possibility of injury
or damage to persons or other equipment.
133
SL No. PGCB’s Bidder’s

Particulars Unit
1.1 Manufacturer insert
1.2 Country of Manufacturing insert

Post type, Single
Phase, Free
Standing, Oil
1.3 Type immersed.
Construction-
Hairpin / Eye-bolt -
Top core
1.4 Model designation insert
1.5 Country of Origin & Made in Insert

IEC 61869-1
1.6 Standards
IEC 61869-2
Live tank
1.9 Shape/design type/Dead tank
type
Hermetically
1.10 Sealing
closed


2.4 Rated power frequency withstand voltage kV rms 275

2.8.1 Rated primary current A 2400-1600-800
134

Particulars Unit
Electrical dissipation factor at power frequency test insert
2.9 voltage
Capacitance pF insert
2.10
Maximum Allowable winding temperature °C insert
2.11
2.12 Normal current density of primary winding insert

• Core-I % In 120
• Core-II % In 120
2.13
• Core-III % In 150
• Core-IV % In 120

• Core-I A/A 2400-1600-800/1
2.14 • Core-II A/A 2400-1600-800/1
• Core-III A/A 2400-1600-800/1
• Core-IV
A/A 2400-1600-800/1
Accuracy Class:
• Core-I 5P
2.15 • Core-II 5P
• Core-III 0.2S
• Core-IV
5P
Rated Burden:
• Core-I VA 30
2.16 • Core-II VA 30
• Core-III VA 15
• Core-IV
VA 30
Rated Knee Point Voltage, Vk(Min) at highest ratio
• Core-I insert
2.17 • Core-II V insert
• Core-III insert
• Core-IV insert
Max. magnetizing current guaranteed at half of knee
point voltage (Vk/2), IExc at highest ratio mA
• Core-I
• Core-II insert
2.18
• Core-III insert
insert
• Core-IV
insert

knee point voltage (Vk/4), IExc at highest ratio mA
2.19 • Core-I
• Core-II insert
insert
135

Particulars Unit
• Core-III insert
• Core-IV insert
Max. resistance of primary winding at 75 0C, RCT

2.20 for each rating: Ohms insert
Max. resistance of secondary winding at 75 0C,
RCT for each rating:
insert
• Core-I
2.21 Ohms insert
• Core-II insert
• Core-III insert
• Core-IV
Rated Accuracy Limit Factor, ISF/ALF:
• Core-I 20
2.22 • Core-II 20
• Core-III ≤5
20
• Core-IV
2.23 Rated mechanical terminal loads Class Min. Class II
3. Current Transformers-Design & Constructions
Insulator material Porcelain, brown
3.1
glaze
3.2 Insulating medium Oil paper
3.3 Type including Brand insert
3.4 Quantity of insulating oil insert
3.5 Porcelain Breaking Strength kN insert
3.6 Minimum creepage distance mm/k ≥31

V
Radio interference voltage at at 1,1 Um/√3 ≤500
3.7 µV
@ 92kV rms
Partial discharge level; test voltage Um pC ≤10
3.8 ≤5
test voltage 1.2 Um/√3 pC
3.10.5 HV terminals: Admissible Static Load kN insert
3.10.6 HV terminals: Admissible Dynamic Load kN insert
3.10.7 HV terminals: Cantilever test Load kN insert
3.12 Polarity Marking shall be as As per IEC
Oil drain cock and sampling device provided Yes

3.16
136

Particulars Unit
Gland Plate provided in secondary terminal box Yes

3.18
Outdoor metal part made of Aluminum/Stainles
3.19
s Steel
Mass and dimensions: Total weight (with ±10% kg insert
3.20.1
tolerance)
Mass and dimensions: Height (with ±10% mm insert
3.20.2
tolerance)
Reliability Data
3.21 Mean Time to Failure in years insert
3.22 Expected Operating Life in years insert
3.23 Mean time to repair in hours insert
Mean time between preventive maintenance in insert
3.24
years
Mean Time to (perform) preventive maintenance insert
3.25
in hours
Overall compliance with the requirements Yes/No
4.0
(yes/no)
N.B.: The equipment should be provided with oil level gauge and pressure relieving device. The pressure
relief device shall be designed to relieve any internal abnormal pressures before the likelihood of fracture
of any external component of the transformer. The relief device shall be positioned near the top and oriented
to prevent the possibility of injury or damage to persons or other equipment.
5.2.1.14 Voltage Transformer 400kV

Requirements
1. Voltage Transformers - General

1.2 Type Capacitive
IEC 61869-5
IEC 60273
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
1.7 Type Outdoor
1.8 Shape Insert
1.9 Sealing Hermetically closed
2. Voltage Transformers - Characteristics
2.3 Rated lightning impulse withstand kV peak 1425
voltage
137

Requirements
2.4 Rated switching impulse withstand kV peak 1050

voltage
2.5 Rated Power frequency withstand kV rms 520
2.6 Power frequency withstand tests 3
kV rms
on secondary windings, 1 min
Power frequency withstand voltage
between LV terminal and earth, kV rms 4 (10 if the low voltage
1min terminal is exposed)
2.7 Rated primary voltage kV 400 /√3
2.8 Rated secondary voltage
a) I winding V 110/√3
b) II winding V 110/√3
c) III winding V 110/√3
2.9 Corona extinction voltage kV rms 320
2.10 Radio interference voltage for µV 1000
frequency between 0.5MHz and
2MHz (at 1.1*Um/√3)
2.12 Rated short-time thermal current Ith, kA 63
1s
2.13 Rated dynamic current Idyn kA peak 157.5
2.14 Accuracy class:
a) I winding 0.2
b) II winding 3P
c) III winding 3P
2.15 Rated power:
a) I winding VA 10-30
b) II winding VA 20-50
c) III winding VA 20-50
Calculation is required
during design stage
2.16 Rated Total thermal Burden
a) I winding VA 200
b) II winding VA 200
c) III winding VA 200
The accuracy of 0.2 on
winding I shall be
maintained upto Rated
total Thermal
burden (200VA).
2.17 Load Simultaneously

Voltage factor p.u./s 1.2 continuous
2.18
1.5/30
2.19 Rated mechanical strength Class Min. Class II
Capacitor value:
2.20 Capacitance C1 pF Insert
Capacitance C2 Insert
High frequency capacitance for Within 80% to 150% of
2.21
entire carrier frequency range rated capacitance
2.22 Phase angle error minutes 20
138

Requirements
2.23 Equivalent series resistance over ohms <40

the entire carrier frequency range
or temperature range
Stray capacitance and stray As per IEC 60358-1
conductance of low voltage
2.24
terminal over the entire
capacitance
Standard reference range of -97% to 103% for
frequencies for which the protection
2.25
accuracies are valid -99% to 101% for
metering
2.26 Maximum temperature rise °C Insert
3. Voltage Transformers - Design and Construction
3.1 Insulator material Porcelain, brown
3.2 Insulating medium Oil-paper - Mixed
dielectric
3.3 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV Min. > 31 mm/kV
a) Test voltage 1.2*Um/√3 pC Max. < 5
3.4
b) Test voltage Um pC < 10
3.6 HV terminals
3.6.1 Shape Flat
3.6.2 Position Vertical or horizontal
3.6.3 Dimensions Mm x mm Min 200 x 100
3.6.4 Number of holes Min 8
3.6.5 Dimensions of holes mm Insert
3.6.6 Distance between holes mm Insert
3.6.7 Material suitable for Al terminal
3.8 Enable sealing after accuracy class Yes
checks (sealing possibilities)
3.9 Outdoor metal part made of Yes
aluminium or stainless steel
3.10 Mass and dimensions
3.10.1 Total mass kg Insert
3.10.2 Height mm Insert
3.11 Separate Tan Delta Test Tap Yes
3.12 Separate HF Tap Yes
139
5.2.1.15 Voltage Transformer 230kV
Unit Data

1.2 Type Inductive
IEC 61869-1
IEC 61869-3
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
1.7 Type Outdoor
1.8 Shape Insert

2.8 Rated primary voltage kV 230/√3
Rated secondary voltage
• I winding V 110/√3
2.9
• II winding V 110/√3
• III winding V 110/√3
Accuracy class:
• I winding 0.2
2.10
• II winding 3P
• III winding 3P
Rated power:
VA 10-20
• I winding
2.11 VA 20-50
• II winding
VA 20-50
• III winding
(Calculation is required
during design stage)

Oil-paper - Mixed
3.2 Insulating medium
dielectric
3.3 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV Min. ≥ 31 mm/kV
Max. radio interference voltage at 0.5-2 MHz (acc.
3.4 μV Max. 2500
IEC 60694)
140
Unit Data
Permissible level of partial discharges:
3.5 • Test voltage 1.2*UM/√3 pC Max. ≤ 5
• Test voltage UM pC ≤ 10
3.8 HV terminals
3.8.1 Shape Flat
3.8.3 Dimensions mm x mm Min 100 x 100
3.8.5 Dimensions of holes mm Ø 14
3.8.6 Distance between holes mm 50
Enable sealing after accuracy class checks
3.11 Yes
(sealing possibilities)
Outdoor metal part made of aluminium or stainless
3.13 Yes
steel
3.15 Tan Delta Test Tap Yes
5.2.1.16 Voltage Transformer 132 kV
Unit Data

1.2 Type Inductive
IEC 61869-1
IEC 61869-3
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
1.7 Type Outdoor
1.8 Shape Insert

141
Unit Data
2.9
Accuracy class:
• I winding 0.2
2.10
• II winding 3P
• III winding 3P
Rated power:
VA 10-20
• I winding
2.11 VA 20-50
• II winding
VA 20-50
• III winding
(Calculation is required
during design stage)

3.2 Insulating medium Oil-paper - Mixed dielectric
Max. radio interference voltage at 0.5-2 MHz (acc.
3.4 μV Max. 2500
IEC 60694)
3.5 • Test voltage 1.2*UM/√3 pC Max. ≤ 5
3.8 HV terminals
3.8.1 Shape Flat
Enable sealing after accuracy class checks
3.11 Yes
(sealing possibilities)
Outdoor metal part made of aluminium or stainless
3.13 Yes
steel
3.15 Tan Delta Test Tap Yes
142
5.2.1.17 Post Insulator 400kV
No. Description U Guaranteed

n
Data
i
t
1. Post Insulators - General
1.2 Type Insert

IEC
60168
IEC 60672
IEC 60694
Solid
core,
1.7 Design
porcelain
, outdoor
2 Post Insulators - Characteristics
k
V
2.1 Nominal system voltage r 400
m
s
k
V
2.2 Highest voltage for equipment Un r 420
m
s
k
V
Rated lightning impulse withstand p
2.3 1550
voltage e
a
k
k
V
Rated short duration power
2.4 r 630/610
frequency voltage
m
s
Switching impulse withstand k

voltage (kVp) V
p
2.5 1050
e
a
k
143

n
Data
i
t
Corona extinction voltage k
V
2.6 r 320
m
s
H
2.7 Rated frequency fr 50
z
m
m
Min. um3
2.8 Minimum creepage distance /
1 mm/kV
k
V
2.9 Failing load bending (p0) (C10) N ≥ailing
N
2.10 Failing load torsion ≥milin
m
3 Post Insulators - Design and Construction
Porcelain
3.1 Insulation material
, brown
Min.
3.2 Material quality acc. IEC 60672
C130
M
g
3.3 Min. material density ρa m ≥3m.
-
3
M
3.4 Min. stretch strength of material σfg P ≥Pa.
a
Total min. cantilever strength (kg) k
3.5 1000
g
Total creepage distance (mm) m
3.6 insert
pedestal m
Total min. height of insulator (mm) m
3.7 3500
m
m
3.8 Max. diameter of insulating part Insert
m
m
3.9 Diameter of upper base Insert
m
3.10 Number of holes on upper base Insert
Diameter distance between holes m
3.11 Insert
on upper base m
3.12 Hole type on upper base Insert
m
3.13 Diameter on lower base Insert
m
3.14 Number of holes on lower base Insert
3.15 Insert
on lower base m
144

n
Data
i
t
3.16 Hole type on lower base Insert
k
3.17 Insulator weight Insert
g
4 Others
4.1 Type test certificate date/reference R Yes
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
4.2 Period of time equipment has been y Insert
in commercial operation e
a
r
s
4.3 Number of the same type of PIs N Insert
supplied to date o
s
.
5.2.1.18 Post Insulator 230kV

n
Data
i
t
1.2 Type Insert

IEC
60168
IEC 60672
IEC 60694
Solid
core,
1.7 Design
porcelain
, outdoor
145

n
Data
i
t
k
V
m
s
k
V
m
s
k
V
2.3 1050
voltage e
a
k
k
V
2.4 r 460
frequency voltage
m
s

voltage (kVp) V
p
2.5 850
e
a
k
V
2.6 r 156
m
s
H
z
m
m
Min. um c
mm/kV
k
V
N
m
Porcelain
, brown
Min.
C130
146

n
Data
i
t
M
g
-
3
M
a
3.5 800
g
3.6 insert
pedestal m
3.7 2500
m
m
m
m
m
3.11 Insert
on upper base m
m
m
3.15 Insert
on lower base m
k
g
4 Others
4.1 Type test certificate date/reference R Yes
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
4.2 Period of time equipment has been y Insert
in commercial operation e
a
r
s
4.3 Number of the same type of PIs N Insert
supplied to date o
s
.
147

n
Data
i
t
5.2.1.19 Post Insulator 132 kV

n
Data
i
t
1.2 Type Insert

IEC
60168
IEC 60672
IEC 60694
Solid
core,
1.7 Design
porcelain
, outdoor
k
V
m
s
k
V
m
s
k
V
2.3 650
voltage e
a
k
k
V
2.4 r 275
frequency voltage
m
s
148

n
Data
i
t
voltage (kVp) V
p
2.5 NA
e
a
k
V
2.6 r 156
m
s
H
z
m
m
Min. um c
mm/kV
k
V
N
m
Porcelain
, brown
Min.
C130
M
g
-
3
M
a
3.5 800
g
3.6 insert
pedestal m
3.7 2500
m
m
m
m
m
3.11 Insert
on upper base m
149

n
Data
i
t
m
m
3.15 Insert
on lower base m
k
g
5.2.1.20 Surge Arrester 400kV
Unit Data
1. Surge Arresters - General
1.2 Type Insert
1.5 Made in Insert
European countries/
1.5.1 Country of origin of ZnO block
USA/Canada/Japan
1.8 Design Metal oxide, gapless, outdoor
Tests shall be conducted by STL-
Short Circuit Testing Liaison and test
1.9 Short circuit testing authority
report shall be certified from STL-
Short Circuit Testing Liaison Authority
Shall be manufactured in
ZnO block manufacturer with country of manufacturing
1.10 European countries/
USA/Canada/Japan
1.11 Service Condition: Ambient Air 0C -5 to +45

temperature
1.13 Service Condition: System Earhing Solidly earthed
2. Surge Arresters - Characteristics
2.4 Rated voltage of surge arrester Ur kV rms ≥390
2.5 Max. continuous operating voltage Uc kV rms ≥312
150
Unit Data
2.8 Rated frequency Hz 48-62
2.9 Nominal discharge current In (8/20 μs) kA peak ≥10
2.10 High current impulse of an arrester

kA peak insert
(4/10 μs)
2.11 High current pressure relief rating kA rms ≥ 63 for 1 sec.
3. Surge Arresters - Design and Construction
3.1 Line discharge class Class 4
3.2 Energy dissipation capacity (per kV of rated voltage) kJ/kV ≥8
3.3 Long duration current impulse (2000 μs) A Insert
3.4 Maximum residual voltage Ures
3.4.1 For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 0,5 kA kVpeak ≤ 375
3.4.2 For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 1 kA kVpeak ≤ 385
3.4.3 For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 2 kA kVpeak ≤ 405
3.4.4 For lightning impulse current 8/20 μs at 5 kA kVpeak ≤ 862

3.5. Dielectric endurance of arrester housing
Lightning impulse withstand voltage of arrester
3.5.1 kV ≥ 1450
housing up (1.2/50 μs)
Power frequency withstand voltage of arrester housing
3.5.2 kV ≥ 630
(1 min wet)
3.6. Mechanical requirements
3.6.1 Specified short-term load SSL (Fdyn) N Insert
3.6.2 Specified long-term load SSL (Fstat) N Insert
3.7 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV ≥ 31 mm/kV
3.8. Housing insulating material Composite/Silicone
3.9 Insulating basement Yes
3.10 Surge arrester height mm Insert
3.11 Surge arrester weight kg Insert
3.12 No. of surge arrester unit Insert
3.13 Voltage distribution ring present / ring diameter yes / no / mm Insert
3.14.1 Surge Counter Yes
3.14.2 Leakage Current Measuring Display Yes

option in counter
3.14.3 Measuring Range mA Min. 0-30
3.15 HV terminal
3.16.1 Shape Flat
3.16.2 Dimension mm x mm Insert
3.16.3 Number of holes Insert
151
Unit Data
3.16.4 Distance between holes mm x mm Insert
5.2.1.21 Surge Arrester 132kV
Unit Data
1. Surge Arresters - General

1.2 Type Insert
1.5 Made in Insert
Metal oxide, gapless,
1.8 Design
outdoor
Tests shall be conducted
by STL- Short Circuit
Testing Liaison and test
1.9 Short circuit testing authority
report shall be certified
from STL- Short Circuit
Testing Liaison Authority
Shall be manufactured in
ZnO block manufacturer with country of
1.10 European countries/
manufacturing
USA/Canada/Japan
Service Condition: Ambient Air 0C

1.11 -5 to +45
temperature
1.13 Service Condition: System Earthing Solidly earthed
Service Condition: Seismic
1.14 g 0.1
Condition
2. Surge Arresters - Characteristics

2.4 Rated voltage of surge arrester Ur kV rms 120
2.5 Max. continuous operating voltage Uc kV rms 102
2.9 Nominal discharge current In (8/20 μs) kA peak 10
152
Unit Data
k
A
2.10 High current impulse of an arrester p
Insert
(4/10 μs) e
2.11 ≥ 40 for 1
High current pressure relief rating kA rms
sec.
3. Surge Arresters - Design and Construction
Energy dissipation capacity (per kV of rated
3.2 kJ/kV ≥ 6.5
voltage)
3.3 Long duration current impulse (2000 μs) A Insert
For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 0,5
3.4.1 kV peak ≤ 235
kA
3.4.2 For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 1 kA kV peak ≤ 240
3.4.4 For lightning impulse current 8/20 μs at 5 kA kV peak ≤ 280
3.5. Dielectric endurance of arrester housing
3.5.1 kV ≥ 550
Power frequency withstand voltage of arrester
3.5.2 kV ≥ 250
housing (1 min wet)
3.6.1 Specified short-term load SSL (Fdyn) N insert
3.6.2 Specified long-term load SSL (Fstat) N insert
3.8. Housing insulating material Composite/silicon
3.12 No. of Arrester Units 1
yes / no /
3.13 Voltage distribution ring present / ring diameter Insert
mm
3.14.1 Surge Counter YES
3.14.2 Leakage Current Measuring

YES
display option in counter
3.14.3 m
Measuring Range Min. 0-30
A
3.15 HV terminal
153
Unit Data
3.16.1 Shape Flat
3.16.2 Dimension mm x mm Insert
3.16.3 Number of holes Insert
3.16.4 Distance between holes mm x mm Insert
5.2.1.22 Wave Trap 400kV
No Description Unit Minimum Requirements Guaranteed
1. Wave Trap - General

Type of Line Trap To be inserted into
2. Installation high voltage A.C
transmission line
phase in series
3. Type of mounting Pedestal
4. Model designation Insert
5. Country of origin EU/UK/USA/Japan
6.
Suitable for system Hz 50
Frequency
7.
Nominal System kV 400
Voltage
8.
Highest System kV 420
Voltage
9. Rated Continuous A 4000

Current
10. Rated Short time kA 63

current for 1 second
Asymmetrical peak kA 157.5
11. value of the first half
wave of the rated
short-time current
12. Rated inductance mH 1.0
13. Type of Tuning Band tuned line

trap
Blocking Band kHz Band-I: 56 to 124
14. frequency range kHz
Band-II: 76 to 500
154
No Description Unit Minimum Requirements Guaranteed
Minimum 500
Guaranteed resistive
15. Component of
Ohm
impedance in
Blocking Frequency
Rang
Protective device a) Non-linear
resistive type
Gapped lightning
16. arresters for A.C
system.
b) Polymer housed Metal oxide
surge arrester without Gaps for
A.C system.
17.
Nominal discharge kA 10 kA
current of protective
device However, Co-ordination shall be
done by taking 20kA, 8/20 micro-
sec discharge into consideration.
18. Rated voltage of kV >15.72

protective device rms
19.
Minimum value of kV >23.58
power frequency rms
spark over voltage
(Dry & wet) of
protective device
20. Visual Corona kV 320 kV rms

Extinction Voltage rms
21. Radio influence µV <500 @280 kV

Voltage (RIV)
22. Attention in tuned dB <7.5 dB

frequency band
Maximum tapping dB 2.6 dB
loss over blocking
Band I & II stated
23. above
24. Insulation class Class F
25.
Maximum working Twice the weight of
stress wave trap+500
kgs.
5.2.1.23 String Insulator
Description Unit Requirements Guaranteed

1 Rated voltage kV 400/230/132
155
2 Type Anti-FOG
3 Size of insulators units mmxmm Insert
4 Creepage distance of individual mm Insert
insulator unit
(Minimum or as required to obtain total
creepage distance)
5 Electromechanical strength kN 210/160/120
6 Power frequency withstand voltage of kV rms 630/460/275
the complete string
7 Lightning impulse withstand voltage of kVp 1425/1050/650
the complete string with C.C. ring )
8 Switching surge withstand voltage of kVp 1050
the complete string with C.C. rings
9 Power frequency puncture withstand 1.3 times the actual wet
voltage for a string insulator unit flashover voltage of the
unit.
10 Minimum corona extinction voltage kV rms 320/156/120
level of the complete string with C.C.
ring (Dry, kVrms)
11 R.I.V. Level of the complete string with micro V 1000
C.C. ring
12 Total creepage distance (min.) of mm 10500/6125/3625
complete insulator string
5.2.2 Part 2: GIS Switchgear
5.2.2.1 GIS Switchgear 230kV
Unit Data
1. Switchgear 230 kV - General

1.2 Type Insert
1.10 Rated current Ir
• Busbars A ≥ 2000
• Line bay A NA
• Transformer bay A ≥ 1600
• Bus Coupler bay A NA
1.11 Rated short-circuit breaking current Isc kA rms ≥ 40
156
Unit Data
Rated peak withstand current Ip (equal short-circuit
1.13 kA ≥ 100
making current)
Control voltage V. DC 110
Motor - auxiliary supply voltage V. DC 110
Heater supply voltage V. Hz 230, 50
1.14 Type of busbars - Double, passive
2. Circuit Breaker
2.1 Model
2.2 Country of Origin
2.4 Type of circuit breaker GIS / Indoor
Number of operating mechanisms per circuit
2.9
breaker
• Line bay pcs. NA
• Transformer bay pcs. 1
• Bus Coupler bay pcs. NA
D.C. component of the rated short-circuit breaking
2.10 % > 30
current
2.12 Auto reclosing
• Line bay NA
• Transformer bay 3p
• Bus Coupler bay NA
Maximum total break time (trip initiation to final arc
2.13 ms ≤ 60
extinction) pos.3.7.135 acc. to IEC 62271-100)
Time of final arc extinction (3.7..134 acc. IEC
2.14 ms 20 ± 5
62271-100)
Dead Time 300
Restrike performance during capacitive current
2.15 Class C2
switching
Number of operations without maintenance
• CO at no-load ≥ 10000
2.16
• CO at rated current ≥ 2500
• CO at rated breaking current Isc ≥ 10
2.17 The frequency of mechanical operations Class M2
Operating mechanism
2.19 Number of closing coils pcs. 1
2.20 Number of triping coils pcs. 2
2.21 Minimum number of available contacts (NO/NC) 12NO+12NC+1 W
Accessories in central control panel
2.22 Anti-pumping relay Yes
2.23 Local/remote control selector switch Yes
157
Unit Data
2.24 Local operation push buttons Yes
2.25 Minimum pressure lock-out and alarm relays Yes
2.26 Operation counter Yes
3. Disconnector
3.1 Type GIS / Indoor
3.2 Type of disconnector
• Three pole, three position DES (close/open/earthed),
Yes
motor operated, insulated, with earthing switch
• Three pole Disconnector, motor operated, without
Yes
earthing switch
• Three pole, motor operated earthing switch Yes
• Three pole, make-proof, motor operated earthing
Yes
switch
• Three pole, Disconnector Link, hand operated Yes
3.4 Number of operating mechanism pcs. 1
3.5 Type of operating mechanism
• Disconnector/Three position DES/ES Motor driven
• Make-proof Motor-wound spring
• Disconnector Link Manual
Making and breaking busbar transfer currrent 1600A
• Operating time (Disconnector/Three position
DES/ES)
- For opening ≤ 4 sec
- For closing ≤ 4 sec
12NO+12NC, 1NO early
No. of auxiliary contact
make, INC delayed
Hand operating facilities Yes
Mechanical number of guaranteed operation 10000 (M2)
Power requirement INSERT
4. Current Transformer
Characteristics of Current Transformers are
preliminary and for Tender purpose only.
The Contractor has to make Engineering and to Yes
provide detail calculation and detail design, which
will be subject of the PGCB’s approval
• I core % In 120
4.2
• V core % In 120
158
Unit Data
Rated transformer ratio:
• I core A/A 1600-800/1
• II core A/A 1600-800/1
4.3
• III core A/A 1600-800/1
• IV core A/A 1600-800/1
• V core A/A 1600-800/1
Accuracy class:
• I core PX
• II core PX
4.4
• III core 0.2
• IV core 0.2
• V core PX
Security factor:
4.5 • III core Fs<5
• IV core Fs<5
Rated power:
• I core VA -
• II core VA -
4.6
• III core VA 30-15
• IV core VA 30-15
• V core VA -
Knee point voltage (Vk)
• I core
4.7 • II core V As per existing
• V core
CT secondary resistance (RCT)

• I core
4.8 ohm As per existing
• II core
• V core
5. Voltage Transformer
• I winding V 110√3
5.3
• II winding V 110√3
Accuracy class:
• I winding 0.2
5.4
• II winding 3P
Rated power:
• I winding
5.5 VA 50
• II winding
VA 50
6. Surge Arresters
159
Unit Data
6.1 Type GIS / outdoor
Quantity, Position & Characteristic of Surge
Arresters are preliminary and for Tender purpose
only.
Yes
The Contractor has to make Engineering and to
6.5 High current impulse of an arrester (4/10 μs) kA peak 100
6.7 kJ/kV ≥ 6.5
voltage)
6.8 Long duration current impulse (2000 μs) A ≥ 850
For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 0,5 kA kV peak ≤ 375
For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 1 kA kV peak ≤ 385
For lightning impulse current 8/20 μs at 5 kA kV peak ≤ 435
7 Connection
7.1 Type: GIL – Gas Insulated Line, Outdoor Yes
Type: Single phase or Three phase, according to
7.2 Yes
the design
7.3 Insulator, Single phase, SF6 - Air Yes
7.4 Insulating material Composite/Silicon
8 Maintenance requirement
Maintenance of any circuit breaker shall be
8.1 Yes
possible without interruption of adjacent bays
160
5.2.2.2 GIS Switchgear 132kV (For Agargaon Grid)
Unit Data

1.2 Type Insert
• Line bay A NA
1.11 Rated short-circuit breaking current Isc kA rms ≥ 31.5
1.13 kA ≥ 79
making current)
1.14 Type of busbars - Double, active
2. Circuit Breaker
2.6
breaker
2.7 % > 30
current
2.9 Auto reclosing
• Line bay NA
161
Unit Data
2.10 ms ≤ 60
2.11 ms 20 ± 5
62271-100)
2.12 Class C2
switching
2.13
• CO at rated breaking current Isc ≥5
2.15 Rated electrical endurance Class Min E1
Operating mechanism
2.13 Number of making coils pcs. 1
2.14 Number of breaking coils pcs. 2
2.15 Minimum number of available contacts (NO/NC) 12NO+12NC
3. Disconnector
Yes
Yes
earthing switch
Yes
switch
will be subject to the PGCB’s approval
162
Unit Data
• I core % In 120
4.2
• V core % In 120

• I core
A/A 2000-1000/1
• II core
4.3 A/A 2000-1000/1
• III core
A/A 2000-1000/1
• IV core
A/A 2000-1000/1
• V core
A/A 2000-1000/1
Accuracy class:
• I core PX
• II core PX
4.4
• III core 0.2
• IV core 0.5
• V core PX
Security factor:
• IV core Fs<5
Rated power:
• I core VA -
• II core VA -
4.6
• V core VA -
• I core
4.7 V As per existing
• II core
• V core
• I core
• II core
• V core
5.3 • I winding V 110√3
Accuracy class:
5.4 • I winding 0.2
• II winding 3P
Rated power:
5.5 • I winding VA 50
• II winding VA 50
163
Unit Data
6. Surge Arresters
only.
Yes
6.7 kJ/kV ≥ 6.5
voltage)
7 Connection
7.1 Type: GIB – Gas Insulated Busbars, Outdoor Yes
7.2 Yes
the design
7.3 Insulator, Single phase, SF6 / Air Yes
8.1 Yes
164
5.2.2.1 GIS Switchgear 132kV (For Bhashantek Grid)
Unit Data

1.2 Type Insert
• Line bay A NA
1.13 kA ≥ 79
making current)
1.14 Type of busbars - Double, active
2. Circuit Breaker
2.6
breaker
2.7 % > 30
current
2.9 Auto reclosing
• Line bay NA
165
Unit Data
2.10 ms ≤ 60
2.11 ms 20 ± 5
62271-100)
2.12 Class C2
switching
2.13
Operating mechanism
2.15 Minimum number of available contacts (NO/NC) 12NO+12NC
3. Disconnector
Yes
Yes
earthing switch
Yes
switch
166
Unit Data
• I core % In 120
4.2
• V core % In 120

• I core 2000-
A/A
• II core 1000/1
4.3 A/A
• III core 2000-1000/1
A/A
• IV core 2000-1000/1
A/A
• V core 2000-1000/1
A/A
2000-1000/1
Accuracy class:
• I core PX
• II core PX
4.4
• III core 0.2
• IV core 0.5
• V core PX
Security factor:
• IV core Fs<5
Rated power:
• I core VA -
• II core VA -
4.6
• V core VA -
• I core
4.7 V As per existing
• II core
• V core
• I core
• II core
• V core
167
Unit Data
5.3 • I winding V 110√3
Accuracy class:
• II winding 3P
Rated power:
6. Surge Arresters
only.
Yes
6.7 kJ/kV ≥ 6.5
voltage)
7 Connection
7.1 Type: GIB – Gas Insulated Busbars, Outdoor Yes
7.2 Yes
the design
7.3 Insulator, Single phase, SF6 / Air Yes
168
Unit Data
8.1 Yes
5.2.2.2 GIS Switchgear 33kV (For Bhashantek)
Unit Data
1. Switchgear 33kV - General

1.2 Type Insert
• Line bay A NA
• Bus Sectionalizer bay A NA
• Aux Trafo bay A NA
1.11 Rated short-circuit breaking current Isc kA rms ≥ 25
Rated peak withstand current Ip (equal short-
1.13 kA ≥ 62.5
Heater supply voltage V. Hz 230. 50
1.14 Type of busbars - As per existing
2. Circuit Breaker
2.1 Isolating and quenching medium Insert
2.2 Type of circuit breaker GIS /Indoor
2.4 Operating mechanism Motor-wound
spring
2.6 Number of operating mechanisms per circuit
breaker
2.7a D.C. component of the rated short-circuit % > 30
169
breaking current
p.u. 1.3
• Terminal fault
2.7b p.u. N.
• Short-line fault p.u. A.
• Out-of-phase N.
A
2.8 Rated operating sequence O-0.3 s-CO-3 min-
CO
2.9 Auto reclosing
• Line bay NA
Maximum total break time (trip initiation to
2.10 ms ≤ 100
final arc extinction) pos.3.7.135 acc. to IEC
62271-100)
2.11 Time of final arc extinction (3.7..134 acc. IEC ms 20 ± 5
62271-100)
2.12 Restrike performance during capacitive current Class C2
switching
2.13
2.15a Rated electrical endurance Class Min E1
2.15b Operating mechanism
Unit Data
2.15 Minimum number of available contacts 12NO+12NC
(NO/NC)
3. Disconnector
3.1 Type GIS /Indoor
Three pole, three position DES (close/open/earthed), Yes
Three pole Disconnector, motor operated, without
Yes
earthing switch
Three pole, motor operated earthing switch Yes
Three pole, make-proof, motor operated earthing

Yes
switch
Three pole, Disconnector Link, hand operated Yes

• Make-proof NA
170
provide detail calculation and detail design,
which will be subject of the
PGCB's approval
• I core % In 200
4.2

• I core AA A
• II core 2400/1
4.3 2400/1
• III core 2400/1
•
Accuracy class:
• I core 0.2
• II core 5P20
4.4
• III core Cl.X
Unit Data
Security factor:
4.5 • I core Fs=10
Rated power:
• I core 15
VA
• II core 30
4.6 VA
• III core VA 30
5.1 Type GIS /Outdoor
5.3 • I winding VV 110√3
• II winding 110√3
Accuracy class:
• II winding 3P
Rated power:
171
6. Surge Arresters (Not Applicable)

7 Connection
7.1 Type: Cable Connection , Indoor Yes
Type: Single phase or Three phase, according
7.2 Yes
to the
design
7.3 Outgoing feeder shall be provided with dummy Yes
scoket
8.1 Yes
possible
without interruption of adjacent bays
5.2.3 AIS Switchgear 33 kV
5.2.3.1 Circuit Breaker 33 kV (For Transformer’s incomer)
Unit Data

1.2 Type Insert
IEC 62271-100
IEC 60273
1.5 Standards
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
1.7 Isolating and quenching medium Vacuum

1.12 pcs. 1
breaker
172
Unit Data

A ≥ 2500 (for 120MVA Tr.)
A ≥ 630 (for earthing Tr.)
Rated peak withstand current Ip (equals to
2.8 kA ≥ 80
short-circuit making current)
D.C. component of the rated short-circuit
2.9 % > 30
breaking current
2.10
• Short-line fault p.u. N.A.
• Out-of-phase p.u. N.A.
Standard value of transient recovery voltage
2.11 kV Insert
(T100)
2.12 Rate of rise recovery voltage kV/μs Insert
2.15 Rated out-of-phase breaking current kA Insert
Maximum total break time (trip initiation to final
2.17 arc extinction) pos.3.7.135 acc. to IEC 62271- ms ≤ 100
100)
2.18 ms 20 ± 5
62271-100)
Opening time (trip initiation to contact
separation)
2.19 ms Insert
• Without current
ms Insert
• With 100 % rated breaking current
Maximum time interval between opening
2.20 ms Insert
interrupters
Maximum time interval between opening of first
2.21 ms 3
and last phase of three-phase circuit breakers
Time for making (trip initiation to contact touch)
2.22 • Without current ms Insert
• 100 % making current ms Insert
2.24 Class C2
switching
173
Unit Data
2.25 No.
2.29 Total mass of SF6 gas in a circuit breaker kg Insert
2.30.1 Static horizontal force, longitudinal FthA N Insert
2.30.2 Static horizontal force, transversal FthB N Insert
2.30.3 Static vertical force Ftv N Insert
2.30.4 Dynamic horizontal force, longitudinal Fwx N Insert

3.1 Circuit Breaker
3.1.2 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV Min. ≥ 31
3.1.3.1 Shape Flat
3.2.1 Type Insert
110
3.2.4 Control voltage V. DC
220 (for Tongi SS)
3.2.9 Heater Yes
174
Unit Data
3.2.12 6NO+6NC+1V
(NO/NC/V)
3.4 Local operation push buttons
3.4.4 Heater - 230 V, 50 HZ Yes
3.4.5 Cu earthing rails inside central control cabinet Yes
Detachable plates, the bottom of central control
3.4.6 Yes
cabinet
Galvanized horizontal and vertical metal
3.4.7 Yes
structure with minimum 70 μm zinc layer
5.2.3.2 Circuit Breaker 33 kV (For capacitor bank)
Unit Data

1.2 Type Insert
IEC 62271-100
IEC 60273
1.5 Standards
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001

1.12 pcs. 1
breaker
175
Unit Data
Rated peak withstand current Ip (equals to short-
2.8 kA ≥ 80
2.9 % > 30
current

2.10
• Short-line fault p.u. N.A.
• Out-of-phase p.u. N.A.
Standard value of transient recovery voltage
2.11 kV Insert
(T100)
2.12 Rate of rise recovery voltage kV/μs Insert
2.15 Rated out-of-phase breaking current kA Insert
2.17 ms ≤ 100
2.18 ms 20 ± 5
62271-100)
Opening time (trip initiation to contact separation)
• With 100 % rated breaking current ms Insert
Maximum time interval between opening
2.20 ms Insert
interrupters
Maximum time interval between opening of first
2.21 ms 3
and last phase of three-phase circuit breakers
Time for making (trip initiation to contact touch)
• 100 % making current ms Insert
2.24 Class C2
switching
2.25 No.
176
Unit Data
2.29 Total mass of SF6 gas in a circuit breaker kg Insert
2.30.1 Static horizontal force, longitudinal FthA N Insert
2.30.2 Static horizontal force, transversal FthB N Insert
2.30.3 Static vertical force Ftv N Insert
2.30.4 Dynamic horizontal force, longitudinal Fwx N Insert

3.1 Circuit Breaker
3.1.2 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV Min. ≥ 31
3.1.3.1 Shape Flat
3.2.1 Type Insert
3.2.9 Heater Yes
3.2.12 Minimum number of available contacts (NO/NC/V) 6NO+6NC+1V
3.4 Local operation push buttons
177
Unit Data
3.4.4 Heater - 230 V, 50 HZ Yes
3.4.5 Cu earthing rails inside central control cabinet Yes
Detachable plates, the bottom of central control
3.4.6 Yes
cabinet
Galvanized horizontal and vertical metal structure
3.4.7 Yes
with minimum 70 μm zinc layer
5.2.3.3 Disconnector 33 kV without ES
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
IEC 62271-102
IEC 60273
1.5 Standards
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
Vertical break,
1.8 Design horizontal or wall
mounting
1.10 Type of operating mechanism Hand operated/Motorized
1.11 Number of operating mechanisms pcs. 1
2.7 Rated current Ir A ≥ 2500 (for 120MVA Tr.)
178
Unit Data
≥ 1250 (for 33kV Capacitor
A
Bank)
2.8 Rated short withstand current Ik kA rms ≥ 31.5
2.9 Rated duration of short-circuit s ≥1
2.10 Rated maximum withstand current Ip kA ≥ 80
110
2.13.1 Controls and alarm (signalling) circuits V d.c.
220 (for Tongi SS)
V a.c. /
2.13.2 Heaters 230 / 50
Hz
2.16 Mechanical endurance Class Min M1
2.17.1 Direct loading, static Fa N Insert
2.17.2 Transversal loading, static Fb N Insert
2.17.3 Vertical force Fc N Insert
2.17.4 Direct loading, dynamic N Insert

3.1 Disconnector
3.1.3 HV terminals
3.1.3.1 Shape Flat
3.2.2 Type Insert
3.2.3 pcs. 6NO+6NC
(NO/NC)
179
Unit Data
3.2.4 Yes
mechanism cabinet
180
5.2.3.1 Disconnector 33 kV with ES
Unit Data
1.2 Type Insert
IEC 62271-102
IEC 60273
1.5 Standards
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
Vertical break,
1.8 Design horizontal or wall
mounting
1.10 Type of main blade operating mechanism Hand operated/Motorized
1.12 Type of main blade operating mechanism Hand operated/Motorized
A ≥ 2500 (for 120MVA Tr.)
≥ 1250 (for 33kV
2.7 Rated current Ir A
Capacitor Bank)
2.8 Rated short-time withstand current Ik kA rms ≥ 31.5
2.9 Rated duration of short-circuit s ≥1
2.10 Rated maximum withstand current Ip kA ≥ 80
110
2.13.1 Controls and alarm (signalling) circuits V d.c.
220 (for Tongi SS)
V a.c. /
2.13.2 Heaters 230 / 50
Hz
181
Unit Data
2.16 Mechanical endurance Class Min M1
2.17.1 Direct loading, static Fa N Insert
2.17.2 Transversal loading, static Fb N Insert
2.17.3 Vertical force Fc N Insert
2.17.4 Direct loading, dynamic N Insert

3.1 Disconnector
3.1.3 HV terminals
3.1.3.1 Shape Flat
3.2.2 Type Insert
3.2.3 Minimum number of available contacts (NO/NC) pcs. 6NO+6NC
3.2.4 Yes
mechanism cabinet
5.2.3.2 Current Transformer 33 kV (For 120MVA Tr. Bay)
182
Sl no. PGCB’s Bidder’s

Particulars Unit

Post type
vertical
mounting, Single
Phase, Free
1.3 Type
Standing, Oil
immersed /
Resin encapsulated

EU/UK/USA/
1.5 Country of Origin Japan/Turkey
IEC 61869-1
1.6 Standards
IEC 61869-2


2.2 Highest voltage for equipment, Um kVrms 36

2.4 Rated Short duration power frequency voltage kV rms 70
2.6 Rated short-time thermal current, Ith, 1s kA 31.5
2.8.1 Rated primary current A 2400
183

Particulars Unit
insert
2.9 Electrical dissipation factor at power frequency
test voltage
2.10 Capacitance pF
°C insert
2.11
Maximum Allowable winding temperature
Normal current density of primary winding insert
2.12
• Core-I % In 150
2.13
• Core-IV % In 120

• Core-I A/A 2400-1600-800/1
2.14 • Core-II A/A 2400-1600-800/1
• Core-III A/A 2400-1600-800/1
• Core-IV
A/A 2400-1600-800/1
Accuracy Class:
• Core-I 0.2s
2.15 • Core-II 0.2s
• Core-III 5P
• Core-IV
5P
Rated Burden:
• Core-I VA 15
• Core-III VA 30
• Core-IV
VA 30
Rated Knee Point Voltage, Vk(Min) at highest
ratio
insert
• Core-I insert
2.17 V
• Core-II insert
• Core-III insert
• Core-IV
Max. magnetizing current guaranteed at knee
point voltage, I Exc at Vk at highest ratio mA
• Core-I
• Core-II insert
2.18
• Core-III insert
insert
• Core-IV
insert
184

Particulars Unit
Max. magnetizing current guaranteed at half of
knee point voltage, I Exc at Vk/2 at highest ratio mA
• Core-I
• Core-II insert
2.19 insert
• Core-III
insert
• Core-IV
insert

• Core-I
• Core-II insert
2.20 insert
• Core-III
insert
• Core-IV
insert
Rated Accuracy limit Factor, ISF/ALF:

• Core-I ≤5
2.21 • Core-II ≤5
• Core-III 20
20
• Core-IV
for each rating:
• Core-I
2.23 • Core-II Ohms insert
• Core-III
• Core-IV
Current Transformers-Design &

3.
Constructions
3.1 External Insulator material Porcelain/Cast resin
3.2 Internal Insulating medium Oil paper/Cast resin
3.3 Type of cast resin (if applicable) Insert
3.8 In case of resin type, production process type vacuum
Partial discharge level; test voltage Um pC ≤10 (non-solid)/50

(solid)
3.9
test voltage 1.2 Um/√3 pC ≤5(non-solid)/20
(solid)
185

Particulars Unit
3.11 Insulation Class Class A/Class E
3.12 Insulation test tapping data Yes/No.
3.13.1 MV terminals : Shape Flat
3.13.2 MV terminals: Position Horizontal
3.13.3 MV terminals: Material Suitable for Al terminal
3.13.4 MV terminals: Adjustable holes Yes
3.13.5 MV terminals: Admissible Static Load KN insert
3.13.6 MV terminals: Admissible Dynamic Load KN insert
3.13.7 MV terminals: Cantilever test Load KN insert
3.14 Total weight kg insert
3.15 Total Height mm insert
4. Reliability Data
4.1 Mean Time to Failure in yrs insert
4.2 Expected Operating Life in Yrs insert
4.3 Mean time to repair in Hrs insert
4.4
Yrs
4.5
in Hrs
Overall compliance with the requirements Yes/No.
4.0
(yes/no)
Note:
1) The oil immersed Type CT shall be hermetically sealed to eliminate breathing and to
prevent ingression of air and moisture from the environment. Following accessories /
fittings shall, but not restricted to, be supplied along with the Current Transformers.
➢ Pressure release device
➢ Oil level indicator
➢ Lifting lugs
➢ The CT shall be so constructed that it can be easily transported to the site
within the allowable transport limitations even in horizontal position, if
the transport limitations so demand.
2) The pressure relief device shall be designed to relieve any internal abnormal pressures
before the likelihood of fracture of any external component of the transformer. The relief
device shall be positioned near the top and oriented to prevent the possibility of injury or
damage to persons or other equipment.
186
5.2.3.3 Voltage Transformer 33 kV
Unit Data

1.2 Type Inductive
IEC 61869-1
IEC 61869-3
IEC 60694
IEC 60815
1.7 Type Outdoor, post type

2.1 Nominal system voltage, Un kV rms 33
Rated short duration power frequency
2.4 kV 70
voltage
2.6 Rated short-time thermal current Ith, 1 s kA 31.5
2.7 Rated dynamic current Idyn kV peak 80
2.9
Accuracy class:
• I winding 0.2
2.10
• II winding 0.2
• III winding 3P
Rated power:
• I winding VA 10
2.11
• III winding VA 15
1.2 (continuous)
2.13 Voltage factor p.u./s 1.5/30 (for solidly grounded system)
1.9/30 (for ungrounded system)
2.14 Rated mechanical strength Class Min. Class I
Power frequency withstand voltage on
2.15 kV rms 3
secondary windings, 1 min
187
Unit Data

3.1 Insulator material Composite/silicone
3.2 Insulating medium paper - Mixed dielectric
Max. radio interference voltage at 0.5-
3.4 μV Max. 2500
2 MHz (acc. IEC 60694)
3.5 • Test voltage 1.2*UM/es pC Max. ≤ 5
3.8 HV terminals
3.8.1 Shape Flat
3.11 Total mass kg Insert
3.13 Height mm Insert
188
5.2.3.4 Current Transformer 33kV (For Capacitor Bank)

Particulars Unit
Post type
vertical
mounting, Single
Phase, Free
1.3 Type
Standing, Oil
immersed /
Resin encapsulated

EU/UK/USA/
IEC 61869-1
1.6 Standards
IEC 61869-2


Rated primary current A 400
2.8.1
189

Particulars Unit
insert
test voltage
2.10 Capacitance pF insert
°C insert
2.11
2.12
• Core-I % In 150
2.13
• Core-III %
120
I
n
• Core-I A/A 400/1
2.14 • Core-II A/A 400/1
• Core-III A/A 400/1
Accuracy Class:
• Core-I 0.2s
2.15 • Core-II 5P
• Core-III 5P
Rated Burden:
• Core-I VA 10
• Core-III VA 30
ratio
insert
2.17 • Core-I V insert
• Core-II insert
• Core-III
• Core-I
2.18 insert
• Core-II
• Core-III insert
insert
190

Particulars Unit
• Core-I
2.19 • Core-II insert
• Core-III insert
insert

2.20 • Core-I
• Core-II insert
• Core-III insert
insert
• Core-I ≤5
2.21 20
• Core-II
• Core-III 20
for each rating:
2.23 • Core-I Ohms insert
• Core-II
• Core-III
3.
Constructions

(solid)
3.9
(solid)
191

Particulars Unit
4. Reliability Data
4.4
Yrs
4.5
in Hrs
4.0
(yes/no)
Note:
➢ Lifting lugs
5.2.3.5 Current Transformer 33kV (For Earthing Transformer)

Particulars Unit
192

Particulars Unit
Post type
vertical
mounting, Single
Phase, Free
1.3 Type
Standing, Oil
immersed /
Resin encapsulated

EU/UK/USA/
IEC 61869-1
1.6 Standards
IEC 61869-2

Outdoor
1.8 Installation type Indoor (For Cox’s
Bazar grid)

2.8.1
193

Particulars Unit
insert
test voltage
2.10 Capacitance pF insert
°C insert
2.11
2.12
• Core-I % In 150
2.13 • Core-II % In 120

• Core-I A/A 10/1
2.14 • Core-II A/A 200/1
• Core-III A/A 600/1
Accuracy Class:
• Core-I 0.2s
2.15 • Core-II 5P
• Core-III 5P
Rated Burden:
• Core-I VA 10
• Core-III VA 30
ratio
insert
2.17 • Core-I V insert
• Core-II insert
• Core-III
2.18 • Core-I
• Core-II insert
• Core-III insert
insert
• Core-I
2.19 • Core-II insert
• Core-III insert
insert
194

Particulars Unit
2.20 • Core-I
• Core-II insert
• Core-III insert
insert
• Core-I ≤5
2.21 20
• Core-II
• Core-III 20
for each rating:
2.23 • Core-I Ohms insert
• Core-II
• Core-III
3.
Constructions

(solid)
3.9
(solid)
195

Particulars Unit
4. Reliability Data
4.4
Yrs
4.5
in Hrs
4.0
(yes/no)
Note:
➢ Lifting lugs
5.2.3.6 Surge Arrester 33 kV
Unit Data
1 Surge Arresters - General
1.2 Type Insert
196
Unit Data
Metal oxide,
1.7 Design
gapless, outdoor
1.8 Short circuit testing authority Insert authority
Shall be
ZnO block manufacturer with country of manufactured in
1.9
manufacturing
European countries/
USA/Canada/Japan
2 Surge Arresters - Characteristics
3 Surge Arresters - Design and Construction

3.2 kJ/kV ≥ 6.5
voltage)
3.4.1 For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 0,5 kA kV peak ≤ 65
3.4.2 For switching impulse current 30/60 μs at 1 kA kV peak ≤ 67.5
197
Unit Data
3.5. Dielectric endurance of arrester housing)

3.5.1 kV ≥ 235
Power frequency withstand voltage of arrester
3.5.2 kV ≥ 105
housing (1 min wet)
3.6.1 Specified short-term load SSL (Fdyn) N ≥ 7500
3.6.2 Specified long-term load SSL (Fstat) N ≥ 5000
3.8. Housing insulating material Composite/Silicon
yes / no /
3.12 Voltage distribution ring present / ring diameter Insert
mm
3.14 HV terminal
3.14.1 Shape Flat
3.14.2 Dimension mm x mm Min 100 x 50
3.14.4 Distance between holes Mm 50
Overall compliance with the requirements

(yes/no)
198
5.2.3.7 33kV Post Insulator
Unit Data

1.2 Type Insert
IEC 60168
IEC 60273
1.5 Standards
IEC 60672
IEC 60694
Solid core, porcelain,
1.7 Design
outdoor
Rated short duration power frequency
2.4 kVrms 70
voltage
2.5 Switching impulse withstand voltage (kVp) kV peak NA
2.6 Corona extinction voltage kVrms 22
2.9 Failing load bending (p0) (C10) N ≥ 10000
2.10 Failing load torsion Nm ≥ 4000
3.1 Insulation material Porcelain, brown
3.2 Material quality acc. IEC 60672 Min. C130
3.3 Min. material density ρa Mgm-3 ≥ 2.5
3.4 Min. stretch strength of material σfg MPa ≥ 140
3.5 Total min. cantilever strength (kg) kg 800
3.6 Total creepage distance (mm) pedestal mm insert
3.7 Total min. height of insulator (mm) mm 2500
3.8 Max. diameter of insulating part mm Insert
199
Unit Data
3.9 Diameter of upper base mm Insert

Diameter distance between holes on upper
3.11 mm Insert
base
3.13 Diameter on lower base mm Insert
Diameter distance between holes on lower
3.15 mm Insert
base
3.17 Insulator weight kg Insert
5.2.4 Transformers
5.2.4.1 400/138/33 kV 250/325 MVA Autotransformer
Guaranteed Technical Particulars (GTP) for Auto/Power Transformer

Note:
1. The GTP shall be provided by the respective Vendor in their letterhead pad mentioning contractor/supplier
Name, Users’ name as PGCB and Consultant Name (if any) as per provision of contract between PGCB &
Contractor. GTP must have Revision No. & date of submission. Responsible personnel of Manufacturer
(Prepared by, checked by & Approved by, as appropriate) shall sign the GTP. The Project Manager/Design
& Quality Control Personnel of Contractor shall also sign the GTP before submission to PGCB.
2. The items that require detail design of the offered transformer, may be kept unfilled mentioning “TBA” [To be
Announced] during detailed design. All other data shall be filled during bidding.
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
1 General

Autotransformer
three-phase, oil
immersed, with
1.2 Type tertiary winding,
hermetically sealed,
with on-load tap
changer, outdoor
200
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
1.5.1 IEC 60076
1.5.2 IEC 60137
1.5.3 IEC 60214
1.5.4 IEC 60354
1.5.5 IEC 60529
1.5.6 IEC 60815
1.5.7 IEC 60947
1.5.8 NEMA TR-1
CENELEC EN
1.5.9
50216

Stabilizing winding
1.7 Tertiary winding function & auxiliary power
supply
1.8 Thermal insulation class A
2 Ratings and properties
Rated power 325

2.1 Rating (three phase)
MVA, all taps
2.1.1 Frequency Hz 50
2.1.2 Corresponding minimum Frequency Hz 48
Connection of three-phase windings (group of

2.1.3 YNa0d1
vector IEC 60076)
2.1.4 Neutral point insulation LI 325 AC 140
2.1.5 Voltage ratio (No Load) kV 400/138/33
2.2 Rated power by cooling ONAN / ONAF
201
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
2.2.1 Primary / secondary winding MVA 250/325
2.2.2 Tertiary – minimum MVA 75/100

Simultaneous on
HV-LV-TV (The 3
windings of the
transformer shall be
designed for
2.2.3 Loading Type arithmetic loading in
such a way that the
tertiary winding can
be loaded
continuously for the
specified MVA rating)
2.3 Rated (highest) voltage of windings
2.3.1 HV winding kV 420
2.3.2 LV winding kV 145
2.3.3 TV - stabilizing winding kV 36
2.3.4 NV - Neutral voltage k 72.5

V
2.4 Tap changer
2.4.1 Manufacturer Insert
2.4.2 Manufacturer MR/ABB
2.4.3 Country of origin EU
2.4.4 Switching technology Vacuum
2.4.5 Model designation Insert
2.4.6 Type of tap changing On-load
2.4.7 Electrical location of Tap winding HV / Series Winding
2.4.8 Geometric Location of Tap winding [Insert]

Constant Flux
2.4.9 Type of voltage regulation Variable Voltage
(C.F.V.V.)
2.4.10 Tapping range %V ±10
202
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
2.4.11 Tapping step/Size of Each tapping step % 1.25
2.4.12 Number of steps 17
2.4.13 Short circuit current - time kA-s [Insert]
2.4.14 Insulation level kV [Insert]
2.4.15 Rated current A ≥ 1600
2.4.16 BIL to ground through the regulating coil kV peak Insert
Power frequency withstand voltage for 1

2.4.17 kV rms Insert
minute through the regulating coil
Digital code matrix
2.4.18 Tap position indicator
(BCD)
3x400 V / 230 V, 50
2.4.19 Auxiliary supply
Hz
Separate from Main
2.4.20 OLTC diverter switch tank
tank
Separate/Shared
2.4.21 Breathing of OLTC
conservator
2.4.22 OLTC Oil guided to Radiator for cooling No
Resistance/Reactan
2.4.23 OLTC tap change principle type
ce type
MVA Rating of Transformer due to OLTC Rated power 325
2.4.24
operation MVA, all taps
Rated Voltage (No. load) due to OLTC
2.4.25 kV/kV/kV Insert
operation
Percent Impedance design due to Tap
2.4.26 Constant
Changing
2.4.27 OLTC Drive Type Insert
3 Special technical requirements

Short circuit impedance corrected to
3.1 reference temperature of 75°C at rated
frequency and rated power
HV - LV, on the basis of rated power with on-
3.1.1 % 13 ±10 %
load tap changer in middle position
[Insert], (Max
HV - TV, on the basis of rated power with on- allowable SCC at TV
3.1.2 %
load tap changer in middle position line side 31.5
kArms)
[Insert], (Max
LV - TV, on the basis of rated power 'x' MVA allowable SCC at TV
3.1.3 %
with on-load tap changer in middle position line side 31.5
kArms)
203
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Zero-sequence impedance, with tap

3.2
changer in middle position:
3.2.1 % Insert
HV - TV, on the basis of rated power with on-
3.2.2 % Insert
LV - TV, on the basis of rated power 'x' MVA
3.2.3 % Insert
with on-load tap changer in middle position
3.2.4 X/R ratio
Autotransformer capacity to withstand

3.3
external short circuits
3.3.1 Short-circuit duration sec 2

Symmetrical short-circuit with-stand capacity
3.3.2 and asymmetrical short-circuit withstand
capacity during indicated period:
3.3.3 HV winding kA Infinite
3.3.4 LV winding kA Infinite
3.3.5 TV winding kA Infinite
3.3.6 Pre-fault voltage p.u. 1.05
3.4 Guaranteed losses
3.4.1 No Load Loss

No-load losses with tap changer in nominal
3.4.1.1 (principal) tap position at rated voltage and at kW Insert
rated frequency
3.4.1.2 (principal) tap position at 110 % rated voltage kW Insert
and at rated frequency
3.4.1.3 (principal) tap position at 90 % rated voltage kW Insert
Average of the above & No-Load Loss for Loss
3.4.1.4 kW Insert
capitalization (N) [ This value will be evaluated]
3.4.1.5 No-load losses capitalized value BDT/kW 600,000
Tolerance to be applied to no-load losses in %

3.4.1.6 % 10
of the guaranteed value
3.4.2 On-load losses at 75°C,

On-load losses at 75°C and rated frequency,
with tap changer in nominal tap position at
3.4.2.1 kW Insert
rated tapping current (ONAF) of that tap
position
204
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
with tap changer in plus (+) extreme tap
3.4.2.2 kW Insert
position at rated tapping current (ONAF) of that
tap position
with tap changer in minus (-) extreme tap
3.4.2.3 kW Insert
position at rated tapping current (ONAF) of that
tap position
Average of the above & On-load Loss for Loss
3.4.2.4 capitalization (L) [ This value will be evaluated] kW Insert
3.4.2.5 On-load losses capitalized value BDT/kW 300,000
Tolerance to be applied to on-load losses in %

3.4.2.6 % 10
on the guaranteed value
3.4.3 Ancillary Loss
Ancillary equipment (fans, pumps, heaters,

3.4.3.1
motors etc.)
Load of ancillary equipment (M)
3.4.3.2 kW Insert
(this value will be evaluated)
3.4.3.3 Capitalized valued of ancillary equipment load BDT/kW 300,000
Tolerance to be applied to ancillary equipment

3.4.3.4 % 20
load in % of the guaranteed value
3.5 Rated Insulation level
LI 1425 SI 1050
3.5.1 High voltage (HV)
AC650
3.5.2 Low voltage (LV) LI 650 AC 275
3.5.3 Tertiary voltage (TV) LI 170 AC 70
3.5.4 Neutral voltage (NV) LI 325 AC 140
3.5.5 Method of Neutral Earthing Solid Ground
3.6 Efficiencies [HV-LV-TV Loading]
3.6.1 If cosφ = 1.0 and:
3.6.1.1 • 25 % load of the rated value Insert
205
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
3.6.2 If cosφ = 0.9 (inductive) and:
3.7 Voltage drop at the terminals of secondary

Voltage drop at the terminals of secondary
3.7.1 winding at rated temperature and at the
middle tap changer position
3.7.1.1 • cosφ = 1.00 Insert
3.7.1.2 • cosφ = 0.95 (inductive) Insert

winding at rated temperature and at the
3.7.2
middle tap changer position [HV-LV-TV
loaded, TV at 0.95 leading pf]
3.7.2.1 • cosφ = 1.00 Insert
206
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
3.8 No-load current at rated frequency
3.8.1 At 0.90 Un Insert
At the emergency cases it is allowed: MVA

• Continuous overload at the highest
winding temperature which exceeds by % Compliant to IEC
3.9 2.5°C the guaranteed limit value 60076-7
• Continuous voltage increase when the top
oil temperature exceeds the guaranteed
limit by 2.5°C at rated power (in % of the
rated volt age)
Guaranteed value of overloads in % of the
3.10
rated power
Normal overloads prediction which can occur
3.10.1 once a day (in % of the rated power) within the
winding temperature rise limit of 75°C
3.10.1.
After operation under 15 min
1
• full rated power Insert
• ¾ rated power Insert
• ½ rated power Insert
3.10.1.
2
3.10.1.
3

Sudden transient overloads (in % of the rated
3.10.2 power) with the winding temperature rise limit
of 85°C
207
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
3.10.2.
1
3.10.2.
2
3.10.2.
3

Guaranteed values of loads at ambient
temperature of 40°C, without danger of
3.11
exceeding the oil and winding temperature
limits:
• with all cooling groups in operation (excluding
3.11.1 Insert
stand-by cooling group)
3.11.2 • with one cooling group out of operation Insert
3.11.3 • with two cooling groups out of operation Insert
4 Design & Construction
4.1* Cooling system
4.1.1 Oil Flow through Windings/ windings group
4.1.1.1 Guided Oil Flow inside transformer Yes/No. Yes
4.1.1.2 Pattern of Oil Flow through Duct Axial/Zig-Zag [Insert]
4.1.2 Pressure drop inside transformer
208
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
bar
4.1.2.1 Radial Locations with respect to core [Insert]
bar
4.1.2.2 Axial Locations with respect to core [Insert]
4.1.3 Radiators & Coolers
Radiator Location A
4.1.3.1
Attached to Tank or Separate Attached to Tank
4.1.3.2 Number of cooling groups (total) Qty. Insert
Number of cooling groups (for rated power) Qty. Insert
Number of stand-by cooling groups Qty. Insert
Number of coolers in a cooling group Qty. Insert
Number of spare fans Qty. Insert
Rating of each cooler kW Insert
4.1.3.3 Full vacuum withstand of complete cooler mbar Yes
4.1.4 HV side
4.1.4.1 No. of Radiator Bank No. [Insert]
4.1.4.2 No. of Fins/Plates in each Radiator No. [Insert]
4.1.4.3 No. of Cooler Fans No. [Insert]
4.1.4.4 No. of group of Cooler Fan No. [Insert]
4.1.4.5 Spare Fans in each group No. [Insert]
4.1.4.6 No. of Blower/Motor Driving a Fan No. 1
Vertical/
4.1.4.7 Mounting of Fan in the radiator-HV side [Insert]
Horizontal
No. of Plates/Fins covered by single cooler,
4.1.4.8 No. [Insert]
thus, AF Cooling
No. of Plates/Fins Not covered by single
cooler, thus, AN Cooling
No. of Pipes going out from Main Tank to
4.1.4.1
Radiator Bank at Tank upper part ( i.e. Hot Oil No. [Insert]
0
Pipes)
209
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
No. of Pipes Coming in from Radiator Bank to
4.1.4.1
Tank at Main Tank Lower part (i.e. Cold Oil No. [Insert]
1
Pipes)
[Insert] (spare ,
4.1.4.1
No. of Pipes collecting Hot Oil No. n+1,shall be
2
considered)
[Insert] (spare ,
4.1.4.1
No. of Pipes collecting Cold Oil No. n+1,shall be
3
considered)
4.1.5 LV side
Vertical/
Horizontal
thus, AF Cooling
4.1.5.1
Radiator Bank at Tank upper part ( i.e. Hot Oil No. [Insert]
0
Pipes)
4.1.5.1
Tank at Main Tank Lower part (i.e. Cold Oil No. [Insert]
1
Pipes)
4.1.5.1 [Insert] (spare n+1,
No. of Pipes collecting Hot Oil No.
2 shall be considered)
[Insert] (spare ,
4.1.5.1
No. of Pipes collecting Cold Oil No. n+1,shall be
3
considered)
4.2* Oil Flow rate
Oil Flow rate inside Transformer during

4.2.1
ONAN Cooling
4.2.1.1 Highest Flow rate (Approx.) m/s [Insert]
210
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.2.1.2 Location at Transformer [Insert]
4.2.1.3 Lowest Flow rate (Approx.) m/s [Insert]
Flow rate optimized to stop induced vibration at

4.2.1.5 Yes/No Yes
Core, Winding
4.2.2
ONAF Cooling
Flow rate optimized to stop induced vibration at

4.2.2.5 Yes/No Yes
Core, Winding
4.2.3 Predicted Hot Spot Location
4.2.3.1 HV Side Insert
4.2.3.2 LV side Insert
4.2.3.3 TV side Insert

Temperature Difference (D-Temp) between
0C
4.2.3.4 Inlet & Outlet of Radiator banks --- Design [Insert]
value
Temperature rise limits, at rated power,

4.3 with complete cooling system in service
and at rated voltage tap
0C
4.3.1 Average Oil Temperature rise
4.3.2 Top oil °C ≤ 60
4.3.3 Winding °C ≤ 65
4.3.4 Hottest spot °

≤ 78
C
Maximum hot spot temperature rises in core at 0C
4.3.5 Insert
rated power
211
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Internal Hot-spot Temperature (Amb. Temp. + 0C

4.3.6 130
Top oil rise + Core hot spot)
Surface Temperature (Amb. Temp. + Top oil 0C
4.3.7 Insert
rise + Core surface temp.)
4.3.8 Temperature gradient at rating specified K
4.3.9
4.3.10* Temperature rise of metallic parts
4.3.10. 0C
Tank walls
1
4.3.10. 0C
Tie plate
2
4.3.10. 0C
Top clamp
3
4.3.10. 0C
Bottom clamp
4
4.4 Core Construction
4.4.1 Type of Transformer Core (Shell or Core) Core
4.4.2 No. of Core Limb Insert
CRGO Si steel [Hi-

4.4.3 Core Material
B]
4.4.4 Grade Designation Insert

Laser-beam or
4.4.5 Core Graining Method plasma jet
irradiation
4.4.6 Thickness of Sheet mm
4.4.7 Specific Loss at 1.7T,50Hz W/kg <0.85
4.4.8 Insulation material & Class
0C
4.4.9 Safe Working Temperature of Core
4.4.10 Whether step lap construction adopted Yes
4.4.11 Whether boltless construction adopted Yes
4.4.12 Core Material Make , Country Insert
4.4.13 Whether Core is pre-cut or cut at Factory Insert
212
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Method of joining of legs Insert
Method of joining of yokes Insert
Joining material Insert
Flux density at nominal voltage and frequency

4.4.14
and at nominal ratio - (no load)
4.4.15 Cores T
4.4.16 Yokes T
4.4.17 Volts/turn V
Over flux withstand capability of the

4.4.18 T, Min or s
Transformer [flux density & time]
Continuously 10% over voltage and frequency
4.4.19 T, Min or s
and at principal tap
4.4.20 at 125% of rated Voltage T, Min or s
Magnetizing current (approx) at nominal ratio

4.4.23
and
4.4.23.
at 0.90 x nominal voltage % of FLA
1
4.4.23.
at 0.95 x nominal voltage % of FLA
2
4.4.23.
at 1 .0 x nominal voltage % of FLA
3
4.4.23.
4
4.4.23.
5
Power factor of magnetizing current at normal
4.4.24
voltage ratio and frequency
4.4.25 Oil Ducts among cores Yes
4.5 Winding Construction
213
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.5.1 Materials of winding Copper
4.5.2 Make, country
4.5.3 Conductor Used CTC/others
4.5.3.1 HV [Insert]
4.5.3.2 RV/ tap Winding [Insert]
4.5.3.3 LV [Insert]
4.5.3.4 TV [Insert]
4.5.4* Type of Conductor Used
Cu - 'Interleaved'
4.5.4.1 HV
Disc
4.5.4.2 RV/ tap Winding Layer/Muti-start

Cu - Interleaved /
disc-transposed,
4.5.4.3 LV
cured in epoxy
coating
Helical/Disk/Layer
[Cu - transposed,
4.5.4.4 TV
cured in epoxy
coating]
4.5.5 Current density, Thermal
4.5.5.1 HV A/mm2 [Insert]
4.5.5.2 RV/ tap Winding A/mm2 [Insert]
4.5.5.3 LV A/mm2 [Insert]
4.5.5.4 TV A/mm2 [Insert]
4.5.6 Current Density, Short circuit
214
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Thermally Upgraded
4.5.7 Insulations at windings
Paper
4.5.7.1 Insulation Class A
4.5.7.2 Insulation Make, Country
Additional Insulations as Protection caps at

4.5.7.3
windings
4.5.7.4 HV Yes/No
4.5.7.5 LV Yes/No
4.5.7.6 TV Yes/No
4.5.8 Oil Ducts among windings Yes
4.5.9 Material of Pressboard [Insert]
4.5.10 Material of Key Spacer [Insert]
Resistance /phase [ Design Value with

4.5.11
Tolerance]
4.5.11.
HV Ω [Insert]
1
4.5.11.
LV Ω [Insert]
2
4.5.11.
TV Ω [Insert]
3
Connection of three-phase windings (vector
4.5.12 YNa0d1
group IEC 60076)
Delta made inside
the tank, with three
4.5.13 Tertiary winding connection (TV) terminals brought
out outside of the
tank
Geometric Location of windings with respect to
4.5.14
core
4.5.14.
TW [Insert]
1
4.5.14.
LW/ common winding [Insert]
2
4.5.14.
HV/ series winding [Insert]
3
4.5.14.
RW [Insert]
4
4.5.14.
Winding Method (Hor/Ver.)[Insert]
5
Winding connections [crimped, Brazed or
4.5.15
others]
215
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.5.15.
Between Windings
1
4.5.15.
Between Winding Layers/Disk
2
4.5.15.
Between Main Winding & Tap Winding
3
4.5.15.
Between Windings & Leads
4
4.5.15.
Clamping of Winding
5
4.5.15. The individual winding sets clamped separately

Yes
6 from each other and separately from the core.
4.5.15.
Acceptable Tangent delta of winding Insert
7
4.5.15.
Acceptable PD level pC
8
4.6* Curing of Active Part
0C
4.6.1 Highest temperature
4.6.1.1 Duration Hrs
0C
4.6.2 Average temperature
4.6.2.1 Duration Hrs
4.6.5 Total duration Hrs
Active Part Compression during Pressure,

4.6.6 mm
(Approx.)
5 Short Circuit
Minimum Current through windings for

5.1
Terminal Fault
5.1.1 HV (RMS/PEAK) kArms/kAp
5.1.2 LV (RMS/PEAK) kArms/kAp
5.1.3 TV (RMS/PEAK) kArms/kAp
5.1.4 Peak Factor 2.69
216
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
5.2 Pre-fault voltage p.u. 1.05
5.3 Withstand Duration s 2
Similar Design Transformer ( as per IEC

5.4
60076-5, Annex A) type test reference
STL Lab, insert
5.4.1 Testing Authority
Name
5.4.2 certificate reference
5.4.3 Contact address of test Lab
5.4.4 Validity of test certificate

Force [Shall be based on Highest SCC among
5.5 LLG, LL, LLL, LG at each side-HV/LV/TV] for
offered TR
5.5.1 Axial Force [CW/SW/RW/TW] kN
5.5.2 Free Buckling Force [CW/SW/RW/TW] kN
5.5.3 Compression Force [CW/SW/RW/TW] kN
5.5.4 Designed Safety Margin [CW/SW/RW/TW]
a For indivisual winding clamping > 1.4
b For other design >2

Offered & Reference Similar Type
5.6 testedDesign transformer Short Circuit Force Within 110%
relationship
5.7 Temperature during SC
0C
5.7.1 HV Winding [Actual/Allowable]
0C
5.7.2 LV Winding[Actual/Allowable]
0C
5.7.3 RV Winding [Actual/Allowable]
5.7.4 TV Winding[Actual/Allowable]
Maximum Circulating Current in Delta tertiary

5.8 kA
for L-G fault at TV terminal
5.8.1 Winding withstand capacity of this current Min or s
6* Dielectric Design
217
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
6.1 Impulse Voltage At HV (LI)
6.1.1 Maximum applied voltage at critical points kVp
6.1.2 Permissible Voltage kVp
6.1.3 Safety Factor >2
6.1.4 Transferred surge at LV kVp
6.1.5 Transferred surge at TV kVp
ZnO Block to limit distributed impulse [tap

6.1.6 [At design satge]
Winding/other]
6.2 Impulse Voltage At HV (SI)
ZnO Block to limit distributed impulse [ tap

6.2.6 At Design stage
Winding/other]
6.3 Impulse Voltage At LV (LI)
6.3.4 Transferred surge at HV kVp

6.3.6 kVp At Design stage
Winding/other]
6.4 Impulse Voltage at TV (LI)
218
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
6.4.6 ZnO Block to limit distributed impulse No.
7* Earthing
Neutral [with double connection], with copper

7.1 Sq-mm
conductor
7.2 Core , taken out Yes
7.3 Clamp, taken out Yes
7.4 Tank Body Yes
7.5 Cubicles Yes
Radiators, if separately mount /connected from

7.6 NA
tank
7.7 Others Insert
8* Valves & Manholes
8.1 Type of valves used
8.2 Valve schedule attached Yes
Yes, insert number

8.3 Spare Manhole for inspection & future use
& size
9* Oil for Transformer & Tap Changer
9.2 Type, Grade & Model Insert
9.3 Standard IEC 60296
9.4 Minimum flash point °C >140
219
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
9.5 Viscosity at 40°C mm2/s Max 8
9.5.1 Viscosity at -30°C mm2/s Max 800
Maximum dielectric strength before / after kV (at

9.6 60/70
treatment 2.5cm)
9.7 Total sulphur content % <0.01
9.8 Corrosive Sulphur No
9.9 PCB content Without PCB
9.10 Water Content mg/kg <20
9.11 DDF at 90°C [ IEC 60247] <0.001
9.12 Density at 20°C Kg/dm3 >0.7
9.13 Stray gassing under thermooxidative stress
Hydrogen μL/L <5
Methane/Ethane <1
9.14 Sludge wt % <0.01
9.15 Antioxidants wt % <0.24
9.16 Total acidity [IEC 61125] mg KOH/g <0.05
9.17 Data sheet attached Yes
10 Bushing IEC60137
10.1 HV bushing
10.1.1 Quantity 03
10.1.2 Class kV 420

ABB (Sweden,
Switzerland),
Trench
10.1.3 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
(Germany), GE
(Italy)
10.1.4 Type Insert
220
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
k
10.1.6 A
Rated short circuit current (2 s) 63
r
m
s
10.1.7 Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage kV peak 1425
10.1.8 Rated switching impulse withstand voltage kV peak 1050
10.1.9 Rated power frequency withstand voltage (dry) kV rms 695
10.1.10 Connectors
10.1.10.
1
Shape mm Ø 50
10.1.10.
2
Length mm 125
10.1.10.
3
Suitable for Al wire
10.1.11 Minimum creepage distance mm/kV ≥ 31 mm/kV
10.1.12 Full vacuum withstand of complete bushing YES
10.1.13 Housing Composite SiR
10.1.14 Test tap Yes
The max. test voltage of

at 50 Hz, kV
10.1.15 2 kV
AC
the tap for 1 minute.
10.1.16 USCD, Unified Specific Creepage Distance Mm/kV 53.7
10.1.17 Creepage factor ,Cf [According to IEC 60815] <3.2
10.1.18 profile factor, P.F. <1.1
10.1.19 Min. flashover distance mm
10.1.20 Cantilever test load kN
10.1.21 Housing shed type Alternate
10.1.22 Air Vent Yes
221
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]
10.1.23 Allowable mounting angle [with Vertical]
Mounted Angle [with Vertical] in this 0 [deg]

10.1.24
transformer
10.1.25 Total Length mm
10.1.26 Outer diameter mm
10.1.27 CT Pocket Length for BCT mm
10.1.28 Oil quantity [ for OIP type] kg
Mounting Flange made of corrosion free

10.1.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.1.30 No. of Hole
10.1.31 Diameter of each hole
10.1.32 Distance between hole
10.1.33 Fixing nut-bolt Material AL or SS
10.1.34 Earthing holes M12 No.
10.1.35 End-shielding Yes
Al-casted head [with oil expansion chamber and

oil level
10.1.36
Indicator--- for OIP]
10.1.37 Top Terminal Suitable for AL
10.1.38 dissipation factor
10.1.39 Partial discharge
10.1.40 Insulation Class F/1550 C
10.1.41 Total Weight kg
10.2 LV bushing
10.2.1 Quantity 03
10.2.2 Class kV 145
222
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
ABB (Sweden/
Switzerland),
Trench
10.2.3 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
(Germany), GE
(Italy)
10.2.4 Type Insert
10.2.5 Rated current ≥

A 2000
k
10.2.6 Rated short circuit current (2 s) A
40
r
m
s
10.2.8 Rated switching impulse withstand voltage kV peak -
10.2.9 Rated power frequency withstand voltage (wet) kV rms 275
10.2.10 Connectors
10.2.10.
1
Shape mm Ø 50
10.2.10.
2
Length mm 125
10.2.10.
3

at 50 Hz, kV
10.2.15 2 kV
AC
223
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]

10.2.24
transformer

10.2.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.2.30 No. of Hole
10.2.35 End-shielding

oil level
10.2.36
224
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.3 TV bushing
10.3.1 Quantity 03
10.3.2 Class kV 36
ABB(Sweden,
Switzerland),
Trench(France/USA
10.3.3 Manufacturer
), HSP
(Germany),GE
(Italy)
10.3.4 Type Insert
10.3.6 Rated short circuit current (2 s) kA rms 31.5
10.3.9 Rated power frequency withstand voltage (wet) kV rms 70
10.3.10 Connectors
10.3.10.
1
Shape mm Ø 50
10.3.10.
2
Length mm 125
10.3.10.
3

at 50 Hz, kV
10.3.15 2 kV
AC
225
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]

10.3.24
transformer

10.3.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.3.30 No. of Hole

oil level
10.3.36
10.3.39 Partial discharge pC
226
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.4 NV bushing
10.4.1 Quantity 01
10.4.2 Class k 72.5

V
ABB(Sweden,
Switzerland),
10.4.3 Manufacturer Trench(France/USA
), HSP (Germany),
GE (Italy)
10.4.4 Type Insert
k
63
r
m
s
k
V
10.4.7 Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage p 325
e
a
k
k
10.4.9 Rated power frequency withstand voltage (wet) V
140
r
m
s
10.4.10 Connectors
10.4.10.
1
Shape mm Ø 50
10.4.10.
2
Length mm 125
227
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.4.10.
3

at 50 Hz, kV
10.4.15 2 kV
AC
10.4.20 Cantilever test load
0 [deg]

10.4.24
transformer
10.4.27 CT Pocket Length for BCT mm 600

10.4.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.4.40 No. of Hole
228
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

oil level
10.4.46
10.4.49 Partial discharge pC
11* Sound
At No load, rated frequency, 100% rated

11.1 dB <70
voltage , principle tap
11.2 dB
voltage, principle tap
At load, rated frequency, 100% rated voltage,
11.3 dB
principle tap
At load, rated frequency, 105% rated voltage,
11.4 dB
principle tap
11.5 Guaranteed during Testing dB
13 Weights and dimensions
Total weight of autotransformer, equipped

13.1 kg Insert
for service
13.2 Core and oil assembly kg Insert
13.3 Total mass excluding oil kg Insert
13.4 Tank and accessories kg Insert
13.5 Oil mass in tank kg Insert
229
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
13.6 Oil mass in coolers kg Insert
13.7 Oil mass total kg Insert
Maximum shipping weight (the heaviest

13.9* kg Insert
item)
13.10 Height from foundation to:
13.10.1 • Highest point of HV bushing mm Insert
13.10.2 • Highest point of tank mm Insert
13.10.3 • Highest point of conservator mm Insert
• Highest point of lifting hook for removal of

13.10.4 mm Insert
core and oil assembly
13.11 Outer dimensions:
13.11.1 • Length mm Insert
13.11.2 • Width mm Insert
To be enclosed with
13.12 Informative dimensional sketch
bid
13.13* Maximum shipping dimensions of tank:
13.13.1 • Outside height mm Insert
13.13.2 • Outside width mm Insert
13.13.3 • Outside length mm Insert
To be enclosed with
13.14 Transportation drawing
bid
14 Auxiliary power supply
14.1 Motors 3x400 V / 50 Hz
14.2 Heaters 230 V / 50 Hz
14.3 Control voltage 110 V DC
14.4 Oil pump 3x400 V / 50 Hz
230
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Current transformer incorporated into the

15
power autotransformer
In all phases, 3
cores
CT in HV bushings, for protection, WTI and/or
15.1 characteristics shall
Tap Changer
be defined in design
stage
In all phases, 3
cores
CT in LV bushings, for protection, WTI and/or
15.2 characteristics shall
Tap Changer
stage
In all phases,
2cores
15.3 CT in neutral bushing, for protection characteristics shall
stage
In all phases, 3
cores
15.4 CT in TV bushings, for protection characteristics shall
stage
16* Layout
16.1 Primary winding bushings Longitudinal axis
Longitudinal axis
16.2 Secondary winding bushings
(opposite to HV)
16.3 Conservator tank As per spec
16.4 Tap changer As per spec
16.5 Control cabinet separate
16.6 Coolers Attached to Body
To be enclosed with
16.7 Connection drawing, block diagram
bid
17 Dehydrating breather
17.1 Type of dehydrating breather Insert
17.2 Dehumidifying agent kg Insert
231
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
18 Autotransformer tank
18.1 Type of design Welded
18.2 Thickness of transformer tank:
18.2.1 • Sides mm Insert
18.2.2 • Bottom mm Insert
18.2.3 • Top mm Insert
18.3 Material of the autotransformer tank Insert
18.4 Wheels
18.4.1 Wheel number for each rail of two pair rails Two pairs
Axial inter space in transversal direction

18.4.2 mm Insert
between two pairs of rails
18.4.3 Transversal distance between wheels in pair mm Insert
Distance between wheels in longitudinal

18.4.4 mm Insert
direction
18.5 Corrosion protection of the tank YES
Vacuum withstand of the complete tank with

18.6 mbar 1
cooler
Over-pressure withstand of the complete
18.7 bar 0.3
autotransformer
18.8 Painting Color Munsell no.
19 Conservator
19.1 Type With diaphragm
19.2 Number of compartments pcs. Insert
19.3 Total volume of conservator m3 Insert

Minimum volume of conservator between
highest and lowest levels as percentage of
19.4 % Insert
total cold oil at 0°C of the volume of
autotransformer
232
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Pressure rise inside the tank due to oil

19.5 Insert
expansion
• Maximum diagraph stress at highest working
19.5.1 Insert
pressure
19.5.2 • Diagraph construction details Insert
19.5.3 • Type of diagraph material Insert
19.6 Corrosion protection of conservator Insert
Oil level indicators with alarm for minimum oil

19.7 pcs. 2
level
Membrane provided inside the conservator for
19.8 Yes
‘’breathing’’ of the transformer
20 Miscellaneous Item
20.1 AVR Relay MR, Germany
20.2 Bucholtz relay, Make insert
20.3 Control Cable, Make insert
20.4 WTI [Normal & Fiber Optic] Yes, insert number
20.5 OTI Yes, insert number
Remote Transformer Panel with all

20.6 Yes, insert
accessories, Make
20.7 Marshalling Cubicle with all accessories, Make Yes, insert
20.8 Cooling Cabinet with all accessories, Make Yes, insert
20.9 Material (Cooling & Marshalling Cabinet) Insert
20.10. No. of PRD in Main Tank Min 3
20.11 No. of PRD in OLTC Insert
20.12 Oil Surge Relay
20.13 Breather Mtrab or Eq.
20.15 Gasket Material Nitrile Rubber
20.16 Nut-Bolt, Make Insert
233
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
20.17 Nut-Bolt, Material SS
20.18 LA Make Insert
21 Operating conditions
21.1 At the altitude (above sea level) m ≤ 1000
21.2 Maximum ambient temperature °C 40
21.3 Average daily temperature °C 35
21.4 Average annual temperature °C 30
21.5 Minimum ambient temperature °C 4

Simultaneously load
21.6 Tertiary winding for Reactive
compensation
21.7 Parallel operation Yes

(yes/no)
5.2.4.2 230/133/33 kV 350/450 MVA ONAN/ONAF Autotransformer

Note:
(Prepared by, checked by & approved by, as appropriate) shall sign the GTP. The Project Manager/Design
announced] during detailed design. All other data shall be filled during bidding.
234
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
1 General

Autotransformer
three-phase, oil
immersed, with
1.2 Type tertiary winding,
with on-load tap
changer, outdoor
1.5.1 IEC 60076
1.5.2 IEC 60137
1.5.3 IEC 60214
1.5.4 IEC 60354
1.5.5 IEC 60529
1.5.6 IEC 60815
1.5.7 IEC 60947
1.5.8 NEMA TR-1
1.5.9 CENELEC EN 50216

Stabilizing winding,
auxiliary power
1.7 Tertiary winding function
supply& Reactive
compensation
2.1 Rating (three phase) Rated power 450MVA,

all taps
235
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

2.1.3 YNa0d1
vector IEC 60076)
2.1.4 Neutral point insulation LI325 AC140
2.1.5 Voltage ratio (No Load) kV 230/133/33
Simultaneous on HV-
LV-TV (The 3 windings
of the transformer shall
be designed for
arithmetic loading in
2.2.3 Loading Type such a way that the
tertiary winding can be
loaded continuously for
the specified MVA
rating)
2.3.4 NV - Neutral voltage kV 72.5
2.4 Tap changer
236
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

Constant Flux
(C.F.V.V.)
2.4.15 Rated current A ≥1600

Digital code matrix
(BCD)
3x400 V / 230 V, 50
Hz
Separate from Main
tank
Separate/Shared
conservator
Resistance/Reactanc
e type
MVA Rating of Transformer due to OLTC Rated power
2.4.24
operation 450MVA, all taps
2.4.25 kV/kV/kV insert
operation
2.4.26 Constant Impedance
Changing
237
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

3.1.1 % 13 ±10 %
[Insert], (Max
3.1.2 % allowable SCC at TV
31.5kArms)
[Insert], (Max
31.5kArms)
3.2
3.2.1 % Insert
3.2.2 % Insert
3.2.3 % Insert
3.2.4 X/R ratio Insert

3.3


3.4.1 (principal) tap position at rated voltage and at kW Insert
rated frequency
3.4.2 (principal) tap position at 110 % rated voltage kW Insert
3.4.4 kW Insert
238
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
3.4.5 No-load losses capitalized value BDT/kW 600000

3.4.6 % 10
3.4.7 kW Insert
position
3.4.8 kW Insert
position at rated tapping current (ONAF) of
that tap position
3.4.9 kW Insert
that tap position
3.4.10 capitalization (L) [ This value will be evaluated] kW Insert
3.4.11 On-load losses capitalized value BDT/kW 300000

3.4.12 % 10
3.4.13
OLTC Drives etc.)
3.4.14 kW Insert
3.4.15 Capitalized valued of ancillary equipment load BDT/kW 300000

3.4.16 % 20
3.5.1 High voltage (HV) LI 1050AC460
3.6 Efficiencies [HV-LV-TV loaded]
3.6.1 If cosφ = 1.0 and:
239
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

3.7.1
middle tap changer position [HV-LV
loaded]
3.7.1.1 • cosφ = 1.00 Insert

3.7.2
3.7.2.1 • cosφ = 1.00 Insert
240
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

• Continuous voltage increase when the
top oil temperature exceeds the
guaranteed limit by 2.5°C at rated power (in
% of the rated volt age)
3.10
rated power
3.10.1.1 After operation under 15 min
241
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

of 85°C

3.11
limits:
• with all cooling groups in operation
3.11.1 Insert
(excluding stand-by cooling group)
4.1* Cooling system
Oil Flow through Windings/ windings

4.1.1
group
242
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.1.2 Pressure drop in side transformer
4.1.2.1 Radial Locations with respect to core bar [Insert]
4.1.2.2 Axial Locations with respect to core bar [Insert]
Radiator Location A
4.1.3.1
4.1.4 HV side
Vertical/
Horizontal
thus, AF Cooling
243
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.1.4.10 Radiator Bank at Tank upper part ( i.e. Hot Oil No. [Insert]
Pipes)
4.1.4.11 Tank at Main Tank Lower part (i.e. Cold Oil No. [Insert]
Pipes)
[Insert] (spare ,
4.1.4.12 No. of Pipes collecting Hot Oil No. n+1,shall be
considered)
[Insert] (spare ,
4.1.4.13 No. of Pipes collecting Cold Oil No. n+1,shall be
considered)
4.1.5 LV side
Vertical/
Horizontal
thus, AF Cooling
Pipes)
Pipes)
[Insert] (spare n+1,
4.1.5.12 No. of Pipes collecting Hot Oil No.
shall be considered)
[Insert] (spare ,
considered)
4.2* Oil Flow rate

4.2.1
ONAN Cooling
244
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Flow rate optimized to stop induced vibration

4.2.1.5 Yes/No Yes
at Core, Winding
4.2.2
ONAF Cooling

4.2.2.5 Yes/No Yes
at Core, Winding

0C
value

and at lowest voltage tap
0C
4.3.2 Top oil °C ≤ 50
4.3.3 Winding °C ≤ 55
4.3.4 Hottest spot °C ≤ 65
245
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Winding temperature rise at CMR under
0C
4.3.5 service conditions stated in Schedule of 65
Technical Requirement
4.3.6 Insert
rated power
4.3.7 130
4.3.8 Insert
4.3.9 Temperature gradient at rating specified
0C
4.3.10.1 Tank walls
0C
4.3.10.2 Tie plate
0C
4.3.10.3 Top clamp
0C
4.3.10.4 Bottom clamp
4.4.2 No. of Core Limb insert
4.4.3 Core Material CRGO Si steel, Hi-B
Laser-beam or
4.4.5 Core Graining Method
plasma jet irradiation
0C
246
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

4.4.14
and at nominalratio - (no load)
4.4.15 Cores T
4.4.16 Yokes T
4.4.17 Volts/turn V
Over flux withstand capability of

4.4.18 T, Min or s
theTransformer [flux density & time]
Continuously 10% over voltage andfrequency
4.4.19 T, Min or s

4.4.23
and
4.4.23.1 at 0.90 x nominal voltage % of FLA
4.4.23.3 at 1 .0 x nominal voltage % of FLA

4.4.24
247
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.5.2 Make, country
4.5.3.1 HV [Insert]
4.5.3.2 RV/ tap Winding [Insert]
4.5.3.3 LV [Insert]
4.5.3.4 TV [Insert]
4.5.4.1 HV Cu - 'Interleaved'Disc
4.5.4.2 RV/ tap Winding Insert

Cu - Interleaved /
disc-transposed,
4.5.4.3 LV
cured in epoxy
coating
Helical/Disk [Cu -
4.5.4.4 TV transposed, cured in
epoxy coating]
248
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Thermally Upgraded
Paper
4.5.7.2 Insulation Make, Country [Insert]

4.5.7.3
windings
4.5.7.4 HV Yes/No
4.5.7.5 LV Yes/No
4.5.7.6 TV Yes/No
4.5.10 Key Spacer [Insert]

4.5.11
Tolerance]
4.5.11.1 HV Ω [Insert]
4.5.11.2 LV Ω [Insert]
4.5.11.3 TV Ω [Insert]

4.5.12 YNa0d1
group IEC 60076)
Delta made inside the
tank, with three
4.5.13 Tertiary winding connection (TV)
terminals brought out
outside of the tank
Geometric Location of windings with respect
4.5.14
to core
4.5.14.1 TW [Insert]
4.5.14.2 LW/ common winding [Insert]
4.5.14.3 HV/ series winding [Insert]
4.5.14.4 RW [Insert]
4.5.14.5 Winding Method (Hor/Ver.)[Insert]

4.5.15
others]
249
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.5.15.1 Between Windings [Insert]
4.5.15.2 Between Winding Layers/Disk [Insert]
4.5.15.3 Between Main Winding & Tap Winding [Insert]
4.5.15.4 Between Windings & Leads [Insert]
4.5.15.5 Clamping of Winding [Insert]
The individual winding sets clamped separately

4.5.15.6 Yes
from each other and separately from the core.
4.5.15.7 Acceptable Tangent delta of winding Insert
4.5.15.8 Acceptable PD level pC
0C
4.6.2 Duration Hrs
0C
4.6.4 Duration Hrs

4.6.6 mm
(approx)
4.7 Winding clamping for Short circuit Insert
5 Short Circuit
5.1 Current through windings for Terminal Fault
5.1.1 HV kArms
5.1.2 LV kArms
5.1.3 TV kArms
250
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

5.4
5.4.1 Testing Authority STL Lab, insert Name

Force [ Shall be based on Highest SCC
5.5 among LLG, LL, LLL, LG at each side-
HV/LV/TV] of offered TR
5. 5.1 Axial Force [CW/SW/RW/TW] kN
5. 5.2 Free Buckling Force [CW/SW/RW/TW] kN
5. 5.4 Designed Safety Margin [CW/SW/RW/TW]

5. 5.5 testedDesign transformer Short Circuit Force Within 110%
relationship
0C
5. 6.1 HV Winding [Actual/Allowable]
0C
5. 6.2 LV Winding [Actual/Allowable]
0C
5. 6.3 RV Winding [Actual/Allowable]
0C
5.6.4 TV Winding [Actual/Allowable]

5.7 kA
251
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
6.1 Impulse Voltage At HV (LI) kVp

Winding/other]

Winding/other]
6.3.6 ZnO Block to limit distributed impulse At Design stage
252
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
7* Earthing

7.1 sqmm
conductor
7.2 Core , taken out
7.3 Clamp
7.4 Tank Body
7.5 Cubicles
7.6 Radiators, if separately mount /connected NA
7.7 Others
Yes, insert number &

size
9* Oil for Transformer & Tap-Changer
9.1 Manufacturer, country Insert
9.2 Type Insert
253
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

9.6 60/70
treatment 2.5cm)
9.11 DDF at 90°C [ IEC 60247] <0.001
Hydrogen μL/L <5
Methane/Ethane <1
9.14 Sludge wt % <0.01
10 Bushing IEC60137
10.1 HV bushing
10.1.1 Quantity 03
10.1.2 Class kV 245
ABB (Sweden/
10.1.3 Manufacturer
Switzerland), Trench
254
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
(France/USA), HSP
(Germany), GE (Italy)
10.1.4 Type Insert
k
50
r
m
s
Rated power frequency withstand voltage

10.1.9 kV rms 460
(wet)
10.1.10 Connectors
10.1.10.1 Shape mm insert
10.1.10.2 Length mm insert
10.1.10.3 Suitable for Al wire

at 50 Hz, kV
10.1.15 insert
AC
10.1.16 USCD, Unified Specific Creepage Distance Mm/kV insert
10.1.17 Creepage factor ,Cf [According to IEC 60815] insert
10.1.18 profile factor, P.F. insert
255
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]

10.1.24
transformer

10.1.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.1.30 No. of Hole
Al-casted head [with oil expansion chamber

and oil level
10.1.36
10.2 LV bushing
256
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.2.1 Quantity 03
10.2.2 Class kV 145

ABB (Sweden/
10.2.3 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
10.2.4 Type Insert
10.2.5 Rated current ≥ 2500

A
10.2.6 Rated short circuit current (2 s) kA rms 40

10.2.9 kV rms 275
(wet)
10.2.10 Connectors

at 50 Hz, kV
10.2.15 insert
AC
257
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]

10.2.24
transformer

10.2.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.2.30 No. of Hole

and oil level
10.2.36
258
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.3 TV bushing
10.3.1 Quantity 03
10.3.2 Class kV 36
ABB (Sweden/
10.3.3 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
10.3.4 Type Insert

10.3.9 kV rms 70
(wet)
10.3.10 Connectors

at 50 Hz, kV
10.3.15 insert
AC
259
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]

10.3.24
transformer

10.3.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.3.30 No. of Hole

and oil level
10.3.36
260
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.4 NV bushing
10.4.1 Quantity 01
10.4.2 Class k 72.5

V
ABB (Sweden/
10.4.4 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
10.4.4 Type Insert
k
50
r
m
s
k
V
e
a
k
k
Rated power frequency withstand voltage V
10.4.9 140
(wet) r
m
s
10.4.10 Connectors
261
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

at 50 Hz, kV
10.4.15 insert
AC
10.4.20 Cantilever test load kN insert
0 [deg]

10.4.24
transformer

10.4.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.4.40 No. of Hole
262
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

and oil level
10.4.46
11* Sound & RIV
At No load, rated frequency , 100% rated

11.1 dB
voltage
11.2 dB
voltage

Audible noise level (acc. to NEMA TR1), at
11.6 105 % of rated voltage, at maximum power dB 70
and with complete cooling system in service
Radio Interference Voltage at 0.5 MHz as
11.7 μV 2500 max
specified in IEC 60694
Total weight of autotransformer, equipped for

13.1 kg Insert
service
263
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
13.9* Maximum shipping weight (the heaviest item) kg Insert

13.10.4 mm Insert
To be enclosed with
bid
To be enclosed with
bid
14.1 Motors 3x400 V / 50 Hz
14.2 Heaters 230 V / 50 Hz
14.4 Oil pump 3x400 V / 50 Hz

15
CT in HV bushings, for protection, WTI and/or In all phases, 3 cores
15.1
Tap Changer characteristics shall
264
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
stage
In all phases, 3 cores
CT in LV bushings, for protection, WTI and/or be characteristics
15.2
Tap Changer shall be defined in
design stage
In all phases, 2cores
characteristics shall
15.3 CT in neutral bushing, for protection
stage
15.4 CT in TV bushings, for protection
stage
16* Layout
Longitudinal axis
(opposite to HV)
16.5 Control cabinet Seperate
16.6 Coolers Attached to tank
To be enclosed with
bid
18.1 Type of design
265
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
18.4 Wheels

18.4.2 mm 4520
18.4.3 Transversal distance between wheels in pair mm 1435

18.4.4 mm 1435
direction

18.6 mbar 1
cooler
18.7 bar 0.3
autotransformer
19 Conservator

19.4 % Insert
autotransformer

19.5 Insert
expansion Diagraph design parameters:

19.5.1 Insert
pressure
266
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

19.7 pcs. 2
level
19.8 Yes
20.3 Control Cable , Make insert
20.4 WTI [Normal &Fiber Optic] Yes, insert number

20.6 Yes, insert
accessories, Make
20.13 Breather Mtrab
20.18
267
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Reactive
21.6 Tertiary winding
Compensation

(yes/no)
5.2.4.3 230/138/34.5 kV 225/300 MVA ONAN/ONAF Autotransformer

Note:
(Prepared by, checked by & approved by, as appropriate) shall sign the GTP. The Project Manager/Design
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
1 General

Autotransformer
three-phase, oil
1.2 Type immersed, with
tertiary winding,
268
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
with on-load tap
changer, outdoor
1.5.1 IEC 60076
1.5.2 IEC 60137
1.5.3 IEC 60214
1.5.4 IEC 60354
1.5.5 IEC 60529
1.5.6 IEC 60815
1.5.7 IEC 60947
1.5.8 NEMA TR-1
1.5.9 CENELEC EN 50216

Stabilizing winding,
auxiliary power
1.7 Tertiary winding function
supply& Reactive
compensation
2.1 Rating (three phase) Rated power 300MVA,

all taps

2.1.3 YNa0d1
vector IEC 60076)
2.1.4 Neutral point insulation LI325 AC140
269
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
2.1.5 Voltage ratio (No Load) kV 230/138/34.5

Simultaneous on HV-
LV-TV (The 3 windings
of the transformer shall
be designed for
arithmetic loading in
2.2.3 Loading Type
such a way that the
tertiary winding can be
loaded continuously for
the specified MVA
rating)
2.3.4 NV - Neutral voltage kV 72.5
2.4 Tap changer

Constant Flux
(C.F.V.V.)
270
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

Digital code matrix
(BCD)
3x400 V / 230 V, 50
Hz
Separate from Main
tank
Separate/Shared
conservator
Resistance/Reactanc
e type
MVA Rating of Transformer due to OLTC Rated power
2.4.24
operation 450MVA, all taps
2.4.25 kV/kV/kV insert
operation
Changing

3.1.1 % 13 ±10 %
[Insert], (Max
31.5kArms)
271
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
[Insert], (Max
31.5kArms)
3.2
3.2.1 % Insert
3.2.2 % Insert
3.2.3 % Insert
3.2.4 X/R ratio Insert

3.3


3.4.1 (principal) tap position at rated voltage and at kW Insert
rated frequency
3.4.4 kW Insert
3.4.5 No-load losses capitalized value BDT/kW 600000

3.4.6 % 10
3.4.7 kW Insert
position
272
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
3.4.8 kW Insert
that tap position
3.4.9 kW Insert
that tap position
3.4.10 capitalization (L) [ This value will be evaluated] kW Insert
3.4.11 On-load losses capitalized value BDT/kW 300000

3.4.12 % 10
3.4.13
OLTC Drives etc.)
3.4.14 kW Insert
3.4.15 Capitalized valued of ancillary equipment load BDT/kW 300000

3.4.16 % 20
3.5.1 High voltage (HV) LI 1050AC460
3.6 Efficiencies [HV-LV-TV loaded]
3.6.1 If cosφ = 1.0 and:
273
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

3.7.1
middle tap changer position [HV-LV
loaded]
3.7.1.1 • cosφ = 1.00 Insert

3.7.2
3.7.2.1 • cosφ = 1.00 Insert
274
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

• Continuous voltage increase when the
top oil temperature exceeds the
guaranteed limit by 2.5°C at rated power (in
% of the rated volt age)
3.10
rated power

of 85°C
275
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

3.11
limits:
• with all cooling groups in operation
3.11.1 Insert
(excluding stand-by cooling group)
4.1* Cooling system
Oil Flow through Windings/ windings

4.1.1
group
276
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.1.2.1 Radial Locations with respect to core bar [Insert]
4.1.2.2 Axial Locations with respect to core bar [Insert]
Radiator Location A
4.1.3.1
4.1.4 HV side
Vertical/
Horizontal
thus, AF Cooling
Pipes)
277
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Pipes)
[Insert] (spare ,
4.1.4.12 No. of Pipes collecting Hot Oil No. n+1,shall be
considered)
[Insert] (spare ,
considered)
4.1.5 LV side
Vertical/
Horizontal
thus, AF Cooling
Pipes)
Pipes)
[Insert] (spare n+1,
4.1.5.12 No. of Pipes collecting Hot Oil No.
shall be considered)
[Insert] (spare ,
considered)
4.2* Oil Flow rate

4.2.1
ONAN Cooling
278
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

4.2.1.5 Yes/No Yes
at Core, Winding
4.2.2
ONAF Cooling

4.2.2.5 Yes/No Yes
at Core, Winding

0C
value

and at lowest voltage tap
0C
4.3.2 Top oil °C ≤ 50
4.3.3 Winding °C ≤ 55
4.3.4 Hottest spot °C ≤ 65

Winding temperature rise at CMR under
0C
4.3.5 service conditions stated in Schedule of 65
Technical Requirement
279
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

4.3.6 Insert
rated power
4.3.7 130
4.3.8 Insert
4.3.9 Temperature gradient at rating specified
0C
4.3.10.1 Tank walls
0C
4.3.10.2 Tie plate
0C
4.3.10.3 Top clamp
0C
4.3.10.4 Bottom clamp
4.4.2 No. of Core Limb insert
4.4.3 Core Material CRGO Si steel, Hi-B
Laser-beam or
4.4.5 Core Graining Method
plasma jet irradiation
0C
280
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

4.4.14
and at nominalratio - (no load)
4.4.15 Cores T
4.4.16 Yokes T
4.4.17 Volts/turn V

4.4.18 T, Min or s
theTransformer [flux density & time]
Continuously 10% over voltage andfrequency
4.4.19 T, Min or s

4.4.23
and

4.4.24
281
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.5.2 Make, country
4.5.3.1 HV [Insert]
4.5.3.2 RV/ tap Winding
4.5.3.3 LV [Insert]
4.5.3.4 TV [Insert]
4.5.4.1 HV Cu - 'Interleaved'Disc
4.5.4.2 RV/ tap Winding Insert

Cu - Interleaved /
disc-transposed,
4.5.4.3 LV
cured in epoxy
coating
Helical/Disk [Cu -
4.5.4.4 TV transposed, cured in
epoxy coating]
Thermally Upgraded
Paper
282
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.5.7.2 Insulation Make, Country [Insert]

4.5.7.3
windings
4.5.7.4 HV Yes/No
4.5.7.5 LV Yes/No
4.5.7.6 TV Yes/No
4.5.10 Key Spacer [Insert]

4.5.11
Tolerance]
4.5.11.1 HV Ω [Insert]
4.5.11.2 LV Ω [Insert]
4.5.11.3 TV Ω [Insert]

4.5.12 YNa0d1
group IEC 60076)
Delta made inside the
tank, with three
4.5.13 Tertiary winding connection (TV)
terminals brought out
outside of the tank
Geometric Location of windings with respect
4.5.14
to core
4.5.14.1 TW [Insert]
4.5.14.2 LW/ common winding [Insert]
4.5.14.3 HV/ series winding [Insert]
4.5.14.4 RW [Insert]
4.5.14.5 Winding Method (Hor/Ver.)[Insert]

4.5.15
others]
4.5.15.1 Between Windings [Insert]
283
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
4.5.15.2 Between Winding Layers/Disk [Insert]
4.5.15.3 Between Main Winding & Tap Winding [Insert]
4.5.15.4 Between Windings & Leads [Insert]
4.5.15.5 Clamping of Winding [Insert]
The individual winding sets clamped separately

4.5.15.6 Yes
from each other and separately from the core.
4.5.15.7 Acceptable Tangent delta of winding Insert
4.5.15.8 Acceptable PD level pC
0C
4.6.2 Duration Hrs
0C
4.6.4 Duration Hrs

4.6.6 mm
(approx)
4.7 Winding clamping for Short circuit Insert
5 Short Circuit
5.1 Current through windings for Terminal Fault
5.1.1 HV kArms
5.1.2 LV kArms
5.1.3 TV kArms
284
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

5.4
5.4.1 Testing Authority STL Lab, insert Name

Force [ Shall be based on Highest SCC
5.5 among LLG, LL, LLL, LG at each side-
HV/LV/TV] of offered TR
5. 5.1 Axial Force [CW/SW/RW/TW] kN
5. 5.2 Free Buckling Force [CW/SW/RW/TW] kN
5. 5.4 Designed Safety Margin [CW/SW/RW/TW]

5. 5.5 testedDesign transformer Short Circuit Force Within 110%
relationship
0C
5. 6.1 HV Winding [Actual/Allowable]
0C
5. 6.2 LV Winding [Actual/Allowable]
0C
5. 6.3 RV Winding [Actual/Allowable]
0C
5.6.4 TV Winding [Actual/Allowable]

5.7 kA
285
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
6.1 Impulse Voltage At HV (LI) kVp

Winding/other]

Winding/other]
6.3.6 ZnO Block to limit distributed impulse At Design stage
286
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
7* Earthing

7.1 sqmm
conductor
7.2 Core , taken out
7.3 Clamp
7.4 Tank Body
7.5 Cubicles
7.6 Radiators, if separately mount /connected NA
7.7 Others
Yes, insert number &

size
9* Oil for Transformer & Tap-Changer
9.1 Manufacturer, country Insert
9.2 Type Insert
287
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

9.6 60/70
treatment 2.5cm)
9.11 DDF at 90°C [ IEC 60247] <0.001
Hydrogen μL/L <5
Methane/Ethane <1
9.14 Sludge wt % <0.01
10 Bushing IEC60137
10.1 HV bushing
10.1.1 Quantity 03
10.1.2 Class kV 245

ABB (Sweden/
10.1.3 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
288
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.1.4 Type Insert
k
50
r
m
s

10.1.9 kV rms 460
(wet)
10.1.10 Connectors

at 50 Hz, kV
10.1.15 insert
AC
289
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]

10.1.24
transformer

10.1.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.1.30 No. of Hole

and oil level
10.1.36
10.2 LV bushing
10.2.1 Quantity 03
290
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.2.2 Class kV 145

ABB (Sweden/
10.2.3 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
10.2.4 Type Insert
10.2.5 Rated current ≥ 2000

A
10.2.6 Rated short circuit current (2 s) kA rms 40

10.2.9 kV rms 275
(wet)
10.2.10 Connectors

at 50 Hz, kV
10.2.15 insert
AC
291
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]

10.2.24
transformer

10.2.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.2.30 No. of Hole

and oil level
10.2.36
10.3 TV bushing
292
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.3.1 Quantity 03
10.3.2 Class kV 36
ABB (Sweden/
10.3.3 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
10.3.4 Type Insert

10.3.9 kV rms 70
(wet)
10.3.10 Connectors

at 50 Hz, kV
10.3.15 insert
AC
293
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
0 [deg]

10.3.24
transformer

10.3.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.3.30 No. of Hole

and oil level
10.3.36
294
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
10.4 NV bushing
10.4.1 Quantity 01
10.4.2 Class k 72.5

V
ABB (Sweden/
10.4.4 Manufacturer
(France/USA), HSP
10.4.4 Type Insert
k
50
r
m
s
k
V
e
a
k
k
Rated power frequency withstand voltage V
10.4.9 140
(wet) r
m
s
10.4.10 Connectors
295
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

at 50 Hz, kV
10.4.15 insert
AC
10.4.20 Cantilever test load kN insert
0 [deg]

10.4.24
transformer

10.4.29 Yes
aluminum alloy
10.4.40 No. of Hole

10.4.46
and oil level
296
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
11* Sound & RIV
At No load, rated frequency , 100% rated

11.1 dB
voltage
11.2 dB
voltage

Audible noise level (acc. to NEMA TR1), at
11.6 105 % of rated voltage, at maximum power dB 70
and with complete cooling system in service
Radio Interference Voltage at 0.5 MHz as
11.7 μV 2500 max
specified in IEC 60694
Total weight of autotransformer, equipped for

13.1 kg Insert
service
13.9* Maximum shipping weight (the heaviest item) kg Insert
297
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

13.10.4 mm Insert
To be enclosed with
bid
To be enclosed with
bid
14.1 Motors 3x400 V / 50 Hz
14.2 Heaters 230 V / 50 Hz
14.4 Oil pump 3x400 V / 50 Hz

15
CT in HV bushings, for protection, WTI and/or characteristics shall
15.1
Tap Changer be defined in design
stage
298
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
CT in LV bushings, for protection, WTI and/or be characteristics
15.2
Tap Changer shall be defined in
design stage
15.3 CT in neutral bushing, for protection
stage
15.4 CT in TV bushings, for protection
stage
16* Layout
Longitudinal axis
(opposite to HV)
16.5 Control cabinet Seperate
16.6 Coolers Attached to tank
To be enclosed with
bid
18.1 Type of design
299
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
18.4 Wheels

18.4.2 mm 4520
18.4.3 Transversal distance between wheels in pair mm 1435

18.4.4 mm 1435
direction

18.6 mbar 1
cooler
18.7 bar 0.3
autotransformer
19 Conservator

19.4 % Insert
autotransformer

19.5 Insert
expansion Diagraph design parameters:

19.5.1 Insert
pressure
300
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data

19.7 pcs. 2
level
19.8 Yes
20.4 WTI [Normal &Fiber Optic] Yes, insert number

20.6 Yes, insert
accessories, Make
20.13 Breather Mtrab
20.18
301
Guarantee
No. Description
d
Unit Data
Reactive
21.6 Tertiary winding
Compensation

(yes/no)
5.2.4.4 132/33 kV 80/120 MVA ONAN/ONAF Power transformer

Note:
(Prepared by, checked by & Approved by, as appropriate) shall sign the GTP. The Project Manager/Design
Unit Data
1 General
Power transformer three phase,

1.2 Type oil immersed, with on-load tap
changer, outdoor
302
Unit Data
IEC 60076
IEC 60137
IEC 60214
IEC 60354
IEC 60529
IEC 60815
IEC 60947
NEMA TR-1
CENELEC EN 50216
1.7 No. of Windings Two
1.8 Tertiary winding function NA

2.1 Rating
2.1.1 Voltage ratio (No Load) kV/kV 132/33
Rated Power HV-LV (ONAN /
2.1.2 MVA 80/120
ONAF)
2.1.3 Rated Power TV MVA NA
2.1.4 Rated Ampacity (120 MVA)
HV A
LV A
TV A NA
2.1.5 Percent Impedance
At 120MVA base, HV-LV
% 12(±10%)
At 70MVA base, HV-TV
% NA
At 70MVA base, LV-TV
% NA
Percent Zero-Sequence
2.1.6
Impedance
303
Unit Data
At 120MVA base, HV-LV
% [ not less than 90% of Z+]
At 70MVA base, HV-TV

% NA
At 70MVA base, LV-TV

% NA
2.1.7 X/R ratio [Insert]

2.1.8 Rated Frequency Hz 50
Corresponding minimum Designed
2.1.9 Hz 48
Frequency
2.1.10 Induced Voltage
HV kVrms [Insert]
RV kVrms [Insert]
LV kVrms [Insert]
TV kVrms [Insert]
2.1.11 Insulation level
2.1.11.1 High voltage (HV) LI 650 AC 275
2.1.11.2 Low voltage (LV) LI 170 AC 70
2.1.11.3 Tertiary Voltage (TV) NA
2.1.11.4 Neutral Voltage (NV) LI 170 AC 70
2.1.11.5 Method of Neutral Earthing Solidly Grounded -Yes
The highest system voltage for
2.1.11.6
equipment (effective value)
High voltage (HV) kV 145
Low voltage (LV) kV 36
Tertiary Voltage (TV) kV NA
Neutral Voltage (NV) kV 36
Guaranteed Loss & Evaluation

2.2
of Loss
2.2.1 No Load Loss
No-load losses with tap changer in
2.2.1.1 nominal (principal) tap position at rated kW [Insert]
voltage and at rated frequency
2.2.1.2 nominal (principal) tap position at 110 kW [Insert]
% rated voltage and at rated frequency
2.2.1.3 nominal (principal) tap position at 90 % kW [Insert]
rated voltage and at rated frequency
304
Unit Data
Average of the above & No-Load Loss
2.2.1.4 for Loss capitalization (N) [ This value kW [Insert]
will be evaluated]
2.2.1.5 Loss Capitalization Unit Tk/kW 600000
Tolerance to be applied to no-load
2.2.1.6 losses in % of the guaranteed % 10
value
2.2.2 On-load losses at 75°C
On-load losses at 75°C and rated
frequency, with tap changer in nominal
2.2.2.1 kW [Insert]
tap position at rated tapping current
(ONAF) of that tap position
frequency, with tap changer in plus (+)
2.2.2.2 kW [Insert]
extreme tap position at rated tapping
current (ONAF) of that tap position
frequency, with tap changer in minus
2.2.2.3 (-) extreme tap position at rated kW [Insert]
tapping current (ONAF) of that tap
position
Average of the above & On-load Loss
2.2.2.4 for Loss capitalization (L) [ This value kW [Insert]
will be evaluated]
2.2.2.5 Loss Capitalization Unit Tk/kW 300000
Tolerance to be applied to no-load
2.2.2.6 losses in % of the guaranteed % 10
value
Load Loss due to Ancillary
2.2.3 Equipment (M) [fans, pumps, kW
heaters, etc.]
Capitalized valued of ancillary
2.2.3.1 Tk/kW 300000
equipment load
Tolerance to be applied to ancillary
2.2.3.2 equipment load in % of the % 20
guaranteed value
2.2.4 Per Phase loss
HV kW [Insert]
LV kW [Insert]
TV kW NA

3.1 Cooling system
305
Unit Data
Oil Flow through Windings/
3.1.1
windings group
Guided Oil Flow inside transformer Yes/No. Yes
Axial/Zig-
Pattern of Oil Flow through Duct [Insert]
Zag
Radial Locations with respect to
[Insert]
core
Axial Locations with respect to
[Insert]
core
Radiator Location
3.1.3.1 Attached to Tank or A
Separate
3.1.3.2 HV side
No. of Radiator Bank No. [Insert]
No. of Fins/Plates in each Radiator No. [Insert]
No. of Cooler Fans No. [Insert]
No. of group of Cooler Fan No. [Insert]
Spare Fans in each group No. [Insert]
No. of Blower/Motor Driving a Fan No. 01
Mounting of Fan in the radiator-HV Vertical/
[Insert]
side Horizontal
No. of Plates/Fins covered by
No. [Insert]
single cooler, thus, AF Cooling
No. of Plates/Fins Not covered by
No. [Insert]
single cooler, thus, AN Cooling
No. of Pipes going out from Main
Tank to Radiator Bank at Tank No. [Insert]
upper part ( i.e. Hot Oil Pipes)
No. of Pipes Coming in from
Radiator Bank to Tank at Main
No. [Insert]
Tank Lower part (i.e. Cold Oil
Pipes)
[Insert] (spare , n+1,shall be
considered)
[Insert] (spare , n+1,shall be
No. of Pipes collecting Cold Oil No.
considered)
3.1.3.3 LV side
No. of Radiator Bank No. [Insert]
306
Unit Data
No. of Fins/Plates in each Radiator No. [Insert]
No. of Cooler Fans No. [Insert]
No. of group of Cooler Fan No. [Insert]
Spare Fans in each group No. [Insert]
No. of Blower/Motor Driving a Fan No. 01
Mounting of Fan in the radiator-HV Vertical/
[Insert]
side Horizontal
No. of Plates/Fins covered by
No. [Insert]
single cooler, thus, AF Cooling
No. of Plates/Fins Not covered by
No. [Insert]
single cooler, thus, AN Cooling
No. of Pipes going out from Main
Tank to Radiator Bank at Tank No. [Insert]
upper part ( i.e. Hot Oil Pipes)
No. of Pipes Coming in from
Radiator Bank to Tank at Main
No. [Insert]
Tank Lower part (i.e. Cold Oil
Pipes)
[Insert] (spare n+1, shall be
considered)
[Insert] (spare, n+1, shall be
No. of Pipes collecting Cold Oil No.
considered)
3.1.4 Oil Flow rate

Oil Flow rate inside Transformer
3.1.4.1
during ONAN Cooling
Highest Flow rate (Approx.) m/s [Insert]
Location at Transformer [Insert]
Lowest Flow rate (Approx.) m/s [Insert]
Flow rate optimized to stop
Yes/No Yes
induced vibration at Core, Winding
Oil Flow rate inside Transformer
3.1.4.2
during ONAF Cooling
Highest Flow rate (Approx.) m/s [Insert]
Lowest Flow rate (Approx.) m/s [Insert]
Flow rate optimized to stop
Yes/No Yes
induced vibration at Core, Winding
307
Unit Data
HV Side Insert
LV side Insert
TV side NA
Temperature Difference (D-Temp)

3.1.6 between Inlet & Outlet of Radiator 0C [Insert]
banks --- Design value
3.2 Temperature rise

3.2.1 Average Oil Temperature rise 0C 60
3.2.2 Top Oil
At ONAN 0C
At ONAF/OFAF/ODAF (as per 0C

schedule of requirement)
Average Winding Temperature 0C
3.2.3 65
rise
Winding temperature rise at CMR
under service conditions stated in 0C
3.2.3.1 [Insert]
Schedule of Technical
Requirement
Maximum hot spot temperature 0C
3.2.4 [Insert]
rises in core at rated power
Internal Hot-spot Temperature
3.2.4.1 (Amb. Temp. + Top oil rise + Core 0C 130
hot spot)
Surface Temperature (Amb.
3.2.4.2 Temp. + Top oil rise + Core surface 0C [Insert]
temp.)
Temperature gradient at specified
3.2.5
rating
3.2.6 Temperature rise of metallic parts
Tank walls 0C [Insert]
Tie plate 0C [Insert]
Top clamp 0C [Insert]
Bottom clamp 0C [Insert]
Type of Transformer Core (Shell or
3.3.1 Core
Core)
3.3.2 No. of Core Limb 03
308
Unit Data
3.3.3 Core Material CRGO Si steel
3.3.3.1 Grade Designation Insert
Laser-beam or plasma jet
3.3.3.2 Core Graining Method
irradiation
3.3.3.3 Thickness of Sheet mm [Insert]
3.3.3.4 Specific Loss at 1.7T,50Hz W/kg [Insert]
3.3.3.5 Insulation material & Class [Insert]
Safe Working Temperature of 0C
3.3.4 [Insert]
Core
Whether step lap construction
3.3.5 Yes
adopted
Whether boltless construction
3.3.6 Yes
adopted
Whether Core is pre-cut or cut at
3.3.8 [Insert]
Factory
Flux density at nominal voltage
3.3.9 and frequency and at nominal
ratio - (no load)
a Cores T [Insert]
b Yokes T [Insert]
c Volts/turn V [Insert]
3.3.10 the
Transformer [flux density & time]
Continuously 10% over voltage
a and
frequency and at principal tap
T, Min or
b at 125% of rated Voltage
s
T, Min or
c at 140% of rated Voltage
s
T, Min or
d at 150% of rated Voltage
s
Magnetizing current (approx) at

3.3.11 nominal ratio and
a at 0.90 x nominal voltage % of FLA
b at 0.95 x nominal voltage % of FLA
309
Unit Data
c

d
e at 1 .1 x nominal voltage % of FLA

Power factor of magnetizing
3.3.12 current at normal voltage ratio and
frequency
3.4.2 Make, country
HV [Insert]
RV/ tap Winding
LV [Insert]
TV [Insert]
3.4.4 Type of Conductor Used
HV Disc
RV/ tap Winding Insert
LV Disc
TV Helical/Disk
HV A/mm2 [Insert]
RV/ tap Winding A/mm2 [Insert]
LV A/mm2 [Insert]
TV A/mm2 [Insert]
HV A/mm2 [Insert]
RV/ tap Winding A/mm2 [Insert]
LV A/mm2 [Insert]
TV A/mm2 [Insert]
3.4.7 Insulations at windings Thermally Upgraded Paper
3.4.7.2 Insulation Make ,Country
Additional Insulations as
3.4.7.3
Protection caps at windings
310
Unit Data
HV
LV
TV
3.4.7.5 Oil Ducts among windings Yes
3.4.7.6 Material of Pressboard [Insert]
3.4.7.7 Key Spacer [Insert]
Resistance /phase [ Design Value
3.4.8
with Tolerance]
HV Ω [Insert]
LV Ω [Insert]
TV Ω [Insert]
Connection of three-phase
3.4.9 Dyn1
windings (vector group IEC 60076)
3.4.10 Tertiary winding connection (TV) NA
Geometric Location of windings
3.4.11
with respect to core
TW [Insert]
LW/ common winding [Insert]
HV/ series winding [Insert]
RW [Insert]
3.4.11 Winding Method at Factory (Hor/Ver.)[Insert]
Winding connections [crimped,
3.4.12
Brazed or others]
Between Windings
Between Winding Layers/Disk
Between Main Winding & Tap
Winding
Between Windings & Leads
3.4.13 Clamping of Winding
The individual winding sets
clamped separately from each
Yes
other and separately from the core.
Core Insert
Guaranteed Tangent delta of
3.4.14 Insert
winding
3.4.15 Guaranteed PD level pC
3.4.16 Curing of Active Part
311
Unit Data
Highest temperature ºC Insert
Duration Hrs Insert
Average temperature ºC Insert
Duration Hrs Insert
Total duration Hrs Insert
Active Part Compression during

3.4.17 mm
Pressure, (approx)
3.5 Sound / Noise

At No load , rated frequency ,
dB [Insert]
100% rated voltage
At No load , rated frequency ,
dB [Insert]
105% rated voltage
At load , rated frequency , 100%
dB [Insert]
rated voltage
At load , rated frequency , 105%
dB [Insert]
rated voltage
Guaranteed during Testing dB [Insert]
Audible noise level (acc. to NEMA
TR1), at 105 % of rated voltage, at
dB [Insert]
maximum power and with
complete cooling system in service
Radio Interference Voltage at 0.5
μV 2500 max
MHz as specified in IEC 60694
3.6 Short Circuit
Current through windings for
3.6.1
Terminal Fault
HV kArms
LV kArms
TV kArms
3.6.3 Withstand Duration s 2
Similar Design Transformer ( as
3.6.4 per IEC 60076-5, Annex A) type
test reference
Testing Authority STL Lab, insert Name
certificate reference
Contact address of test Lab
Validity of test certificate
312
Unit Data
3.6.5 Force
Axial Force kN [Insert]
Free Buckling Force kN [Insert]
Compression Force kN [Insert]
Designed Safety Margin [Insert]
Offered & Reference Similar
3.6.7 Design transformer Short Circuit Within 110%
Force relationship
3.6.8 Temperature during SC
HV Winding [Actual] 0C [Insert]
LV Winding [Actual] 0C [Insert]
RV Winding [Actual] 0C [Insert]
TV Winding [Actual] [Insert]
Maximum Circulating Current in
3.6.9 Delta tertiary for L-G fault at TV kA [Insert]
terminal
Winding withstand capacity of this
3.6.9.1 Min or s
current
3.7 Dielectric Design
3.7.1 Impulse Voltage at HV (LI)
Maximum applied voltage at
kV [Insert]
critical points
Permissible Voltage kV [Insert]
Safety Factor kV [Insert]
Transferred surge at LV kV [Insert]
Transferred surge at TV kV [Insert]
ZnO Block to limit distributed
No
impulse [ tap Winding/other]
3.7.2 Impulse Voltage at HV (SI) NA
kV [Insert]
critical points
No
impulse [ tap Winding/other]
3.7.3 Impulse Voltage at LV (LI)
313
Unit Data
kV [Insert]
critical points
Transferred surge at HV kV [Insert]
No.
impulse
3.7.4 Impulse Voltage at LV (LI) NA
kV
critical points
Transferred surge at HV kV [Insert]
No.
impulse
3.8 Tap changer
3.8.1 Manufacturer MR (EU), ABB (EU)
3.8.1.1 Country of origin Insert
3.8.5.1 Geometric Location of Tap winding [Insert]
Constant Flux Variable Voltage
3.8.6 Type of voltage regulation
(C.F.V.V.)
Tapping step/Size of Each tapping
3.8.7.1 % 1.25
step
3.8.8 Short circuit current - time kA-s
3.8.8.1 Rated current A
3.8.9 OLTC diverter switch Separate oil filled Compartment
3.8.10 Breathing of OLTC Separate conservator
OLTC Oil guided to Radiator for
3.8.11 No
cooling
3.8.12 OLTC tap change principle type Resistance/Reactance type
314
Unit Data
MVA Rating of Transformer due to
3.8.13 Rated power 120MVA, all taps
OLTC operation
Rated Voltage (No. load) due to
3.8.14 kV/kV/kV 132 ± 8 x 1,25 % / 33
OLTC operation
Percent Impedance design due to
Tap Changing
3.8.16 OLTC Motor
3.8.16.1 Rating 50Hz, kW
AC voltage V
Power kW
Inrush A
3.8.16.2 Cabinet Yes
3.8.16.3 Handle Insert
Tap position indicator Digital code matrix (BCD)
3x400 V / 230 V,
Auxiliary supply
50 Hz
3.9 Earthing
Neutral [ with double connection],
3.9.1 sqmm
with copper conductor
3.9.2 Core , taken out Yes
3.9.3 Clamp Yes
3.9.4 Tank Body Yes
3.9.5 Cubicles Yes
Radiators, if separately mount
3.9.6 Yes
/connected
3.9.7 Others [Insert]
3.10 Valves & Manholes
3.10.1 Type of valves used
3.10.2 Valve schedule attached Yes
Spare Manhole for inspection &
3.10.3 Yes, insert number & size
future use
3.11 Layout
Longitudinal axis (opposite to
HV)
11.3 Tertiary winding bushings As per Specification
11.4 Conservator tank As per Specification
11.5 Tap changer To be defined in design stage
315
Unit Data
11.6 Control cabinet To be defined in design stage
11.7 Coolers To be defined in design stage
3.14 Transformer Tank

14.1 Type of design Welded/Bolted
• Sides mm Insert
• Bottom mm Insert
• Top mm Insert
Material of the autotransformer
14.3 Insert
tank
Vacuum withstand of the complete
14.5 mbar 1
tank with cooler
Over-pressure withstand of the
14.6 bar 0.3
complete autotransformer
14.7 Painting Color Insert
3.15 Conservator
Oil level indicators with alarm for
15.3 pcs. Insert
minimum oil level
Membrane provided inside the
15.4 conservator for ‘’breathing’’ of the Yes
transformer
Winding Temperature
4 Oil for Transformer & Tap-Changer

4.1 Manufacturer, Country Insert
4.2 Type Mineral
4.3 Type Designation
4.5 Minimum flash point °C Insert
316
Unit Data
4.6 Viscosity at 20°C mm2/s Insert
4.7 Minimum dielectric strength kV/cm Insert
5 Bushing
Standard IEC 60137
5.1 HV bushing (145 kV)
ABB (Sweden/ Switzerland),
5.1.1 Make/Country Trench (France/USA), HSP
5.1.2 Model Insert
5.1.3 Quantity 3
5.1.4 Class kV 145/650/275
5.1.6 test tap Yes
The max. test voltage of at 50 Hz,
5.1.7 2 kV
the tap for 1 minute. kV AC
5.1.8.1 Rated short circuit current (2 s) kA rms 40
USCD, Unified Specific Creepage
5.1.10 mm/kV Insert
Distance
Creepage factor , Cf [According to
5.1.11 <3.2
IEC 60815]
5.1.11.1 profile factor, P.F. <1.1
5.1.13 Cantilever test load kN Insert
5.1.15 Air Vent Yes
Allowable mounting angle [with
5.1.16 0 [deg] Insert
Vertical]
Mounted Angle [with Vertical] in
5.1.16.1 0 [deg] Insert
this transformer
5.1.19 CT Pocket Length for BCT mm 400 or as per design
317
Unit Data
Mounting Flange made of
5.1.21 Yes
corrosion free aluminium alloy
5.1.21.1 No. of Hole No.
5.1.21.2 Diameter of each hole mm
5.1.21.3 Distance between hole mm
5.1.21.4 Fixing nut-bolt Material AL or SS
5.1.21.5 Earthing holes M12 No.
5.1.22 End-shielding Yes
Al-casted head [with oil expansion
5.1.23 chamber and oil level
5.1.26 Partial discharge pC 0.5% or lower
5.1.28 Total Weight kg [Insert]
5.2 LV bushings (36 kV)
5.2.1 Make/Country Trench (France/USA), HSP
5.2.2 Model [Insert]
5.2.3 Quantity 3
5.2.4 Class kV 36/170/70
5.2.6 Type Insert
5.2.7 Model Insert
5.2.8.1 Rated short circuit current (2 s) kA rms 31.5
USCD, Unified Specific Creepage
5.2.10 mm/kV Insert
Distance
Creepage factor , Cf [According to
5.2.11 <3.2
IEC 60815]
5.2.11.1 profile factor, P.F. <1.1
318
Unit Data
5.2.15 Air Vent Yes
Allowable mounting angle [with
5.2.16 0 [deg]
Vertical]
Mounted Angle [with Vertical] in
5.2.16.1 0 [deg]
this transformer
Mounting Flange made of
5.2.21 Yes
corrosion free aluminium alloy
5.2.21.1 No. of Hole
5.2.21.2 Diameter of each hole
5.2.21.3 Distance between hole
5.2.21.4 Fixing nut-bolt Material AL or SS
5.2.21.5 Earthing holes M12 No.
5.2.22 End-shielding Yes [ if required by design ]
Al-casted head [with oil expansion
5.2.23 chamber and oil level Yes
5.3 TV bushings (36 kV) NA
5.3.1 Quantity
5.3.2 Class kV
5.3.3 Manufacturer
5.3.4 Type
5.3.5 Rated current A
5.3.7 Partial discharge pc Insert
319
Unit Data
5.4 NV bushings (36 kV)
5.4.1 Quantity 1
5.4.2 Class kV 36/170/70
5.4.3 Manufacturer Trench (France/USA), HSP
5.4.4 Type Insert
5.4.5.1 Rated short circuit current (2 s) kA rms 31.5
6 Weights
Total weight of transformer, ready
6.1 kg Insert
for service
Shipping Weight of Transformer
6.2 kg Insert
[Without Oil]
6.3 Weight of Core kg Insert
6.4 Weight of Winding kg Insert
6.5 Weight of Active Parts kg Insert
6.6 Weight of oil in Main tank kg Insert
Weight of oil in radiator & Main
6.7 kg Insert
tank Conservator
Weight of oil in OLTC tank & OLTC
6.8 kg Insert
Conservator
6.9 Total Weight of oil in Transformer kg Insert
7 Dimensions & Layout drawing

Length mm Insert
Width mm Insert
Height without Bushing mm Insert
Maximum Height with Bushing mm Insert
7.3 Informative dimensional sketch To be enclosed with bid
320
Unit Data
8 NA
9.1 Motors 3x400 V / 50 Hz
9.2 Heaters 230 V / 50 Hz
9.4 Oil pump (if any) 3x400 V / 50 Hz
Current transformer incorporated

10
into the power transformer
CT in HV bushings, for protection
10.1 Characteristics shall be defined
and WTI
in design stage.
CT in MV bushings, for protection,
10.2 characteristics shall be defined
WTI and Tap Changer
in design stage
CT in TV bushings, for protection
10.3 NA
and WTI
CT in neutral bushing, for
10.4 Characteristics shall be defined
protection
in design stage
Shall be from OLTC
11.1 AVR Relay
Manufacturer
11.4 OTI Make insert
11.5 WTI Make insert
11.6 Yes, insert
accessories, Make
Marshalling Cubicle with all
11.7 Yes, insert
accessories, Make
Cooling Cabinet with all
11.8 Yes, insert
accessories, Make
Material (Cooling & Marshalling
11.9 Insert
Cabinet)
11.10 No. of PRD in Main Tank Min 3
11.13 WTI [Normal & Fiber Optic] Yes, insert number
321
Unit Data
12.5 Minimum ambient temperature °C -2
5.2.4.5 33/0.415kV 350kVA Earthing / Zigzag transformer
Unit Data
1 General

Distribution
transformer three-
phase, Oil
1.2 Type immersed , two
windings, with off-
load tap changer,
outdoor
2.1 Rated power: kVA 350
322
Unit Data
2.2 Type of cooling ONAN / ONAF - ONAN
2.3 Rated voltage kV/V 33 ± 2 x 2,5 % / 415
2.4 Percent Impedance
2.5 Tap changer:
• Type of tap changing Off-load
• Tapping range % ±5
• Tapping step % 2.5
Rated power 350

• Rating
kVA, all taps
2.6 Raed Frequency Hz 50

2.7 ZNyn11
vector IEC 60076)
Power transformer capacity to withstand

3.1
external short circuits [Three phase Fault]
3.1.1 Short-circuit duration s 3

• HV winding kA Infinite
• LV winding kA Infinite
3.1.3 Percent Impedance for above % 5
Power transformer capacity to withstand external

3.2
short circuits [Single phase Fault at HV]
3.2.1 Short-circuit duration s 3
3.2.2 Neutral current
• HV side A >1000
• LV side A Insert
3.2.3 HV side Zero sequence Impedance for above ohm Insert
323
Unit Data
Average No-load losses with tap changer in
3.2.1 normal/high/low position, at rated voltage and kW Insert
rated frequency
Tolerance to be applied to no-load losses in % of
3.2.2 % 10
the guaranteed value
Average On-load losses at 75°C, at rated voltage
3.2.3 and rated frequency, with tap changer in kW Insert
normal/high/low position
Tolerance to be applied to on-load losses in % on
3.2.4 % 10
the guaranteed value
3.3 Insulation level
3.3.1 Medium voltage (MV) LI 170 AC 70
3.3.2 Low voltage (LV) LI-AC3
The highest voltage for equipment (effective

3.4
value)
3.4.1 Medium voltage (MV) kV 36
3.4.2 Low voltage (LV) kV 1.1

Temperature rise limits, at rated power, with
3.5 complete cooling system in service and at lowest
voltage tap
3.5.1 Top oil K ≤ 60
3.5.2 Winding K ≤ 65
3.5.3 Hottest spot K ≤ 68
4 Oil NA
4.1 New Yes
4.3 Type Insert
4.6 Viscosity at 20°C mm2/s Insert
4.7 Minimum dielectric strength kV/cm Insert
324
Unit Data
5 Bushing
5.1 MV bushing (36 kV)
5.1.1 Quantity 3+1
5.1.2 Class kV 36/170/70
5.1.4 Type OIP/Porcelain
5.1.5 Model Insert
5.1.7 Rated Short Circuit Current kA,1s 31.5
5.1.8 Minimum creepage distance (31 mm/kV) mm/kV ≥ 31 mm/kV
5.2 LV bushings (3 kV)
5.2.1 Quantity 3+1
5.2.2 Class kV 3
5.2.4 Type OIP/Porcelain
5.2.5 Model Insert
5.2.7 Rated Short Circuit Current kA,3s 15
5.2.7 Minimum creepage distance (31 mm/kV) mm/kV ≥ 31 mm/kV
6.1 Total weight of transformer, ready for service kg Insert
• Length mm Insert
• Width mm Insert
325
Unit Data
To be enclosed with
bid
8 Conservator
With dehydrating
8.1 Type
breather
8.2 Number of compartments pcs. 1

8.3 pcs. 1
level

(yes/no)
5.2.5 Control, Protection, Substation Automation & Metering
5.2.5.1 Line Distance Protection
No. Description Unit Minimum Requirements Guaranteed
1 Manufacturer ABB/SIEMENS/GE/SEL
Country of Origin (Place Switzerland/Sweden/Germany/UK/USA/
2
of Manufacturing) France
326
3 Relay Identification
3.1 Relay Type & model Insert
3.2 Relay Software version Insert
3.3 Relay Hardware version Insert
4 Language English
Flush mounting housing and capable of
5 Housing & mounting
sustaining in harsh environmental condition
Minimum range of 88V to 250V DC and
6 Relay auxiliary voltage V
minimum range of 115V to 230V AC
7 Operating frequency Hz 50Hz, ±5%
8 Current transformer requirement
8.1 No of Inputs Nos. 6
8.2 Nominal current A Operable in 1A and 5A (User settable)
Minimum continuous
8.3 A 3 *Nominal current
current capacity
Thermal withstand
8.4 A 100*Nominal current for at least 1s
capacity
9 Voltage transformer requirement
9.1 No of Inputs Nos. 6 (For Line VT & Bus VT)
9.2 Nominal voltage V 110
Minimum continuous
9.3 V 150
withstand voltage
10 Binary input module
10 (programmable)
Minimum number of
10.1 Nos. (Should be increased as per the scheme
inputs
design)
10.2 Minimum operating range V 110V DC (±20% tolerance)
11 Binary output module
20 (minimum 8 Nos. high speed trip output
Minimum number of and 2 Nos. watchdog outputs)
11.1 Nos.
outputs (Should be increased as per the scheme
design)
11.2 Minimum operating range V 110V and 220V DC (±20% tolerance)
Minimum continuous
11.3 A 5
current capacity
Short time withstand
11.4 A 10A for at least 1s
capacity
11.5 Maximum operating time ms 5 (2ms for high speed contact)
15 (programmable)
12 Number of LEDs Nos. (Should be increased as per the scheme
design)
Front mounted, should be suitable to access
13 HMI all functions, settings and stored records
without external computer
1. Should be able to configure, operate and
monitor with user friendly engineering
and disturbance handling tool.
14 Software requirement 2. Necessary software for configuration,
3. disturbance handling and
4. parameterization has to be supplied
5. free of cost and without any time-
327
bounded license
GPS Time Yes/
14 Yes
synchronization No
16 Communication interface
IEC 61850 (have to be able to communicate
16.1 Standard protocol to IEC 61850 based Substation Automation
System)
Ethernet speed and 100Mbps, RJ45 plug connector/RS232 serial
16.2
connector connector as front port
Main protection
17 Impedance protection
function
17.1 Tripping options Single and/or three phases
Number of parameter
17.2 Nos. Minimum 4 (Independently settable)
setting groups
17.3 Pre-configuration For all basic functions
Number of impedance
17.4 Nos. 5
protection zones
17.5 Shape of impedance zone Mho/Quadrilateral
17.6 Reverse looking element Settable in all 5 zones
Can resistance and
Yes/
17.7 reactance reaches be set Yes
No
independent of each other
Arc forward and reverse
Yes/
17.8 reach setting independent Yes
No
of each other?
Yes/
17.9 Switch on to fault Yes
No
Yes/
17.10 Out of Step Yes
No
Yes/
17.11 Stub Protection Yes
No
Yes/
17.12 Blind Fault Protection Yes
No
Yes/
17.13 Power swing block Yes
No
Communication aided PUTT, POTT, CB Echo logic, Weak infeed
17.14
impedance protection echo logic, DTT, Zone-1 extension etc.
Communication aided Yes/
17.15 Yes
Directional Earth Fault No
Impedance zone Settable between 0s and 30s (or higher
17.16 Sec
operating time range) with step size of 0.01s
Oh 0.1 to 1000 or higher with the step size of
17.17 Impedance setting range
m 0.001/In
Relay Operating Time’
i) Output contact making
17.18 ms Insert
time
ii) Relay Time
Back up protection Instantaneous/delayed, directional/non-
18
function directional, over current and earth fault
Synchro check and 1P/3P auto-reclose for
19 Control functions
single and multi CB arrangements
20 Monitoring functions
328
Fuse failure supervision, Yes/

20.1 Yes
current circuit supervision No
U, I, P, Q, S, f, PF Yes/
20.2 Yes
monitoring No
Yes/
20.3 Fault locator Yes
No
Event recorder should keep at least 20Nos
Event records and
previous records and disturbance recorder
20.4 oscillographic disturbance
should handle at least 8Nos analogue
records
channels and at least 24Nos binary channels
Tripping and indication
21 Should be programmable
logics
22 Standards Should conform IEC-60255 in all aspects
23 Type test certificate Should be provided
5.2.5.2 Line Differential Protection

Data
Country of Origin (Place of Switzerland/Sweden/Germany/UK/USA/
2
Manufacturing) France
3.2 Relay Software version Insert
3.3 Relay Hardware version Insert
4 Language English
5 Housing & mounting sustaining in harsh environmental
condition
Minimum continuous
current capacity
Thermal withstand
capacity
9.1 No of Inputs Nos. 6 (For Line VT & Bus VT)
9.2 Nominal voltage V AC 110
Minimum continuous
9.3 V AC 220
withstand voltage
10 (programmable)
10.1 Minimum number of inputs Nos. (Should be increased as per the scheme
design)
329
10.2 Minimum operating range V 110V DC (±20% tolerance)

20 (minimum 8 Nos high speed trip
Minimum number of output and 2 Nos watchdog outputs)
11.1 Nos.
design)
Minimum continuous
11.3 A 5
current capacity
capacity
11.5 Maximum operating time ms 5ms & 2ms for high speed contact
15 (programmable)
design)
Front mounted, should be suitable to
13 HMI access all functions, settings and stored
records without external computer
1. Should be able to configure, operate
and monitor with user friendly
engineering and disturbance handling
tool.
disturbance handling and
parameterization has to be supplied free
of cost and without any time-bounded
license
GPS Time
15 Yes/No Yes
synchronization
IEC 61850 (have to be able to
16.1 Standard protocol communicate to IEC 61850 base
Substation Automation System)
Ethernet speed and 100Mbps, RJ45 plug connector/RS232
16.2
connector serial connector as front port
Should be suitable for multiplexed,
16.3 Protection communication routed switched or dedicated fiber optic
communication
Should be able to transfer at least 8Nos
16.4 Binary input transfer
binary signals between the IEDs
17 Main protection function Line differential protection
17.1 Tripping options Single and/or three phases
Number of parameters
17.2 Nos Minimum 4 (Independently settable)
setting groups
Restrained biased characteristics with
17.4 Differential characteristics
charging current compensations
17.5 Harmonics blocking 2nd and 5th harmonics
Internal CT summation facility should be
17.6 CT summation
available for 1 and ½ CB arrangement
Emergency protection
(Should be enabled in Impedance protection with at least 4
17.7
case of differential mho/quadrilateral zone setting options,
communication failure)
330
PSB, SOTF, VTFF and all scheme

communication features1
There must be provision of displaying
17.8 Display options restraining and differential current on the
HMI
17.9 Tripping time Instantaneous
Should be able to protect at least 150km
of line and further facility of extending
17.10 Protected distance
protected line length in the relay should
be provided
Back up protection Instantaneous/delayed, directional/non-
18
function directional, over current and earth fault
Synchrocheck and 1P/3P auto-reclose
19 Control functions
for single and multi CB arrangements
Fuse failure supervision,
20.1 Yes/No Yes
current circuit supervision
U, I, P, Q, S, f, PF
20.2 Yes/No Yes
monitoring
Event recorder should keep at least
Event records and 20Nos previous records and disturbance
20.3 oculographic disturbance recorder should handle at least 8Nos
records analogue channels and at least 24Nos
binary channels
21 Programmable
logics
Should conform IEC-60255 in all
22 Standards
aspects
5.2.5.3 Transformer Differential Protection (3

Winding):

Data
2
3.2 Relay Software version Should be filled up by bidder
3.3 Relay Hardware version Should be filled up by bidder
4 Language English
condition
1PUTT, POTT, CB Echo logic, Weak infeed echo logic, DTT, Zone-1 extension etc.
331
Current transformer
8
requirement
Minimum continuous
current capacity
Thermal withstand
capacity
Voltage transformer
9
requirement
9.1 No of Inputs 6 ( For Line VT & Bus VT)
9.2 Nominal voltage V AC 110
Minimum continuous
9.3 V AC 220
withstand voltage
20 (programmable)
design)
11.1 Nos.
design)
Minimum continuous
11.3 A 5
current capacity
capacity
11.5 Maximum operating time ms 10
15 (programmable)
design)
1. Should be able to configure,
operate
and monitor with user friendly
engineering and
disturbance handling tool.
2. Necessary software for
14 Software requirement configuration,
parameterization has to be
supplied
free of cost and without any

timebounded license.
GPS Time
15 Yes/No Yes
synchronization
Communication
16
interface
332

100Mbps, RJ45 plug
Ethernet speed and
16.2 connector/RS232 serial connector
connector
as front port
17 Main protection function Transformer differential protection
For 3 winding and Auto-
17.1 Application
Transformers
Number of parameter
setting groups
Restrained biased characteristics
17.4 Differential characteristics with stabilization during magnetizing
inrush and CT saturation
17.5 Harmonics blocking 2nd and 5th harmonics
CT ratio matching and
17.6 vector group Internally done, Software based
compensation
• CT connections from each voltage
level should be connected
17.7 CT connection
individually without external
summation
There must be provision of
17.8 Display options displaying restraining and
differential current on the HMI
17.9 Tripping time Instantaneous
17.10 Restricted Earth Fault High / low impedance type
Instantaneous/delayed,
Back up protection
18 directional/non-directional, over
function
current and earth fault
Synchrocheck and 1P/3P auto-
19 Control functions reclose for single and multi CB
arrangements
20.1 Yes/No Yes
monitoring
Event records and 20Nos previous records and
20.2 oscillographic disturbance disturbance recorder should handle
records at least 8Nos analogue channels
and at least 24Nos binary channels
logics
22 Standards
aspects
21 Programmable
logics
22 Standards
aspects
333
5.2.5.4 Over current and Earth fault protection:

Data
2
3.1 Relay Type & model Should be filled up by bidder
4 Language English
condition
Current transformer
8
requirement
Minimum continuous
8.3 A 3*Nominal current
current capacity
Thermal withstand
capacity
Voltage transformer
9
requirement
9.1 No of Inputs Nos 4
Minimum continuous
9.3 V 220
withstand voltage
10 (programmable)
design)
11.1 Nos.
design)
Minimum continuous
11.3 A 5
current capacity
capacity
8 (programmable)
design)
334
1. Should be able to configure, operate

and
monitor with user friendly engineering
and disturbance handling tool.
parameterization has to be suppliedfree
of cost and without any time-bounded
license.
GPS Time
15 Yes/No Yes
synchronization
Communication
16
interface
Ethernet speed and 100Mbps, RJ45 plug connector/RS232
16.2
connector serial connector as front port
Instantaneous/delayed, directional/non-
directional, over current and earth fault
17 Main protection function
protection with IEC and ANSI/IEEE
characteristics curves
Number of parameter
setting groups
Minimum stages in each
17.2 setting groups for Over- Nos 3
current
Minimum stages in each
17.3 setting groups for Earth Nos 3
fault
17.5 Tripping time Settable between 0s to 150s
Pick up setting range for
Time delayed
17.6 A 0.1*In to at least 20*In (step size 0.01)
Directional/Non-
directional OC
17.7 High set Directional/Non- A 0.5*In to at least 35*In (step size 0.1)
directional OC
Time delayed
17.8 A 0.01*In to at least 20*In (step size 0.01)
Directional/Non-
directional EF
17.9 High set Directional/Non- A 0.5*In to at least 35*In (step size 0.1)
directional EF
TMS setting range for
17.10 0.025 to at least 1.5 (step size 0.025)
IDMT
Comprehensive voltage protection
functionality including over-voltage,
under-voltage, negative sequence
18 Other protection functions overvoltage, residual over-voltage,
under-frequency, over-frequency, Rate
of Change of Frequency (ROCOF)
protection
335
19.1 Yes/No Yes
monitoring
Event records and 20Nos previous records and disturbance
19.2 oscillographic disturbance recorder should handle at least 8Nos
records analogue channels and at least 24Nos
binary channels
logics
21 Standards
aspects
5.2.5.5 Bay Control Unit (BCU) :

Data
Country of Origin (Place of Switzerland/Sweden/Germ
2
Manufacturing) any/UK/USA/ France
3.1 Relay Type & model Should be filled up by bidder
4 Language English
Flush mounting housing
and capable of sustaining in
5 Housing & mounting
harsh environmental
condition
Minimum range of 88V to
6 Relay auxiliary voltage V 250V DC and minimum
range of 115V to 230V AC
7 Operating frequency Hz 50/60Hz, ±5%
8.1 No of Inputs Nos 4
8.2 Nominal current A Operable in 1A and 5A
8.3 Minimum continuous current capacity A 3*Nominal current
100*Nominal current for at
8.4 Thermal withstand capacity A
least 1s
10
9.1 No of Inputs Nos (For Line voltage and Bus
voltages)
Minimum continuous withstand
9.3 V 220
voltage
10 (programmable)
10.1 Minimum number of inputs Nos (Can be increased as per
the scheme design)
336
110V and 220V DC (±20%

10.2 Minimum operating range V
tolerance)
10 (minimum 5 Nos fast
operating trip output and 1
11.1 Minimum number of outputs Nos Nos watchdog outputs)
(Can be increased as per
the scheme design)
110V and 220V DC (±20%
11.2 Minimum operating range V
tolerance)
11.3 Minimum continuous current capacity A 5
11.4 Short time withstand capacity A 10A for at least 1s
08 (programmable)
12 Number of LEDs Nos (Can be increased as per
the scheme design)
Front mounted, should be
suitable to issue close&
open commands to
switching devices through
13 HMI
visual animation, access all
functions, settings and
stored records without
external computer
1. Should be able to
configure, operate and
monitor with user friendly
engineering and
disturbance handling tool.
2. Necessary software for
14 Software requirement
configuration, disturbance
handling and
parameterization has to be
supplied free of cost and
without any time-bounded
license.
15 GPS Time synchronization Should be available
IEC 61850 (have to be able
to communicate to IEC
16.1 Standard protocol
61850 base Substation
Automation System)
100Mbps, RJ45 plug
16.2 Ethernet speed and connector connector/RS232 serial
connector as front port
Instantaneous/delayed,
directional/non-directional,
over current and earth fault
17 Main protection function
protection with IEC and
ANSI/IEEE characteristics
curves
Minimum 4 (Independently
17.1 Number of parameter setting groups Nos
settable)
Minimum stages in each setting
17.2 Nos 3
groups for Over-current
337
Minimum stages in each setting

17.3 Nos 3
groups for Earth fault
Settable between 0s to
17.5 Tripping time
150s
Pick up setting range for Time delayed 0.1*In to at least 20*In (step
17.6 A
Directional/Non-directional OC size 0.01)
Pick up setting range for High set 0.5*In to at least 35*In (step
17.7 A
Directional/Non-directional OC size 0.1)
Pick up setting range for Time delayed 0.01*In to at least 20*In
17.8 A
Directional/Non-directional EF (step size 0.01)
Pick up setting range for High set 0.5*In to at least 35*In (step
17.9 A
Directional/Non-directional EF size 0.1)
0.025 to at least 1.5 (step
17.10 TMS setting range for IDMT
size 0.025)
Comprehensive voltage
protection functionality
including over-voltage,
18 Other protection functions under-voltage, negative
sequence overvoltage and
residual over-voltage
protection
Synchrocheck
Implementing interlocking
logics
19 Control functions Execution of close and open
command for switching
devices coming from SAS
and Device HMI
20.1 U, I, P, Q, S, f, PF monitoring Yes/No Yes
Event recorder should keep
at least 10Nos previous
records and disturbance
Event records and oscillographic
20.2 recorder should handle at
disturbance records
least 8Nos analogue
channels and at least
16Nos binary channels
21 Tripping and indication logics Should be programmable
Should conform IEC-60255
22 Standards
in all aspects
5.2.5.6 Busbar and Breaker Failure Protection

Data
1. General:
1.1 Manufacturer ABB/SIEMENS/GE/SEL
338
Switzerland/Sweden/Germa
1.2 Country of origin
ny/UK/USA/ France
1.3 Type of installation Distributed
1.4 Standards IEC
1.5 Central Unit (CU)
1.5.1 Terminal type Insert
1.5.2 Terminal version (software version) Insert
Central unit for busbar protection
1.5.3 Yes
must be supported for min. 16 bays
1.6 Bay Unit (BU)
2. Auxiliary Circuit
2.1 Auxiliary supply voltage
CU, BU Rated auxiliary supply
2.1.1 V d.c. 110 ±15 %
voltage
2.1.2 CU auxiliary supply redundant Yes
Interruption in auxiliary d.c. voltage:
2.1.3 Without resetting ms > 50
Restart time s Insert
2.2 A.C. current inputs BU
2.2.1 Number of inputs Min. 3
2.2.2 Rated current Ir A 1
2.2.3 Permissive overload, continuous 4xIr
2.2.4 Permissive overload, 1 s 100xIr
2.2.5 Burden at Ir VA < 0.5
2.3 Binary inputs CU, BU Min. 20 / 8
2.3.1 Number of modules Insert
2.3.2 Number of inputs per module Insert
2.3.3 Rated voltage V d.c. 110 ±15 %
2.4 Binary outputs CU, BU Min. 6 / 4
2.4.2 Number of outputs per module Insert
Breaking capacity at inductive load
2.4.4 A 0.1
with L/R<40 ms, at rated voltage
Current carrying capacity at rated
2.4.5 voltage for signalling contacts, A Insert
continuous
Number of tripping contacts (high-
2.4.6 pcs. Min. 3
speed output)
2.4.7 voltage for tripping contacts, A 5
continuous
2.5 LED indications CU, BU
2.5.1 Number of LED's Insert
2.5.2 Multi-colour LED's Yes/No Insert
2.6 Communication ports CU, BU
2.6.1 Port for front-connected PC
2.6.1.1 Protocols supported Insert
2.6.1.2 Communication speed Kbit/s Insert
2.6.1.3 PC connector type Insert
2.6.2 CU, BU communication media FO
339
CU rear station (system)

2.6.3
communication ports
2.6.3.1 Number of rear ports Insert
2.6.3.2 Protocols supported IEC 61850
2.6.3.3 Communication speed Mbit/s Insert
2.6.3.4 Connector type RJ45
2.6.4 Time synchronisation SNTP
2.7 Busbar differential protection
2.7.1 Operating time ms < 20
2.7.2 Internal CT ratio adaptability Yes
Multiple tripping criteria, check zone
2.7.3 Yes
and bus zone
2.7.4 Current transformer supervision Yes
External signal of load transfer
2.7.5 Insert
starting
Busbar protection system should be
2.7.6 suitable/adaptable for future Yes
switchgear extension or modification
2.7.7 Bay-selective intertripping Yes
Phase-segregated measurement
2.7.8 Yes
system
2.8 Breaker failure protection
2.8.1 Setting range % Ir Insert
2.8.2 Re-trip time delay range s 0-1
2.8.3 Re-trip operation mode 1 & 3 phase Yes
2.8.4 Back-up time delay range s 0-1
2.8.5 Trip operating time setting resolution ms 1
2.8.6 Trip delay range s 0-1
2.8.7 Single-phase with/without current Yes
2-stage operation bay trip repeat/trip
2.8.8 Insert
busbar
Selectable operation mode (current,
2.8.9 Insert
unbalance, low current)
Independent settable delay times for
2.8.10 Yes
all operation modes
Low current mode using the circuit
2.8.11 Yes
breaker auxiliary contact
2.8.12 End fault protection Yes
Independent breaker failure
2.8.13 Yes
protection per bay unit
2.9 Disturbance recorder CU, BU
2.9.1 Number of digital signals Insert
2.9.2 Number of analogue signals Insert
External/manual initiation of
2.9.3 Insert
recording
2.9.4 Sampling rate kHz Insert
2.9.5 Pre-fault time ms ≥ 300
2.9.6 Recording time ms ≥ 2000
2.9.7 Number of recorded disturbances Min. 5
Total recording time with max.
2.9.8 s > 10
analogue and binary signals
2.9.9 Output file comtrade format Yes
2.10 Event recorder CU, BU
2.10.1 Max. number of events Insert
340
2.10.2 Time tagging resolution ms 1

2.11 Self-supervision CU, BU Yes
3 Additional
3.1 Test socket BU Yes
Setting and configuration approved
3.2 Yes
by Engineer
Centralised, user-friendly
configuration and all necessary
software tools for full
3.4 Yes
parameterization, and
(re)configuration in case of
extensions should be delivered
5.2.5.7 Trip Circuit Supervision Relay

ny/UK/USA/ France
1.3 Type Insert
1.4 Standards IEC
2 Standards IEC
2.1.1 Rated auxiliary supply voltage V d.c. 110 ±15 %
2.2 Binary outputs
NO/N
2.2.1 Number of outputs Min. 2/2
C
2.2.2 Rated voltage V d.c. 110
2.2.3 A 0.1
with L/R<40 ms, at rated voltage
continuous
2.3 Supervised circuits
2.3.1 Voltage range of supervised circuits V d.c. 110 ±15 %
2.3.2 Injected current of supervised circuits mA Insert
2.3.3 Operating time range s Insert
2.3.4 Resetting time range s Insert
5.2.5.8 Tripping Relays (High Speed High

Impedance Type)

ny/UK/USA/ France
1.3 Type Insert
341
1.4 Standards IEC

2 Standards IEC
2.2 Binary outputs
2.2.1 Number of outputs NO/NC Min. 2/2
2.2.3 A Insert
with L/R < 40 ms, at rated voltage
continuous
2.2.5 Make and carry continuously Insert
2.2.6 Make and carry for 3 sec. Insert
Break: resistive W Insert
2.2.7
inductive VA
2.3.3 Operating time range ms Insert
5.2.5.9 Test Socket

Data
Sweden/Switzerland/UK/
USA/Europe
Type
• Line main 1 and 2
• Line back-up and bus coupler
1.3 Insert
• Transformer main 1 and 2
• Bay unit BBF
Distance protection
1.4 Standards IEC
Each protection device must have its own
1.5 Yes
test socket
Test socket must obtain safe online
protection testing and maintaining, and
1.6 Yes
performing whole tripping test with
following AR
Test socket should have enough
contacts to:
• Short-circuit current inputs from CT's
• Isolate voltage inputs from VT's
• Isolate trip circuit for each phase
1.7 separately Yes
• Isolate CB close command
• Isolate signalling voltage
• Inhibit breaker failure initialising
• Inhibit sending of communication
signal
342
Allow functional testing of protection

Socket should be designed for 4 mm
1.8 Yes
banana plugs access
5.2.5.10 Overall Fault Clearance Times

Data
230 kV Busbar Faults:
Main protection relay operating time ms Insert
Auxiliary and tripping relay time Insert
1 ms
(where used)
Circuit breaker time ms Insert
Total ms Insert
132 kV Busbar Faults:
Auxiliary and tripping relay time Insert
2 ms
(where used)
Total ms Insert
230/135/34.5 kV Transformer Faults:
3 Auxiliary and tripping relay time ms Insert
Total ms Insert
132/34.5 kV Transformer Faults:
4 Auxiliary and tripping relay time ms Insert
Total ms Insert
230 kV Line Faults:
Distance protection maximum Insert
ms
operating time
5 Permissive scheme time delay ms Insert
Auxiliary relay time (where used) ms Insert
Total ms Insert
132 kV Line Faults:
Distance protection maximum Insert
ms
operating time
6 Permissive scheme time delay ms Insert
Auxiliary relay time (where used) ms Insert
Total ms Insert
5.2.5.11 Multi-Phase Auto reclose

Data
1. Manufacturer’s name and address Insert
2. Country of origin Insert
343
3. Type Insert
4. Model No. Insert
5. Standard Insert
6. Single phase auto reclose Insert
7. Three phase auto reclose Insert
8. Multi-phase auto reclose Insert
9. Main -1 Protection Insert
10. Main -2 Protection Insert
344
5.2.5.12 Front Panel Annunciation for OHL &

Power Transformers (not mandatory)
Unit Data
Front Panel annunciation for OHL & TR
1.1 Panel mounting Yes
1.2 Number of inputs Min. 16
1.3 Contact type NO/NC
1.4 Galvanic isolation Yes

Self-monitoring
1.5 • via front indication Yes
• via relay contact
1.6 Response delay time Adjustable
1.7 Bright LED technology Yes
1.8 Audible device output Yes
1.9 Lamp test button Yes
1.10 Acknowledgement button Yes
1.11 Horn acknowledgement button Yes
The front panel annunciation must be parameterised, configured and delivered as per Engineer's
requirements.
345
5.2.5.13 Front Panel Annunciation for Control

Room (optional)
Unit Data
Front Panel annunciation for Control Room
1.1 Panel mounting Yes
1.2 Number of inputs Min. 48
1.3 Contact type NO/NC
1.4 Galvanic isolation Yes

Self-monitoring
1.5 • via front indication Yes
• via relay contact
1.6 Response delay time Adjustable
1.7 Bright LED technology Yes
1.8 Audible device output Yes
1.9 Lamp test button Yes
1.10 Acknowledgement button Yes
1.11 Horn acknowledgement button Yes
The front panel annunciation must be parameterised, configured and delivered as per Engineer's
requirements.
5.2.5.14 SCADA Server
Unit Data
14261 SCADA Server
1.3 Type Insert
1.4 Standards IEC
1.5 Type of housing Industrial 19" rack
2 Characteristics
2.1.2 Dual power supply Yes
346
Unit Data
2.2 Processor type Insert
2.3 Processor clock GHz Insert
2.4 Memory type Insert
2.5 Memory capacity MB Insert
2.6 Video display adapter type Insert
2.7 Video display adapter memory Insert
2.8 Hard disc type Insert
2.9 Rotating hard disc Yes/No Insert
2.10 Hard disc capacity GB Insert
2.11 Number of hard discs pcs. Insert
2.12 RAID controller type Insert
2.13 DVD RW type Insert
2.14 Serial interface RS232 Yes
2.15 Number of serial interfaces Min. 2
2.16 Fast Ethernet network interface card type Insert
2.17 Number of fast Ethernet network interface cards pcs. 4
2.18 Fans Yes/No Insert
2.19 Monitor 19" pcs. 1
2.19.2 Country of origin Insert
2.19.3 Type TFT
2.19.4 Standards IEC
2.19.5 Supply voltage
2.19.5.1 Rated auxiliary supply voltage V a.c. 110 ±15 %
2.19.5.2 Power consumption W Insert
2.20 Vertical frequency Hz Insert
2.21 Max. resolution Insert
SCADA servers must be in hot-standby redundant configuration.
347
5.2.5.17 Substation Automation System
Unit Data
1. General
Standards
Test Cab: Damp heat, steady state IEC 60068-2-78

Test Db: Damp heat, cycle (12h + 12h cycle) IEC 60068-2-30
Digital I/O, Analogue I/O dielectric Tests IEC 60255-27
1.1 Digital I/O, Surge withstand test IEC 61000-4-5
Radio interference test IEC 60870-3/Class 2
Transient fast burst test IEC 61000-4-4
Static Discharge IEC 61000-4-2
Electromagnetic fields IEC 61000-4-3
Number of years of proven field experience

of offered system.
(Note: proof of experience should be
1.2 Year
furnished. The components used in the
5
offered system and those with field
experience should be the same)
1.3 Design life of substation Automation System Year 15
ISO 9001/9002 or
1.4 Manufacturers quality assurance system
equivalent
Dimensions of cubicle
- Width mm Insert
1.5 - Depth mm Insert
- Height mm Insert
- Floor load N/m2 Max 600
1.6 Temperature range (min/max) oC 0/50
1.7 Relative humidity % 93
1.8 Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED’s)
-serial communication interface included? Yes/No Yes
-Protection & Control IED’s connected same
Yes/No Yes
bus?
- self monitoring Yes/No Yes
- display of measured values Yes/No Yes
-remote parameterization Yes/No Yes
-disturbance record upload and analysis Yes/No Yes
Availability Calculation shall be furnished for
1.9 each equipment as well as for the entire Yes/No Yes
system.
The main part of the system, HMI,
Yes
1.10 Gateway, IED shall be furnished with dual Yes/No
communication port against any failure.
348
Unit Data
SNTP server shall provide GPS time-sync
information to all communication (HMI, Yes
1.11 Hz
Gateway, IED) and the system shall be
synchronized.
Ethernet switch shall have dual system
Yes
1.12 topology not to lose entire system with V
single switching system failure.
2. Station Level Equipment:
2.1 Station Controller Industrial PC
2.2 MTBF (Mean time between Failures) Hours 50000
Yes
Station computer shall have dual
2.3 connection to Ethernet switch as redundant Yes/No
(hot, standby)
2.4 Hot standby take over time Seconds Yes

Dual Wide Monitor each HMI (over 25”)
2.5 Yes/No Yes
Single wide screen
2.6 Yes/No Yes
2.7 years 5
of offered software
Operating System
2.8 Windows
2.9 i) All standard picture as per spec included
in HMI
ii) Process Status Display & Command
Procedures
iii) Event processing as per spec
iv) Alarm processing as per spec
v) Reports as per spec Yes/No
vi) Trend Display as per spec Yes
vii) Graphical fault information receiving
function
viii)Disturbance & Fault recording and
analysis with graphical format
ix) User Authority levels as per spec
x) System supervision & monitoring as per
spec
xi) Automatic sequence control as per spec
Gateway to National Load dispatch

Center
349
Unit Data
5Yrs
Number of years of proven filed experience
of offered unit IEC 60255-27
Insulation tests IEC 61000-4-
Fast disturbance tests 4,Calss 4
Industrial environment EN61000-6-4
Industrial grade hardware with no moving Yes
3.2 %
parts
(PC based gateway is not accepted) 15 Yrs
Design life of offered equipment Yes
Redundant communication channel Yes
Redundant CPU Yes
Redundant DC/DC Supply 50000Hrs
Yes
3. Station Bus:
3.1 Physical Medium Glass fibre optic
Each communication devices shall have
3.2 Yes/No Yes
dual connection, hot and standby.
4. Inter-bay Bus: Physical Medium Glass fibre optic
5 Printer server: MTBF Hours 200000
6 Hard Copy colour Printer: MTBF Hours 180000
Master Clock – GPS (Global Positioning
7 Hours 150000
System) Receiver: MTBF
8 Bay control Unit - HV
8.1 5
of offered unit
Separate Bay controller unit provided for
8.2 Yes/No Yes
each bay & feeder
8.3 Type of bay controller offered HV/MV HV
Select Before Operate with Open Execute &
8.4 Yes/No Yes
Close
8.5 Single bit dependence Yes/No Yes
8.6 Interlocking, bay & Station wide Yes/No Yes

Synchro check function
- Maximum Voltage difference Specify
8.7
Range
Insert
- Maximum Frequency difference
Maximum Phase difference
350
Unit Data
8.8 Double command blocking Yes/No Yes

8.9 Independent settable parameter groups No 4
8.10 Local Display Unit Yes/No Yes
Sequence of event recorder
8.11 - Events Nos 256
Time resolution msec 1
8.12 Disturbance recording file transfer function Yes/No Yes
Comtrade file generation function of
8.13 Yes/No Yes
Disturbance Recorder
IED shall have dual connection to Ethernet
8.14 Yes/No Yes
switch (hot & standby)
8.15 Comprehensive self-supervision Yes/No Yes
Battery free backup of events and
8.16 Yes/No Yes
disturbance records
8.17 Insulation tests Standard IEC 60255-27
IEC 61000-4-4, Class
8.18 Fast disturbance tests Standard 4
Temperature range: IED’s

oC -10 to +50
8.19 - Operation
oC -10 to +50
Transport and storage
Relative humidity:
% 93
8.20 - Operating max./min
% 93
- Transport and storage
9 Back up control mimic –HV (400kV)

Control functionality:
Control of breaker as well as all
9.1 isolators/earthing switch Yes
(Control functionality should not be affected Yes/No
if bay controller fails)
9.2 Key-Locked Yes/No Yes
9.3 - Interlock override function Yes/No Yes
Separate backup control mimic provided for
9.4 Yes/No Yes
each bay & feeder
10 Bay control Unit - MV
10.1 5
of offered unit
10.2 Yes/No Yes
each bay & feeder
10.4 Yes/No Yes
Close
351
Unit Data
10.6 - Interlocking, bay & Station wide Yes/No Yes

10.7
Range
Insert
- Maximum Phase difference
10.13 Yes/No Yes
10.14 Yes/No Yes
10.16 Yes/No Yes
disturbance records
10.18 Fast disturbance tests Standard 4

10.19 - Operation oC -10 to +50
Transport and storage oC -10 to +50
Relative humidity:
% 93
% 93
- Transport and storage
11 Back up control mimic –HV (400kV)

Control functionality:
Control of breaker as well as all
11.1 isolators/earthing switch Yes
(Control functionality should not be affected Yes/No
if bay controller fails)
11.2 Key-Locked Yes/No Yes
11.3 Interlock override function Yes/No Yes
Separate backup control mimic provided for
11.4 Yes/No Yes
each bay & feeder
12 Bay control Unit - LV
12.1 5
of offered unit
12.2 Yes/No Yes
each bay & feeder
352
Unit Data

12.4 Yes/No Yes
Close
12.6 Interlocking, bay & Station wide Yes/No Yes
12.7
Range
Insert
- Maximum Phase difference
12.13 Yes/No Yes
12.14 Yes/No Yes
12.16 Yes/No Yes
disturbance records
12.18 Fast disturbance tests Standard
4
oC -10 to +50
12.19 - Operation
oC -10 to +50
Relative humidity:
% 93
% 93
13 Back up control mimic –HV (400kV) DELETED

14 System Performance:
14.1 Exchange of display (First reaction) second <1
Presentation of a binary change in the
14.2 second < 0.5
process display
Presentation of an analogue change in the
14.3 second <1
process display
14.4 From order to process output second < 0.5
14.5 From order to updated of display second < 1.5
353
5.2.5.18 Operator Workstation
Unit Data
1 Operator Workstation
1.3 Type Insert
1.4 Standards IEC
1.5 Type of housing Insert
2 Characteristics
2.6 Video display adapter type Dual head capability
2.7 Video display adapter memory MB Insert
2.14 Sound card type Insert
2.18.3 Type TFT
354
Unit Data
2.19 Visible diagonal " Insert
5.2.5.19 Printer
Unit Data
14263 Printer / Code number: 14263
1.2 Model Insert
1.4 Standards IEC / ISO
2 Characteristics
2.2 Type Colour laser
2.3 Format A4
2.4 Resolution dpi Insert
2.5 Memory MB Insert
2.6 Parallel port Yes/No Insert
2.7 Fast Ethernet port Yes
2.8 USB port Yes/No Insert
2.9 Minimum speed Page/min Insert
355
5.2.5.20 Monitoring Workstation
Unit Data
14264 Monitoring Workstation / Code number: 14264
1.3 Type Insert
1.4 Standards IEC
1.5 Type of housing Insert
2 Characteristics
2.6 Video display adapter type Insert
2.7 Video display adapter memory MB Insert
2.14 Sound card type Insert
2.15 Serial interface RS232 Yes
2.19.3 Type TFT
356
Unit Data
5.2.5.21 Time Synchronization Device
Unit Data
14271 Time Synchronization Device / Code number: 14271
1.3 Type Insert
1.4 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics
2.2 Rack mounting case Insert
2.3 Synch. Pulse output, 1 min Yes/No Insert
2.4 Fast Ethernet port / FO Yes
2.5 Serial port Yes
2.6 Protocol NTP
5.2.5.22 Weather Station
Unit Data
Weather Station
357
Unit Data
1.1 Terminal Type Insert
1.2 Terminal version (software version) Insert
1.3 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics
Hygro-thermo transmitter with weather thermal
2.1
radiation shield
2.1.1 Input °C −40..+60
2.1.1.1 Output mA 4-20
2.1.1.2 Accuracy 1/3 Class B (±0.3 K)
2.1.2 Input % rel. h 0..100
2.1.2.1 Output mA 4-20
2.1.2.2 Accuracy % rel. h ±3
2.2 Wind transmitter Yes/No
2.2.1 Input m/s
2.2.2 Output mA
2.2.3 Accuracy %
2.3 Wind direction transmitter Yes/No
2.3.1 Input °
2.3.2 Output mA
2.3.3 Accuracy °
2.4 Baro transmitter Yes/No
2.4.1 Input mbar
2.4.2 Output mA
2.5 Interface unit Yes
2.6 Overvoltage protection Yes
2.7 Installation Indoor

5.2.5.23 Ethernet Switch Process LAN
Unit Data
14273 Ethernet Switch-Process LAN / Code number: 14273
358
Unit Data
1.3 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics
2.2 Ethernet ports

Min. 6xRJ45 or
Min. 6xFO for IED
2.2.1 Number of ports
connections AND 2xFO
(1 GB) for process LAN
RJ45 or FO and Fibre
2.2.1 Type of ports
Optical (1 GB)
2.3 Immunity to EMI and heavy electrical surges Insert
2.4 Temperature range
2.4.1 Operation 0..50°C
2.4.2 Storage −20..+70°C

Store & Forward Layer 3
(IEC 61850), RSTP
2.5 Switching method an layer (802.1w); eRSTPTM or
RSTP (802.1D-2004)
network fault recovery
2.6 Switching latency ≤ 5μs
2.7 Switching bandwidth ≤ 1.6 Gbps
2.8 Failsafe output relay Potential-free
2.9 Cyber security features
2.9.1 Multi-level passwords Yes
2.9.2 SSH/SSL encryption Yes
2.9.3 Enable/disable ports, MAC based port security Yes
2.9.4 Port based network access control Yes
2.10 System features

Automatic learning negotiation and crossover
2.10.1
detection
Port configuration, status, statistics, mirroring,
2.10.2
security
2.10.3 Network fault recovery ≤ 5 ms
2.11 Type Test Reports To be included with bid
359
Technical characteristics of optical ports of process LAN Ethernet switches must comply with appropriate
characteristics of fibre optic cables for protection and control (see Code No. 14296).
5.2.5.24 Ethernet Switch Control Room
Unit Data
14274 Ethernet Switch-Control Room / Code number: 14274
1.3 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics
2.2 Ethernet ports
2.2.1 Number of ports Min. 16
2.2.1 Type of ports RJ45
2.3 Immunity to EMI and heavy electrical surges Insert
2.4 Temperature range
2.4.1 Operation 0..50°C
2.4.2 Storage −20..+70°C

Store & Forward Layer 3
(IEC 61850), RSTP
2.5 Switching method an layer (802.1w); eRSTPTM or
RSTP (802.1D-2004)
network fault recovery
2.6 Switching latency ≤ 5μs
2.7 Switching bandwidth ≤ 1.6 Gbps
2.8 Failsafe output relay Potential-free
2.9 Cyber security features
2.9.1 Multi-level passwords Yes
2.9.2 SSH/SSL encryption Yes
2.9.3 Enable/disable ports, MAC based port security Yes
2.9.4 Port based network access control Yes
2.10 System features

Automatic learning negotiation and crossover
2.10.1
detection
Port configuration, status, statistics, mirroring,
2.10.2
security
360
Unit Data
2.10.3 Network fault recovery ≤ 5 ms
2.11 Type Test Reports To be included with bid
5.2.5.25 Protection Monitoring Software
Unit Data
14281 Protection Monitoring Software / Code number: 14281
1.1 Protection Monitoring Software
1.1.1 Communication with protection terminals Yes
1.1.2 Protection terminal configuration Yes
1.1.3 Protection terminal parameter setting Yes
1.1.4 Disturbance data collecting Yes
1.1.5 Disturbance data analysing Yes
1.1.6 Other software: Insert
361
5.2.5.26 SCADA Software

Unit Data
14282 SCADA Software / Code number: 14282
1.1 Basic SCADA server software
1.1 Basic SCADA server software pcs. 2

Communication with 2 higher level control
1.1.1 Yes
centres
1.1.2 Real-time database management Yes
1.1.3 Data processing Yes
1.1.4 Data acquisition Yes
1.1.5 Alarm and event processing Yes
1.1.6 Data archiving Yes
1.1.7 Report generation and printing Yes
1.1.8 Redundancy management Yes
1.2 Operator workstation software pcs. 2
1.3 Communication software pcs. 2

Communication with 2 higher level control
1.3.1 Yes
centres
1.4 Application libraries pcs. 1, optional
1.5 Software tools pcs. 1
1.5.1 Database creating, maintaining and viewing Yes
1.5.2 User interface definition Yes
1.5.3 Report definition Yes
1.5.4 System configuration Yes
1.5.5 Historical data maintaining Yes
1.5.6 Database and historical data export/import Yes
1.5.7 Analysis and diagnostic tools Yes
1.5.8 Training simulator Yes

Other software tools according to Contractor's
1.5.9 Insert
concept:
362
5.2.5.27 Fibre Optic Cables & Terminal

Equipment
Unit Data
14298 Fibre Optic Cables & Terminal Equipment / Code number: 14298
Sufficient quantity of adequate glass fibre optic
cables for overall Protection & Control &
1.1 Yes
Monitoring & Metering system should be
foreseen and included in the bid.
Below proposed quantities shall be verified
1.2 Yes
according to specific Bidder's design.
Final quantities must be estimated and
1.3 delivered as per Single Line Diagram and Yes
Substation layouts.
At least 20% spare in cable length, as well as in
1.4 Yes
number of fibres in cable, should be foreseen.
1.5 Fibre optic ducted cables shall be foreseen. Yes
1.6 Type of fibre optic Multimode
1.7 Number of fibres in cable Min. 4
1.8 Operational Wave length Insert
1.9 Attenuation factor maximum Insert
1.10 Band-width minimum Insert
2 Characteristics
Fibre optic terminations.
Overall quantities of specific fibre optic
terminations should be closely related to
2.1 number of fibres in each cable (each fibre, used Yes
or spare, should be properly terminated).
At least 20% spare terminations for each
proposed type should be foreseen.
2.1.1 Plug connectors type Insert
2.1.2 Connection technology Insert
2.1.3 Plug pin type Insert

Optical distributor with connectors
Overall quantity of Optical Distributor with
Connectors should be closely related to number
of relay houses. Optical Distributor with
2.2 Yes
Connectors should be foreseen for both cable
ends.
At least 10% spare Optical Distributors with
Connectors should be foreseen.
To accept metal-free
2.2.1 Fibre optic cable gland
optical cable
2.2.3 Patch-cord connection Yes
2.2.4 Type of optical connectors Insert
363
Unit Data

Patch-cord with optical connectors
Overall quantity of fibre optic patch-cord cables
should be closely related to number of protection
2.3 and control devices (terminals) in each particular Yes
relay house.
At least 20% spare patch-cord cables should be
foreseen.
The quantities and specifications of the optical distributor with connectors and patch-cord with optical
connectors predicted according to the optical ring configuration for control and according to the
configuration of busbar protection.
The technical characteristics of fibre optic cables for protection and control have influence on optical ports
characteristics of process LAN Ethernet switches.
364
5.2.5.28 Special Control Equipment and Tools
Unit Data
14299 Special Control Equipment and Tools / Code number: 14299
1.1 Special Control Equipment and Tools

Special equipment and tools for setting, repairing,
1.1.1 set 1
handling and maintaining of control system
Software needed for configuration, setting,
1.1.2 commissioning, testing, communication, set 1
interfacing with substation system
1.1.3 Laptop brand-name computer pcs. 2
Test plugs, including all necessary accessories
1.1.4 set 2
(transport case, cables, plugs, etc.)
365
5.2.5.29 Protection Terminal 230 kV OHL-Main 1
Unit Data
14001 Protection Terminal 230 kV OHL-Main 1 / Code number: 14001
1.3 Terminal type Insert
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics

2.1.2 • Without resetting ms > 50
• Restart time s Insert
2.2 a.c. current inputs
2.3 a.c. voltage inputs
2.3.2 Rated voltage Ph-Ph Ur V 100
2.3.3 Permissive overload, continuous % Ur 150
2.3.4 Permissive overload, 1 s % Ur 250
2.3.5 Burden at Ur VA < 0.3
2.4 Binary inputs Minimum 16
2.4.1 Number of BI groups with common root Insert

Number of inputs per BI group with common
2.4.2 <8
root
2.5 Binary outputs Min. 16
2.5.2 Number of outputs per group with common root
366
Unit Data
Breaking capacity at inductive load with
2.5.4 A 0.1
L/R<40 ms, at rated voltage
Current carrying capacity at rated voltage for
2.5.5 A Insert
signalling contacts, continuous
Number of tripping contacts (high-speed
2.5.6 pcs. 6
output)
2.5.7 A 5
tripping contacts, continuous
2.6 LED indications
2.7 Communication ports Yes
2.7.1.3 PC side connector type Insert
2.7.2 System interface
2.7.2.1 Number of rear ports 2
2.7.2.3 Communication speed Mbit/s Min. 100
2.7.2.4 Connector type RJ45 or FO
2.8 Human-machine interface Yes
2.8.1 LCD alphanumeric display, No. of rows Insert
2.9 Number of setting parameter groups Min. 4
2.10 Distance protection
2.10.1 Number of protection zones Min. 5
2.10.2 Basic operating time ms < 25
2.10.3 Operational characteristic Quadrilateral
2.10.4 Zone 1 direction software selectable Insert
2.10.9 Minimum impedance setting Ω Insert
2.10.10 Full scheme protection phase segregated Yes
367
Unit Data
2.11 Communication scheme logic

Intertrip
Permissive under-reach
2.11.1 Operational modes
Permissive overreach
Blocking
2.12 Power swing detection Yes
Secondary circuits supervision:
2.13 • VT circuits supervision Yes
• CT circuits supervision Yes
Automatic switch onto fault logic
2.14 • Impedance criteria Yes
• Instantaneous overcurrent criteria Yes
2.15 Multistage three-phase overcurrent protection
2.15.1 Directional Insert
2.15.2 Number of stages Min. 2
2.15.4 Characteristics
2.15.4.1 Definite time delayed Yes/no Yes
2.15.4.2 Normal inverse Yes/No Yes
2.15.4.3 Very inverse Yes/No Insert
2.15.4.4 Extremely inverse Yes/No Insert
2.16 Multistage earth fault overcurrent protection
2.16.4 Type of protection Non-directional
2.17 Directional earth fault protection
2.17.1 Number of stages Insert
2.17.3 Type of protection Directional
368
Unit Data
2.17.5 Minimum polarizing voltage % Ur 3%
2.17.6 Communication scheme logic Yes
2.17.6.1 Permissive and blocking Yes
2.17.7 Single and three-pole tripping schemes Yes
2.18 Current negative sequence protection
2.18.3 Characteristic Definite time
2.19 Power system supervision
2.19.1 Broken conductor check Yes
2.19.2 Overload protection
2.19.2.1 Setting range of 1 stage % Ir Insert
2.19.2.2 Time delay range of 1 stage min > 20
2.19.2.4 Time delay range of 2 stage s > 20
2.19.2.5 Blocking external (system or HMI) Yes

Additional supervision functions (thermal state,
2.19.3 Insert
etc.)
2.20 Autoreclosing
2.20.1 Number of shots Min. 2
2.20.2 AR program 1/3 pole
2.20.3 Reclosing pulse duration s Insert
2.20.4 Dead time range s Insert
2.20.5 Counters for AR operation Yes
2.20.6 Inhibit time range s Insert
2.20.7 Reclaim time range s Insert

Synchronism & energising check during 3 ph
2.20.8 Yes
AR
2.20.9 Evolving faults treatment Yes
2.20.10 AR blocking for CB not ready Yes
2.20.11 AR operation 1/3ph in 1st and 2nd zone Yes
369
Unit Data
2.21 Synchronism & energising check
2.21.1 Frequency difference range mHz. Insert
2.21.2 Voltage difference range % Ur Insert
2.21.3 Phase difference range ° Insert
2.21.4 Operating time for synchro check function ms Insert
2.21.5 Operating time for energizing check function ms Insert
2.22 Disturbance recorder
2.22.1 Number of digital signals Min. 40
2.22.2 Number of analogue signals Min. 8
2.22.3 External/manual initiation of recording Yes

Total recording time with max. analogue and
2.22.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.23 Event recorder
2.24 Fault locator, measurement in (km) Yes
2.25 Self-supervision Yes
2.26 Measurement
2.26.1 Active power measurement Yes
2.26.2 Reactive power measurement Yes
2.26.3 Voltage measurement Yes
2.26.4 Current measurement Yes
3 Additional requirements
3.1 Test socket Yes
Setting and configuration of Protection Terminal
3.2 Yes
approved by Engineer
370
5.2.5.30 14002 - Protection Terminal 230 kV OHL

Main 2
Unit Data
14002 Protection Terminal 230 kV OHL Main 2 / Code number: 14002
1.1 Manufacturer Different than Main 1
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics

2.4 Binary inputs Min. 16

2.4.2 <8
root
2.5.2 Number of outputs per group with common root Max. 3
371
Unit Data
2.5.4 A 0.1
2.5.5 A Insert
2.5.6 pcs. 6
output)
2.5.7 A 5
2.6 LED indications
372
Unit Data

Intertrip
Blocking
373
Unit Data

2.19.3 Insert
etc.)
2.20 Autoreclosing

2.20.8 Yes
AR
374
Unit Data
2.21.5 Operating time for energising check function ms Insert

2.22.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.23 Event recorder
2.26 Measurement
3.1 Test socket Yes
3.2 Yes
375

Main 1
Unit Data
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics


2.4.2 <8
root
Min. 16 (code 14004)
2.5 Binary outputs
Min. 24 (code 14004A)
376
Unit Data
2.5.5 A 0.1
2.5.6 A Insert
2.5.7 pcs. 6
output)
2.5.8 A 5
2.6 LED indications
2.10 Line differential protection
2.10.1 Sensitive differential current trip stage Yes
2.10.2 High current differential trip stage Yes
2.10.3 Inrush restraint 2nd harmonic Yes
2.10.4 Crossblock function Yes
2.10.5 Operating time, typical ms < 30
2.10.6 Resetting time at Idiff=0 ms Insert
2.10.7 Transfer trip operating time ms < 40
2.11 Remote end data communication
2.11.1 Transmission type Insert
2.11.2 Data transfer rate Kbit/s Insert
377
Unit Data
2.11.3 FO protection interface
2.11.3.1 Type of fibre optic μm Insert
2.11.3.2 Connector type Insert
2.11.3.3 Wavelength nm 1300
2.11.3.4 Optical transmitter injected power dBm Insert
2.11.3.5 Optical receiver sensitivity dBm Insert
2.11.3.6 Transmission distance (estimated) km Min. 15
2.12 Back-up Distance protection
2.12.3 Operating characteristic quadrilateral

Intertrip
Blocking
378
Unit Data
2.19.3 Characteristic Insert
379
Unit Data
2.22 Autoreclosing

2.22.8 Yes
AR
2.24.3 External/manual initiation of recording Insert

2.24.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.25 Event recorder
380
Unit Data
2.28 Measurement
3.1 Test socket Yes
3.2 Yes
381

Main 2
Unit Data
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics


2.4.2 <8
root
382
Unit Data
2.5.4 A 0.1
2.5.5 A Insert
2.5.6 pcs. 6
output)
2.5.7 A 5
2.6 LED indications
383
Unit Data

Intertrip
Blocking
384
Unit Data

2.19.3 Insert
etc.)
2.20 Autoreclosing

2.20.8 Yes
AR
385
Unit Data

2.22.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.23 Event recorder
2.26 Measurement
3.1 Test socket Yes
Setting and configuration of Main Protection
3.2 Yes
Terminal approved by Engineer
386
5.2.5.33 14005 - Protection Terminal for Power

Transformers Main 1
Unit Data
14005 Protection Terminal for Power Transformers Main 1 / Code number: 14005
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics

2.3.1 Number of inputs Min 4
2.3.5 Burden at Ur VA < 0,3

2.4.2 <8
root
387
Unit Data
2.5.4 A 0.1
2.5.5 A Insert
2.5.6 pcs. 6
output)
2.5.7 A 5
2.6 LED indications

Autotransformer / Transformer Differential
2.10
protection
2.10.1 Inrush restraint Yes
2.10.2 Over excitation restraint Yes
2.10.3 Basic differential current range % Ir Insert
2.10.4 Operating characteristic with 2 slope Yes
2.10.5 High non-restraint differential current range % Ir Insert

Internal CT ratio and vector group
2.10.7 Yes
compensation
2.10.8 Cross block function Yes
2.10.9 Zero sequence subtraction Yes
388
Unit Data
Restricted earth fault protection for
2.11
autotransformer / transformer
2.11.1 Low Impedance Yes
2.11.2 Internal CT ratio vector group compensation Yes
2.13 Multistage three-phase overcurrent protection pcs. Min. 2

Instantaneous overcurrent protection with
2.13.1
inrush restraint
2.13.1.1 Setting range % Ir Insert
2.13.1.2 Min. operating time at l > 10*lset ms < 30
2.13.2 Time delayed overcurrent protection
2.13.2.2 Type of protection Non-directional
2.13.2.3 Characteristics
2.13.2.3.1 Definite time delayed Yes/no Yes
2.13.2.3.2 Normal inverse Yes/No Yes
2.13.2.3.3 Very inverse Yes/No Insert
2.13.2.3.4 Extremely inverse Yes/No Insert
2.14 Multistage earth fault overcurrent protection pcs. Min. 2

Instantaneous earth fault overcurrent protection
2.14.1
with inrush restraint
2.14.1.2 Min. operating time at l > 10*lset ms < 30
2.14.2 Time delayed earth fault overcurrent protection
389
Unit Data
2.15 Thermal overload protection Yes
2.16.3 External/manual initiation of recording

2.16.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.17 Event recorder
3.1 Test socket Yes
Setting and configuration of Protection
3.2 Yes
390
5.2.5.34 14006 - Protection Terminal for Power

Transformers Main 2
Unit Data
14006 Protection Terminal for Power Transformers Main 2 / Code number: 14006
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics

2.3.5 Burden at Ur VA < 0,3

2.4.2 <8
root

Number of outputs per group with common
2.5.2 Max. 3
root
391
Unit Data
2.5.4 A 0.1
2.5.5 A Insert
2.5.6 pcs. 6
output)
2.5.7 A 5
2.6 LED indications

Autotransformer / Transformer Differential
2.10
protection
2.10.1 Inrush restraint Yes
2.10.2 Overexcitation restraint Yes
2.10.4 Operating characteristic with 2 slope Yes
2.10.5 High non-restraint differential current range % Ir Insert

Internal CT ratio and vector group
2.10.7 Yes
compensation
2.10.8 Crossblock function Yes
2.10.9 Zero sequence subtraction Yes
392
Unit Data
Restricted earth fault protection for
2.11
autotransformer / transformer
2.11.1 Low Impedance Yes
2.11.2 Internal CT ratio vector group compensation Yes

Multistage three-phase overcurrent
2.13 pcs. Min. 2
protection
Instantaneous overcurrent protection with
2.13.1
inrush restraint
2.13.1.2 Min. operating time at l > 10*lset Ms < 30
2.14 Multistage earth fault overcurrent protection pcs. Min. 2

Instantaneous earth fault overcurrent
2.14.1
protection with inrush restraint
2.14.1.2 Min. operating time at l > 10*lset Ms < 30

Time delayed earth fault overcurrent
2.14.2
protection
393
Unit Data
2.15 Thermal overload protection Yes
2.16.3 External/manual initiation of recording

2.16.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.17 Event recorder
3.1 Test socket Yes
3.2 Yes
394
5.2.5.35 14007 - Protection Terminal for LV side

of Power Transformer
Unit Data
14007 Protection Terminal for LV side of Power Transformer / Code number: 14007
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics

2.4.2 Number of inputs per BI group with common root <8
395
Unit Data
2.5.4 A 0.1
2.5.5 A Insert
2.5.6 pcs. 6
output)
2.5.7 A 5
2.6 LED indications
2.10.4 Zone 1 direction software selectable Yes (F/R/ND)
396
Unit Data

2.16.3 Type of protection Insert
2.16.4.1 Definite time delayed Yes/no Insert
2.16.4.2 Normal inverse Yes/No Insert
2.16.5 Minimum polarizing voltage % Ur Insert
2.16.6 Communication scheme logic Insert
397
Unit Data

2.18.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.19 Event recorder
2.21 Measurement
3.1 Test socket Yes
3.2 Yes
398
5.2.5.36 Automatic Voltage Regulation
Unit Data
14008 Automatic Voltage Regulation / Code number: 14008
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics

2.2.1 Number of inputs 1
2.2.2 Rated current for 110 kV A 1
2.4 Voltage control function
2.4.1 Set voltage range % Ur2 Insert
2.4.2 Set voltage dead-band range % Ur2 Insert
2.4.3 Upper limit busbar voltage range % Ur2 Insert
2.4.4 Lower limit busbar voltage range % Ur2 Insert
2.4.5 Line voltage drop compensation Yes/No Insert
2.4.6 Regulation for capacitive load Yes/No Insert
2.4.7 Undervoltage blocking range % Ur2 Insert
399
Unit Data
2.4.8 Overcurrent blocking range % Ir Insert
2.4.9 Parallel operation Yes
2.4.10 Parallel operation principal Insert
2.5.2.1 Number of rear ports Min. 1
2.5.3 External time synchronisation Insert
2.6 Tap changer, tap position BCD code
3.1 Test socket Yes
Setting and configuration of Automatic Voltage
3.2 Yes
Regulator approved by Engineer
400
5.2.5.37 14009 - Protection Terminal for Bus

couplers 230 kV & 132 Kv
Unit Data
14009 Protection Terminal for Bus couplers 230 kV & 132 kV / Code number: 14009
1.5 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics


2.4.2 Insert
root

Number of outputs per group with common
2.5.2 Max. 3
root
401
Unit Data
2.5.4 A 0.1
2.5.5 A Insert
2.5.6 pcs. 6
output)
2.5.7 A 5
2.6 LED indications

Multistage three-phase overcurrent
2.10
protection
2.10.1 Instantaneous overcurrent protection
2.10.1.2 Min. operating time at l > 10*lset ms 30
402
Unit Data

Instantaneous earth fault overcurrent
2.11.1
protection
2.11.1.2 Min. operating time at l > 10*lset ms 30

Time delayed earth fault overcurrent
2.11.2
protection
2.13.5 Minimum polarising voltage % Ur 3%
403
Unit Data

2.15.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.16 Event recorder
3.1 Test socket Yes
3.2 Yes
404
5.2.5.38 14010 - Busbar and Breaker Failure

Protection for 230 and 132 kV Busbars
Unit Data
14010 Busbar and Breaker failure protection for 230 and 132 kV Busbars/Code number: 14010
1.3 Type of installation Distributed
1.4 Standards IEC
1.5 Central Unit (CU)

Central unit for busbar protection must be
1.5.3 Yes
supported for min. 16 bays
1.6 Bay Unit (BU)
2 Characteristics
2.1.1 CU, BU Rated auxiliary supply voltage V d.c. 110 ±15 %
2.1.2 CU auxiliary supply redundant Yes

2.2 a.c. current inputs BU
2.3 Binary inputs CU, BU Min. 20 / 8
2.3.2 Number of inputs per module Insert
2.4 Binary outputs CU, BU Min. 6 / 4
2.4.2 Number of outputs per module Insert
405
Unit Data

2.4.4 A 0.1
2.4.5 A Insert
2.4.6 pcs. Min. 3
output)
2.4.7 A 5
2.5 LED indications CU, BU
2.6 Communication ports CU, BU
2.6.1.3 PC connector type Insert
2.6.2 CU, BU communication media FO
2.6.3 CU rear station (system) communication ports
2.6.3.1 Number of rear ports Insert
2.6.3.3 Communication speed Mbit/s Insert
2.6.3.4 Connector type RJ45
2.7 Busbar differential protection
2.7.2 Internal CT radio adaptability Yes
2.7.3 Multiple tripping criteria, check and bus zone Yes
2.7.4 Current transformer supervision Yes
2.7.5 External signal of load transfer starting Insert

Busbar protection system should be
2.7.6 suitable/adaptable for future switchgear Yes
extension or modification
2.7.7 Bay-selective intertripping Yes
2.7.8 Phase-segregated measurement system Yes
2.8 Breaker failure protection
406
Unit Data
2.8.2 Re-trip time delay range s 0-1
2.8.3 Re-trip operation mode 1/3ph Yes
2.8.4 Back-up time delay range s 0-1
2.8.5 Trip operating time setting resolution ms 1
2.8.6 Trip delay range s 0-1
2.8.7 Single-phase with/without current Yes
2.8.8 2-stage operation bay trip repeat/trip busbar Insert

Selectable operation mode (current, unbalance,
2.8.9 Insert
low current)
Independent settable delay times for all
2.8.10 Yes
operation modes
Low current mode using the circuit breaker
2.8.11 Yes
auxiliary contact
2.8.12 End fault protection Yes
Independent breaker failure protection per bay
2.8.13 Yes
unit
2.9 Disturbance recorder CU, BU
2.9.1 Number of digital signals Insert
2.9.2 Number of analogue signals Insert

2.9.8 s > 10
binary signals
2.10 Event recorder CU, BU
2.11 Self-supervision CU, BU Yes
3.1 Test socket BU Yes
3.2 Setting and configuration approved by Engineer Yes

Centralised, user-friendly configuration and
all necessary software tools for full
3.4 Yes
parameterization, and (re)configuration in
case of extensions should be delivered
407
5.2.5.39 Trip Circuit Supervision Relay
Unit Data
14011 Trip Circuit Supervision Relay / Code number: 14011

1.3 Type Insert
1.4 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics
2.2 Binary outputs

2.2.3 A 0.1
2.2.4 A Insert
408
5.2.5.40 Tripping Unit - High-Speed Tripping

Relay
Unit Data
1 Trip Circuit Supervision Relay

1.3 Type Insert
1.4 Standards IEC
2 Characteristics
2.2 Binary outputs

2.2.3 A 0.1
L/R < 40 ms, at rated voltage
2.2.4 A Insert
409
5.2.5.41 Test Socket
Unit Data
1 Test socket

Type
• Line main 1 and 2
• Line back-up and bus coupler
1.3 Insert
• Transformer main 1 and 2
• Bay unit BBF
• Distance protection (code 14007)
1.4 Standards IEC
Each protection device must have its own test
1.5 Yes
socket
Test socket must obtain safe online protection
1.6 testing and maintaining, and performing whole Yes
tripping test with following AR
Test socket should have enough contacts to:
• Short-circuit current inputs from CT's
• Isolate voltage inputs from VT's
• Isolate trip circuit for each phase separately
1.7 • Isolate CB close command Yes
• Isolate signalling voltage
• Inhibit breaker failure initialising
• Inhibit sending of communication signal
• Allow functional testing of protection
Socket should be designed for 4 mm banana
1.8 Yes
plugs access
410
5.2.6 Digital Fault and Disturbance Recorder (DFDR)
Unit Data
1 General
1.2 Type Insert
1.5 Power supply V, DC DC 110 V
1.6 Power supply - printer V, Hz AC 230 V, 50 Hz
2 Analogue inputs
136 for 230kV and
2.1 Number of channels 120 for 400kV
2.1.1 Expandability Min. 120

2.2 Nominal current Amp 1A / 5A
2.3.1 Nominal voltage Vac/Vdc Insert
2.3.2 Nominal current mA/Amp Insert
2.4 Frequency response Insert
2.5 Cut-off frequency
2.5.1 Bandwidth dB insert
2.5.2 Attenuation at dB Insert

Auto adjusted anti-aliasing filters for chosen
2.5.3 Yes/No Yes
sampling rate
Simultaneously programmable sampling rate for Min 2 for FAST and SLOW
2.5.4
all feeders/inputs Recording
2.5.4.1 Locally changeable Yes
2.5.4.2 Remotely changeable Yes
2.5.5 Possible sampling rates

Samples /
2.5.5.1 Slow. 1Hz-500Hz Insert
sec
Samples /
2.5.5.2 Fast: 0.5 kHz - 6kHz Insert
sec
Samples /
2.5.5.3 Continuous (variable rate) Insert
sec
2.6 DC coupled inputs Yes/No Yes
2.7 Resolution bits 12 or better
2.8 Accuracy % Min 0.5
411
Unit Data
2.9 Burden
2.9.1 • Current circuit VA Insert
2.9.2 • Voltage circuit VA Insert
2.10 Over load

100% In continuously,
2.10.1 Current % In
min 600 % In for 1 sec.
2.10.2 Voltage circuit % Vn 2 Vn and max. 350 Vn
3 Digital inputs
408 for 230kV and
3.1 Number of channels 360 for 400kV
3.1.1 Expandability min. 360

3.2 Selectable input level Vdc N/O or N/C, 110 VDC
Potential or potential
3.3 Type
free contact
3.4 Resolution ms Insert
4 Memory
4.1 Size MB 64 MB or higher
4.2 Type Solid state

0.1-2 user
4.3 Pre-fault time (fast scanning rate) sec
programmable
0.1-2 user
4.4 Post-fault (fast scanning rate sec
programmable
min. 180 user
4.5 Pre and post-fault time (slow scanning rate) sec
programmable
4.6 In-built hard disk (auto-maintained GB min. 4 GB
5 Sensors / Triggering criteria

All sensors/triggers are preferable
Yes/No Yes
programmable and virtually recordable
5.1. Logical combination sensor Yes/No Yes
5.2. Three phase over or under voltage / current Yes/No Yes
5.3. Mono phase over or under voltage / current Yes/No Yes
5.4. *du/dt, dp/dt, dq/dt, [Single/3 Phases], df/dt. etc. Yes/No Yes
5.5. RMS [voltage / current] Yes/No Yes
5.6. Zero sequence Yes/No Yes
5.7. Negative, positive sequence Yes/No Yes
5.8. Frequency Yes/No Yes
5.9. DC Step Yes/No Yes
5.10. Pendling / swing Yes/No Yes
412
Unit Data
5.11. Digital level and edge Yes/No Yes
5.12. Sensor trigger Yes/No Yes
5.13. Event trigger Yes/No Yes
5.14. Manual trigger Yes/No Yes
5.15. Remote trigger Yes/No Yes
6 Clock System
6.1. Internal clock Yes/No Yes
6.2. Accuracy Insert
6.3. External synchronization Yes/No Yes
6.4. Time resolution between 2 synchronized pulses Insert
7 Output Alarm Relay Contact

250 Vac or above, 60 Vdc
7.1. Max. operation voltage DC/AC Vac / Vdc
or above
7.2. Make and carry for 0.5 sec A Min 8A
7.3. Carry continuously A Min 5A
7.4. Break ( DC ) - resistive W Insert
8 Interface for Data Communication

8.1. Full definition compression Yes/No Yes
8.2. Maximum transmission rate bits / sec Insert
8.3. Standard serial port ( EIA-232-D) Yes / No Yes
8.4. Printer port Yes/No Yes
8.5. Dedicated serial port for modem Yes/No Yes
9 Printer Data
9.1. Printer amplitude (scaling peak to peak) Insert
9.2. Time scale mm/s Insert
9.3. Printer resolution - Insert
9.4. Auto printing Yes/No Yes
9.5 Fault priority transmission Yes/No Yes
9.6 Fault location (distance calculation) Yes/No Yes
10 Communication and remote analysing unit

10.1. Processor Pentium MHz Minimum 450 MHz
10.2. Co-processor Pentium Yes/No Yes
10.3. Main memory capacity Mb Minimum 64 MB
413
Unit Data
10.4. Colour graphics board S-VGA Yes/No Yes
10.5 Screen S-VGA Yes/No Yes
10.6 Hard disk unit GB Minimum 40 GB
10.7 Printer Yes/No Yes
10.8 Modem Yes/No Yes.
414
415
5.2.7 HV & LV Cable
5.2.7.1 230kV Power Cable
SI
Description Unit Requirement Bidder’s Data
No.
General
Manufacturer Insert
Type Insert
Model Designation Insert
Country of Origin Insert
Standards EC 62067
1 ISO 9001
Quality Control ISO 14001
ISO 18001
Type of conductor Copper
Type of Insulation XLPE
Ambient temperature for calculation
- Average daily temperature °C 40
- maximum daily temperature °C 50
Voltage
Rated Voltage kV 230kV
2 Maximum System Voltage kV 245kV
Impulse withstand voltage kV 1050
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 460
Cores
3
Number of cores 1 (one)
Conductor
Standard IEC 60228
Nominal Current A ≥ 2000
4 Cross sectional area mm2 Insert
Nominal Diameter mm Insert
Material Annealed Copper
Design (standard of segmental) Milliken (4/5 segment)
Conductor Screen
Semi conducting tape &
Material Extruded semiconducting
5 compound, cross linked
Thickness (approx.) mm Insert
Nominal Diameter over semi-
mm Insert
conducting layer
Insulation
Material XLPE
Process Triple simultaneous extrusion
6 Type of curing (dry) Dry Curing (VCV)
Average Thickness 23-25 mm
Minimum Thickness Insert
Nominal Diameter over insulation Insert
Insulation screen
Extruded semi conducting
7 Material
compound, cross linked
Thickness approx. Insert
416
SI
No.
Nominal Diameter over semi Insert
conducting layer
Metallic Screen/Sheath
Corrugated Seamless
Type
Aluminium Sheath
8
Thickness (nominal)
Nominal Diameter over semi
mm Insert
Metallic sheath
Longitudinal water tightness
Semi-conducting swellable
Material
9 tape
Nominal thickness and width
Insert
approx.
Radial moister barrier
Laminated plastic coated
Material
aluminium tape / lead/copper
10
Nominal thickness and width
Insert
approx.
Outer Covering
Material MDPE
11 Colour Black
Minimum average thickness Insert
Type of termite repellent Insert
Completed Cable Insert
12 Overall diameter (approx.) mm Insert
Weight per meter (approx.) kg Insert
Continuous Current carrying
capacity based on the conditions SPB * & Trefoil
special laid in the cable trench
One circuit Insert
Two circuit Insert
Three circuit Insert
Drawn into ducts (One Cable in Insert
13 duct)
One circuit
Same as mentioned above
provided the length of into the
Two circuit
duct shall not exceed 5 % of
route
Three Circuit Insert
In Air Insert
Max Conductor temperature
Laid direct ground °C Insert
14
Draw into ducts °C Insert
Elected in air °C Insert
2 hrs in a day
Permissible overload in service
15 100 hrs in a month
condition
500 hrs in total life
417
SI
No.
Conductor short circuit current cable
KA/1sec Insert
loaded as above prior to short circuit
16 Carrying capacity for three second
KA/3sec Insert
cable loaded
Final conductor temperature °C
Sheath Earth Fault Current Carrying
capacity for three second cable KA/1sec 50
17
loaded as above prior to each fault
Final Conductor temperature °C 250°
Max. Dielectric stress Insert
kV/meter
18 • on the conductor screen

kV/meter Insert
(assumed smooth)
• on the insulation kV/meter Insert
Minimum radius of bend around 20 x overall diameter of cable
which cable can be laid in meters
19 Laid direct Insert
In ducts Insert
In air Insert
Nominal Internal diameter of pipes
20 on ducts through which cable may Insert
be pulled (One cable in duct)
Maximum DC resistance per km
ohm/km
of cable at 20°C
21
Of conductor ohm/km Insert
Of metallic layer ohm/km Insert
Maximum ac resistance per km of
22 cable at maximum conductor ohm/km Insert
temperature
Insulation Resistance per km of
cable per core
23 mega ohm-km
At 20°C Insert
At maximum rated temperature mega ohm-km Insert
Equivalent star Reactance per meter
24 of 1 - phase circuit at nominal ohm/km Insert
frequency
Maximum electrostatic capacitance
25 µF/km Insert
per meter of cable approx.
Maximum charging current per core
26 per meter pf cable at nominal A/km Insert
voltage, Uo
Maximum dielectric loss cable per
27 uncle of 3 phase circuit when laid W/m/phase Insert
direct in the ground ay nominal
Maximum induced voltage on metal
28 sheath under fault condition (single Insert
core only)
Maximum dielectric Dissipation
29 factor of charging of cable when
laid direct in the ground at
418
SI
No.
nominal voltage Uo, normal
frequency at
Conductor temperature of 20°C Insert
Maximum conductor temperature of Insert
90°C
Sheath loss of cable per meter of
30 phase circuit at nominal voltage Uo, W/m/phase Insert
normal frequency.
Cree page Mm Insert
31 Total creepage distance of outdoor
sealing approx. mm and porcelain.
Earth continuity copper Conductor
32 mm2 Insert
(IF REQD)
Condition on which current
carrying capacity are based
Soil thermal resistivity °C-cm/W Insert
Ground temperature °C Insert
33 Air temperature °C Insert
Burial depth M Insert
Axial spacing between phase cables Mm Insert
Axial spacing between circuits Mm Insert
Type of earth bonding. Insert
419
5.2.7.2 132kV Power Cable
SI Minimum
Description Unit Guaranteed
No. Requirements
General
Manufacturer Insert
Type Insert
Model Designation Insert
Country of Origin Insert
Standards EC 62067
ISO 9001
34 Quality Control ISO 14001
ISO 18001
Type of conductor Copper
Type of Insulation XLPE
Ambient temperature for calculation

- Average daily temperature 30
°C
- maximum daily temperature 45
°C
Voltage
Rated Voltage kV 132kV
35 Maximum System Voltage kV 145kV
Impulse withstand voltage kV 650
Power frequency withstand voltage kV 275
Cores
36
Number of cores 1 (one)
Conductor
Standard IEC 60228
Nominal Current A ≥ 1600
37 Cross sectional area mm2 ≥ 1600
Nominal Diameter mm Insert
Material Annealed Copper
Design (standard of segmental) Milliken (4/5 segment)
Conductor Screen
Extruded
Material
semiconducting
38
compound, cross linked
Thickness (approx.) mm Insert
Nominal Diameter over semi-
mm Insert
conducting layer
Insulation
Material XLPE
Triple simultaneous
39 Process
extrusion
Type of curing (dry) Dry Curing (VCV)
Average Thickness 23-25 mm
420
SI Minimum
No. Requirements
Minimum Thickness Insert
Nominal Diameter over insulation Insert
Insulation screen
Extruded semi
Material conducting compound,
40 cross linked
Thickness approx. Insert
Nominal Diameter over semi conducting Insert
layer
Metallic Screen/Sheath
Corrugated Seamless
Type
Aluminium Sheath
41
Thickness (nominal)
Nominal Diameter over semi Metallic
mm Insert
sheath
Longitudinal water tightness
Semi-conducting
42 Material
swellable tape
Nominal thickness and width approx. Insert
Radial moister barrier
Laminated plastic coated
Material aluminium tape /
43
lead/copper
Nominal thickness and width approx. Insert
Outer Covering
MDPE (Latest
Material
generation)
Colour Black
44
Minimum average thickness Insert
Termite repellent Yes
Type of Termite repellent Insert

Completed Cable Insert
45 Overall diameter (approx.) mm Insert
Weight per meter (approx.) kg Insert
Continuous Current carrying
capacity based on the conditions SPB * & Trefoil
special laid in the cable trench
One circuit Insert
46 Two circuit Insert
Three circuit Insert
Drawn into ducts (One Cable in duct) Insert
One circuit
421
SI Minimum
No. Requirements
Same as mentioned
above provided the
Two circuit length of into the duct
shall not exceed 5 % of
route
Three Circuit Insert
In Air Insert
Calculation as per IEC During Execution
Max Conductor temperature
Laid direct ground °C Insert
47
Draw into ducts °C Insert
Elected in air °C Insert
Min 2 hrs in a day
Permissible overload in service
48 Min 100 hrs in a month
condition
Min 500 hrs in total life
Conductor short circuit current cable
kA/1sec Insert
loaded as above prior to short circuit
Carrying capacity for three second
49 kA/3sec Insert
cable loaded
Final conductor temperature °C Insert
Calculation as per IEC During Execution
Sheath Earth Fault Current Carrying
kA/3sec 40
50 capacity
Final Conductor temperature °C Insert
Max. Dielectric stress kV/mete Insert

r
51 • on the conductor screen kV/mete

Insert
(assumed smooth) r
kV/mete
• on the insulation Insert
r
Minimum radius of bend around 20 x overall diameter of
which cable can be laid cable in meters
52 Laid direct Insert
In ducts Insert
In air Insert
Nominal Internal diameter of pipes on
53 ducts through which cable may be Insert
pulled (One cable in duct)
Maximum DC resistance per km of
ohm/km
cable at 20°C
54
Of conductor ohm/km Insert
Of metallic layer ohm/km Insert
422
SI Minimum
No. Requirements
Maximum ac resistance per km of cable
55 ohm/km Insert
at maximum conductor temperature
Insulation Resistance per km of
cable per core
mega Insert
56 At 20°C
ohm-km
mega Insert
At maximum rated temperature
ohm-km
Equivalent star Reactance per meter of
57 ohm/km Insert
1 - phase circuit at nominal frequency
Maximum electrostatic capacitance per
58 µF/km Insert
meter of cable approx.
Maximum charging current per core per
59 A/km Insert
meter pf cable at nominal voltage, Uo
Maximum dielectric loss cable per uncle
W/m/ph
60 of 3 phase circuit when laid direct in the Insert
ase
ground ay nominal
61 sheath under fault condition (single core Insert
only)
Maximum dielectric Dissipation
factor of charging of cable when laid
direct in the ground at nominal
62 voltage Uo, normal frequency at
Conductor temperature of 20°C Insert
Maximum conductor temperature of Insert
90°C
Sheath loss of cable per meter of phase
W/m/ph
63 circuit at nominal voltage Uo, normal Insert
ase
frequency.
Cree page Mm Insert
64 Total creepage distance of outdoor
sealing approx. mm and porcelain.
Earth continuity copper Conductor
65 mm2 Insert
(IF REQD)
Condition on which current carrying
capacity are based
°C- Insert
Soil thermal resistivity
cm/W
Ground temperature °C Insert
66
Air temperature °C Insert
Burial depth M Insert
Axial spacing between phase cables Mm Insert
Axial spacing between circuits Mm Insert
Type of earth bonding. Insert
423
5.2.7.3 33kV 1Cx800mm2 XLPE Power Cable
Unit Data
1. General
1.1. Manufacturer To be mentioned
Copper conductor XLPE

1.2 Type
insulated
To be mentioned +
Standard according to
1.3 Model designation
which cable has been
manufactured and tested
1.4.1 Made in Insert
IEC 60228
IEC 60502-2
IEC 60287
1.5 Standards
IEC 60840
IEC 60853
IEC 60949
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
1.7 Rated voltage (Uo/U) kV 19/33(36)
1.8 Highest system voltage (Um) kV 36
1.9 Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70
1.10 Lighting Impulse withstand voltage kVpeak 170
Number of cores and cross sectional

1.12 Nos×mm2 1 x 800
area of conductor core
Descriptive
catalogue
Continuous current carrying capacity containing
1.13
for different laying conditions continuous
current
carrying
424
capacity for
different
laying
condition
with
calculation
shall have to
be provided)
Type of earth bonding system of
1.14 Solid
metallic sheath/armor
Maximum conductor temperature
1.15 0
C ≤ 90
under continuous rated loading
Rated short circuit current of
1.16
conductor for
1sec, cable loaded as rated prior to
1.16.1 kA Insert
short circuit

1.16.2 kA Insert
short circuit
Final maximum conductor
1.16.3 0
C ≤ 250
temperature
≥ 31.5 (with screen
temperature rise from 800C
Rated short time current of metallic
1.17 kA and 2500C) (detail
screen for 1sec
calculation sheet shall have
to be attached)
Final maximum metallic screen 0
1.18.1 C Insert
temperature
Permissible overload
1.19 in service conditions % Insert
for a period of Hours
1.20 System earthing Solidly

grounded
Maximum operating temperature of
cable under continuous rated loading
1.21 i) Direct buried 0
C Insert
ii) Drawn to ducts Insert
iii) Laid in air Insert
2. Core Conductor Characteristics
Nominal cross sectional area of
2.1 mm2 800
conductor
2.2 Conductor material Annealed Copper
Stranded compacted
2.3 Shape of conductor
circular
Conductor class (According to IEC
2.4 Class 2
60228 clause-3)
2.5 No. of strands pcs ≥ 53
425
2.6 Diameter of wire mm Insert

2.7 DC resistance of conductor at 200C Ω/km ≤ 0.0221
Max. AC resistance of conductor at
2.8 Ω/km Insert
maximum conductor temperature
3 Electrical Characteristics
Equivalent star reactance of three
3.1 Ω/km Insert
phase circuit at nominal frequency
Maximum Electrostatic capacitance of
3.2 µF/km Insert
cable
3.3 Impedance of three phase circuit
Positive & Negative sequence
3.3.1 Ω/km Insert
impedance
3.3.2 Zero sequence impedance Ω/km Insert
3.4 mA Insert
per meter of cable at nominal voltage
Maximum dielectric loss of cable per
three phase circuit when laid directly
3.5 in the ground at nominal voltage, W/m Insert
normal frequency at maximum
conductor temperature.
Insulation resistance per km of cable
3.6
per core
3.6.1 At 200C MΩ Insert
3.6.2 At maximum operating temperature MΩ Insert
3.7 V Insert
screen/armor under fault condition
Maximum dielectric dissipation factor
of charging of cable when laid direct
3.8 Insert
in the ground at nominal voltage &
normal frequency at
3.8.1 Conductor at temperature 200C Insert
Conductor at maximum operating
3.8.2 Insert
temperature
Sheath loss of cable per meter of 3
phase circuit at nominal voltage &
3.9 W Insert
normal frequency at the specified
current rating
4 Mechanical Characteristics
4.1 Material of conductor screening Extruded semi-conductive
thermosetting compound
Thickness of conductor screening
a) Semi conductive tape
4.2 mm Insert
b) Extruded non-metal semi-
conductive compound Insert
4.3 Diameter of conductor screen mm Insert
4.4 Material of insulation XLPE
4.5 Nominal thickness of insulation mm ≥8
426
4.6 ● Diameter over insulation mm Insert
4.7 ● Type of dry curing Inert gas
4.8 ● Extrusion process VCV with triple extrusion

4.9 Material of insulation screening Extruded semi-conductive
Nominal thickness of insulation
screening
4.10 a) Extruded non-metal semi- Insert
b) Semi conductive tape
4.11 Diameter over insulation screen mm Insert
Concentric layer of copper
wires with helically applied
4.12 Metallic screen copper tape or corrugated
seamless aluminum sheath
or both
No./diameter of each copper wire
4.12.1 (if applicable, based on design Nos/mm Insert
calculation)
Nominal thickness of copper tape
4.12.2 (If applicable, based on design mm Insert
calculation)
Nominal thickness of corrugated
4.12.3 aluminum sheath (If applicable, based mm Insert
on design calculation)
Nominal thickness Non-woven fabrics
4.13 wrapper over metallic screen (if mm Insert
applicable)
4.14 Material of outer sheath Black extruded MDPE
Minimum average thickness of outer
4.15 mm 2.8
sheath
4.16 Termite repellent Yes
4.17 Type of termite repellent Insert
4.18 Overall diameter of complete cable mm Insert
4.19 Weight per meter of complete cable Kg/m Insert
Method used for water blocking of
4.20 Insert
cable
Nominal thickness of layer used for
4.21 mm Insert
water blocking
Minimum radius of bend around
4.22
which cable can be laid
4.22.1 Direct buried mm Insert
4.22.2 Drawn to ducts mm Insert
4.22.3 In air mm Insert
4.23 Maximum pulling tension kg Insert
427
Max. dielectric stress on all the

4.24 V/cm Insert
conductor screen (assumed smooth)
Nominal internal diameter of pipes on
4.25 ducts through which cable may be mm Insert
pulled
5. Miscellaneous
5.1 Cable drum
5.1.1 Nominal drum length m Insert
±3% of nominal drum
5.1.2 Tolerance of each drum length %
length
5.1.3 Drum material Steel
5.1.4 Drum size (Flange x Width) approx. mm x mm Insert
5.1.5 Net weight Approx. kg Insert
5.1.6 Gross weight approx. (with cable) kg Insert
Both ends of every
length of cable shall be
5.1.7 Sealing of both end of cable
sealed by means of heat
shrinkable end caps.
The complete cable drum shall be
5.1.8 covered by sheet steel to protect from Yes
external thrust.
Particulars of the Cable
i.e. Voltage grade, Size
& length of cable, gross
weight, net weight,
direction of rolling,
5.1.9 Drum marking Purchaser's name &
contract number, name of
manufacturer and year of
manufacture etc. shall be
clearly marked on one
flange on the drum.
Rated voltage, conductor
Permanent identification marking at
size, manufacturer name,
5.2 intervals of not more than 300mm
year of manufacture and
throughout the length of the cable.
name of the purchaser
Cable constructional diagram with
5.3 To be provided with offer
proper legends and dimensions
5.2.7.4 33kV 1Cx500mm2 XLPE Power Cable
Unit Data
1. General
1.1. Manufacturer To be mentioned
428
Copper conductor XLPE

1.2 Type
insulated
To be mentioned +
Standard according to
1.3 Model designation
which cable has been
manufactured and tested
1.4.1 Made in Insert
IEC 60228
IEC 60502-2
IEC 60287
1.5 Standards
IEC 60840
IEC 60853
IEC 60949
ISO 9001
ISO 18001
1.7 Rated voltage (Uo/U) kV 19/33(36)
1.8 Highest system voltage (Um) kV 36
1.9 Power frequency withstand voltage kV 70
1.10 Lighting Impulse withstand voltage kVpeak 170
Number of cores and cross sectional

1.12 Nos×mm2 1 x 500
area of conductor core
Descriptive
catalogue
containing
continuous
current
carrying
Continuous current carrying capacity capacity for
1.13
for different laying conditions different
laying
condition
with
calculation
shall have to
be provided)
429
Type of earth bonding system of

1.14 Solid
metallic sheath/armor
Maximum conductor temperature
1.15 0
C ≤ 90
under continuous rated loading
Rated short circuit current of
1.16
conductor for
1.16.1 kA Insert
short circuit

1.16.2 kA Insert
short circuit
Final maximum conductor
1.16.3 0
C ≤ 250
temperature
≥ 31.5 (with screen
temperature rise
Rated short time current of metallic from 800C and 2500C)
1.17 kA
screen for 1sec (detail calculation
sheet shall have to
be attached)
Final maximum metallic screen 0
1.18.1 C Insert
temperature
Permissible overload
1.19 in service conditions % Insert
for a period of Hours
1.20 System earthing Solidly

grounded
Maximum operating temperature of
cable under continuous rated loading
1.21 iv) Direct buried 0
C Insert
v) Drawn to ducts Insert
vi) Laid in air Insert
2. Core Conductor Characteristics
Nominal cross sectional area of
2.1 mm2 500
conductor
2.2 Conductor material Annealed Copper
Stranded compacted
2.3 Shape of conductor
circular
Conductor class (According to IEC
2.4 Class 2
60228 clause-3)
2.5 No. of strands pcs ≥ 53
2.6 Diameter of wire mm Insert
2.7 DC resistance of conductor at 200C Ω/km ≤ 0.0366
Max. AC resistance of conductor at
2.8 Ω/km Insert
maximum conductor temperature
3 Electrical Characteristics
Equivalent star reactance of three
3.1 Ω/km Insert
phase circuit at nominal frequency
430
Maximum Electrostatic capacitance of

3.2 µF/km Insert
cable
3.3 Impedance of three phase circuit
Positive & Negative sequence
3.3.1 Ω/km Insert
impedance
3.3.2 Zero sequence impedance Ω/km Insert
3.4 mA Insert
per meter of cable at nominal voltage
Maximum dielectric loss of cable per
three phase circuit when laid directly
3.5 in the ground at nominal voltage, W/m Insert
normal frequency at maximum
conductor temperature.
Insulation resistance per km of cable
3.6
per core
3.6.1 At 200C MΩ Insert
3.6.2 At maximum operating temperature MΩ Insert
3.7 V Insert
screen/armor under fault condition
Maximum dielectric dissipation factor
of charging of cable when laid direct
3.8 Insert
in the ground at nominal voltage &
normal frequency at
3.8.1 Conductor at temperature 200C Insert
Conductor at maximum operating
3.8.2 Insert
temperature
Sheath loss of cable per meter of 3
phase circuit at nominal voltage &
3.9 W Insert
normal frequency at the specified
current rating
4 Mechanical Characteristics
4.1 Material of conductor screening Extruded semi-conductive
Thickness of conductor screening
c) Semi conductive tape
4.2 mm Insert
d) Extruded non-metal semi-
4.3 Diameter of conductor screen mm Insert
4.4 Material of insulation XLPE
4.5 Nominal thickness of insulation mm ≥8
4.6 ● Diameter over insulation mm Insert
4.7 ● Type of dry curing Inert gas
4.8 ● Extrusion process VCV with triple extrusion

4.9 Material of insulation screening Extruded semi-conductive
431
Nominal thickness of insulation

screening
4.10 c) Extruded non-metal semi- Insert
d) Semi conductive tape
4.11 Diameter over insulation screen mm Insert
Concentric layer of copper
wires with helically applied
4.12 Metallic screen copper tape or corrugated
seamless aluminum sheath
or both
No./diameter of each copper wire
4.12.1 (if applicable, based on design Nos/mm Insert
calculation)
Nominal thickness of copper tape
4.12.2 (If applicable, based on design mm Insert
calculation)
Nominal thickness of corrugated
4.12.3 aluminum sheath (If applicable, based mm Insert
on design calculation)
Nominal thickness Non-woven fabrics
4.13 wrapper over metallic screen (if mm Insert
applicable)
4.14 Material of outer sheath Black extruded MDPE
Minimum average thickness of outer
4.15 mm 2.6
sheath
4.16 Termite repellent Yes
4.17 Type of termite repellent Insert
4.18 Overall diameter of complete cable mm Insert
4.19 Weight per meter of complete cable Kg/m Insert
Method used for water blocking of
4.20 Insert
cable
Nominal thickness of layer used for
4.21 mm Insert
water blocking
Minimum radius of bend around
4.22
which cable can be laid
4.22.1 Direct buried mm insert
4.22.2 Drawn to ducts mm Insert
4.22.3 In air mm Insert
4.23 Maximum pulling tension kg Insert
Max. dielectric stress on all the
4.24 V/cm Insert
conductor screen (assumed smooth)
Nominal internal diameter of pipes on
4.25 ducts through which cable may be mm Insert
pulled
5. Miscellaneous
5.1 Cable drum
5.1.1 Nominal drum length m Insert
432
±3% of nominal drum

5.1.2 Tolerance of each drum length %
length
5.1.3 Drum material Steel
5.1.4 Drum size (Flange x Width) approx. mm x mm Insert
5.1.5 Net weight Approx. kg Insert
5.1.6 Gross weight approx. (with cable) kg Insert
Both ends of every
length of cable shall be
5.1.7 Sealing of both end of cable
sealed by means of heat
shrinkable end caps.
The complete cable drum shall be
5.1.8 covered by sheet steel to protect from Yes
external thrust.
Particulars of the Cable
i.e. Voltage grade, Size
& length of cable, gross
weight, net weight,
direction of rolling,
5.1.9 Drum marking Purchaser's name &
contract number, name of
manufacturer and year of
manufacture etc. shall be
clearly marked on one
flange on the drum.
Rated voltage, conductor
Permanent identification marking at
size, manufacturer name,
5.2 intervals of not more than 300mm
year of manufacture and
throughout the length of the cable.
name of the purchaser
Cable constructional diagram with
5.3 To be provided with offer
proper legends and dimensions
5.2.7.5 AUXILIARY POWER AND MULTICORE CONTROL CABLES
Item 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15
Number of core
Core section mm2
Core diameter mm
Conductor insulation mm
Type of filler
Type of tape
Sheath thickness mm
Sheath outer diameter mm
Armour wires no.
Armour wires diameter mm
433
Outer covering type

Outer covering thickness
Completed cable:
diameter mm
weight per metre kg
maximum drum length m
Minimum installed bending
radius mm
Maximum conductor temperature C
5.2.8 Batteries, Chargers and DC Distribution:
5.2.8.1 110V Battery
Unit Data
1. Manufacturer Insert
2. Type Insert
3. Standard IEC or equivalent
4. Electrolyte Insert
5. Nominal voltage V 110
6. Capacity at 5 hour rate Ah -300AH @ 5 Hr (for 110 V
DC,230kV S/Y)
-400AH @ 5 Hr (for 110 V DC,
132kV S/Y)
7. Number of cells -Not less than 94 nos. for 110V
-Not less than 42 nos. for 48V
8. Float voltage per cell V 1.40-1.42
9. Battery voltage at end of the duty cycle V Insert
10. ECV V/Cell 1.11
11. Normal charging rate A Insert
12. Maximum charging rate A Insert
13. Ampere-hour efficiency at ten hour % Insert
rate
14. Ampere-hour efficiency at one hour % Insert
rate
15. Discharge voltage per cell V 1.0
16. Spec. gravity of electrolyte 1 1.19±0.01
17. Sp. gravity of electrolyte (Charged) 1 1.19 ± 1%
18. Positive plate - Tubular
19. Negative plate - Pasted
434
Unit Data
20. Type of container - Plastic polymer
21. Cell condition - Pre-charged
22. Vent plug Anti-corrosive & fire proof
23. The battery stands steel frame Yes
24. The battery stands earth-quake endurance
Yes
type
25. Quantity of electrolyte per one cell litre Insert
26. Dimensions of one cell mm Insert
27. Dimensions of battery complete mm Insert
28. Weight of cell complete with electrolyte kg Insert
29. Internal resistance per cell when fully ohms Insert

charged
30. Material of battery case Insert
435
5.2.8.2 Battery Charger For 110V
Unit Data
1. General
1.2 Type designation Insert
1.3 Type Thyristor controlled
1.5 Standards IEC
1.7 Rectifier type Thyristor controlled.
1.8 Rated D.C. voltage V 110V ±5%
Rated output current 170, 150, 120A, 100A

1.9 A
(refer to BOQ for detail)
Charging mode Both constant current &
1.10
constant voltage
High Voltage Insulation 1000 V AC for 1 minute
1.11 V between input to output
and input to ground
Insulation resistance 10 M with 500V DC for
1.12 M
1minute
1.13 Cooling system Self & natural air cooled.
1.14 Relative humidity % Up to 98%
1.15 Ambient temperature °C 40 (max.)
1.16 Noise level db 65 (max)
1.21 Altitude 1000 m
1.22 Applicable Standard Hz IEC or equivalent
2. AC Input
2.1 Voltage V 415
2.2 Phase 3
2.3 Frequency Hz 50±5%
Allowable Input AC voltage variation At Charger ±15%

2.4 V
input terminal
2.5 Power factor 0.8
2.6 Efficiency (Full load) % 85%
Charge Characteristics Constant current

2.7 /Constant voltage
(During float charge)
436
Unit Data
2.8 Current limitation % 110%
D.C. OUTPUT
3
3.1 Voltage V 110±5%
3.2 Ripple Voltage (Full load) % ±3%

Charge, Float charge &
3.3 Charge modes (3 level) Boost charge
3.4 Float Voltage (adjustable) V 1.42
3.5 Boost Voltage (adjustable) V 1.53

Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Current
4 Measurement
Battery Current
Load Current
Earth-fault Voltage
5.2.8.3 48V Battery
Unit Data
1. Manufacturer Insert
2. Type Insert
3. Standard IEC or equivalent
4. Electrolyte Insert
5. Nominal voltage V 110
6. Capacity at 5 hour rate Ah 150AH @ 5 Hr
7. Number of cells -Not less than 42 nos. for 48V
8. Float voltage per cell V 1.40-1.42
9. Battery voltage at end of the duty cycle V Insert
10. ECV V/Cell 1.11
11. Normal charging rate A Insert
12. Maximum charging rate A Insert
13. Ampere-hour efficiency at ten hour % Insert
rate
14. Ampere-hour efficiency at one hour % Insert
rate
437
Unit Data
15. Discharge voltage per cell V 1.0
16. Spec. gravity of electrolyte 1 1.19±0.01
17. Sp. gravity of electrolyte (Charged) 1 1.19 ± 1%
18. Positive plate - Tubular
19. Negative plate - Pasted
20. Type of container - Plastic polymer
21. Cell condition - Pre-charged
22. Vent plug Anti-corrosive & fire proof
23. The battery stands steel frame Yes
24. The battery stands earth-quake endurance Yes
type
25. Quantity of electrolyte per one cell litre Insert
26. Dimensions of one cell mm Insert
27. Dimensions of battery complete mm Insert
28. Weight of cell complete with electrolyte kg Insert
29. Internal resistance per cell when fully ohms Insert

charged
30. Material of battery case Insert
5.2.8.4 Battery Charger For 48V
Unit Data
1. General
1.2 Type designation Insert
1.3 Type Thyristor controlled
1.5 Standards IEC
1.7 Rectifier type Thyristor controlled.
1.8 Rated D.C. voltage V 110V ±5%
Rated output current 150, 120A, 100A (refer to

1.9 A
BOQ for detail)
438
Unit Data
Charging mode Both constant current &
1.10
constant voltage
High Voltage Insulation 1000 V AC for 1 minute
1.11 V between input to output
and input to ground
Insulation resistance 10 M with 500V DC for
1.12 M
1minute
1.13 Cooling system Self & natural air cooled.
1.14 Relative humidity % Up to 98%
1.15 Ambient temperature °C 40 (max.)
1.16 Noise level db 65 (max)
1.21 Altitude 1000 m
1.22 Applicable Standard Hz IEC or equivalent
2. AC Input
2.1 Voltage V 415
2.2 Phase 3
2.3 Frequency Hz 50±5%
Allowable Input AC voltage variation At Charger ±15%

2.4 V
input terminal
2.5 Power factor 1 0.8
2.6 Efficiency (Full load) % 85%
Charge Characteristics Constant current

2.7 /Constant voltage
(During float charge)
2.8 Current limitation % 110%
D.C. OUTPUT
3
3.1 Voltage V 110±5%
3.2 Ripple Voltage (Full load) % ±3%

Charge, Float charge &
3.3 Charge modes (3 level) Boost charge
3.4 Float Voltage (adjustable) V 1.42
3.5 Boost Voltage (adjustable) V 1.53

Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Current
4 Measurement
Battery Current
Load Current
Earth-fault Voltage
439
5.2.9 LVDC/AC Distribution Panel (Not Applicable)
Unit Data
1
AC Distribution Panel
1.1 Insert
Manufacturer
1.2 Insert
Manufacturer’s type designation
1.3 Insert
Rating of Busbar Amps
1.4 Insert
Fault Rating for 1 sec kA
1.5 Incomer Breaker Rating Amps Insert
1.6 Insert
Voltage Volts
1.7 Thickness of sheet steel mm Insert
2 Miniature Circuit Breakers
2.2 Type Insert
2.3 Rating Insert

Amps
2.4 Fault Rating for 1 sec Insert

kA
5.2.10 Telecommunication Equipment
5.2.10.1 Fibre Optic Multiplexer Equipment
No. Description Minimum Requirements Guaranteed

Unit Data
1.0 GENERAL:
1.1 Type of multiplexer SDH: ADM & PDH
1.2 Complying to ITU-T rec. Yes
1.3 Transmission Capacity Mbit/s STM-4 & STM-16
440

Unit Data
1.4 Access capacity on 64 kbit/s channels Minimum 200
1.5 Access capacity on 2 Mbit/s channels Minimum 40
1.6 Redundant central processor Shall be available
1.7 Digital cross connect function Fully non-blocking
2.0 Available AGGREGATES:
2.1 Optical aggregates (ITU-T G.957) As per field
requirement
3.0 Available TRUNK INTERFACES:
3.1 HDB3, 2 Mbit/s interfaces per module Nos. Minimum 8
3.2 Complying to ITU-T rec. G.703, transparent
G.704, selectable
3.3 HDSL, 2Mbit/s interface: no of copper wires Nos. 4 or 2
Capacity on 2Mbit/s or on 1Mbit/s ch 30 or 15
Capacity selectable ch / pair 30 / 2 pairs
of wire 30 / 1 pair
15 / 1 pair
4.0 Available USER INTERFACES
4.1 Voice interfaces for trunk lines:
4.1.1 1 + 1 com path protection, available for all yes
4.1.2 Analogue, 4wire with E&M: Input level dBr +7.5 .. –16
Output +7.0 .. –16.5
level
4.1.3 Analogue, 2wire with E&M: Input level dBr +6.5 .. –12.5
Output –1.0 .. -20
level
4.1.4 Digital, 2Mbit/s CAS or PRI Yes
4.2 Voice interfaces for remote subscriber:
4.2.1 2wire, subscriber side dBr -5 .. +4 / -7.5 .. -1
4.2.2 2wire, PABX side dBr -5 .. +4 / -7.5 .. -3
4.3 Integrated teleprotection
4.3.1 Interface for Commands:
4.3.1.1 Number of independent commands Nos. 4
4.3.1.2 Transmission time max. ms 6
4.3.1.3 Signal voltage Vpeak 250
4.3.1.4 1 + 1 com path protection yes
4.3.2 Interface(s) for Differential Protection:
4.3.2.1 Electrical interface: G.703 kbit/s 64
4.3.2.2 Optical Interface kbit/s Minimum 64
441

Unit Data
4.4 Data: channels per module
4.4.1 1 + 1 com path protection, available for all yes
4.4.2 V.24/V.28 (RS-232): up to 38.4kbit/s Nos. 4
4.4.3 V.11/X.24 (RS-422): 64kbit/s Nos. 4
4.4.4 V.35: 64kbit/s Nos. 4
4.4.5 V.36 (RS-449): 64kbit/s Nos. 2
4.4.6 G.703: 64kbit/s Nos. 8
4.4.7 Ethernet: 10/100 BaseT Nos. 1
WAN capacity Mbit/s Min: 2x 2Mbit/s
Protocols Min.: IP
4.5 Integrated alarm gathering module:
4.5.1 Number of external alarms per module Nos. Min. 20
4.5.2 Auxiliary power supply for ext. contacts Yes
4.6 Network Management System
4.6.1 Type/Name of configuration tool
4.6.2 For fault / configuration management Yes / yes
4.6.3 For local / remote operation Yes / yes
4.6.4 Data communication network (DCN) Ethernet / IP or
Ethernit / OSI
4.7 Ambient Conditions:
4.7.1 Storage: ETS 300 019-1-1, class 1.2 °C / % -25 .. + 55 / class 1.2
hum
4.7.2 Transport: ETS 300 019-1-2, class 2.2 °C / % -25 .. + 70 / class 2.2
hum
4.7.3 Operation: ETS 300 019-1-3, class 3.1E °C / % -5 .. +45 / class 3.1E
hum
4.8 Power Supply
4.8.1 Operation VDC 48 / 60 (-15/+20%)
4.8.2 Fully redundant power supply yes
5.2.10.2 Power Line Carrier Equipment (Not Applicable)

Unit Data
1.1 Wave Trap Not Applicable
1.2 HF Coupling Unit
442

Unit Data
1. Manufacturer/model Insert
2. Type Insert
3. Working temperature range ºC Insert
4. Available bandwidth Insert
5. Tuning range Insert
6. Composite loss over tuning range Insert
7. Line side impedance range for Insert

phase/phase coupling
8. Equipment side impedance Insert
9. A Insert
Drain coil current carrying
• continuous
• for 1 second
for 3 seconds
10. V Insert
Isolation transformer voltage withstand for 1
minute
11. V Insert
Main arrestor voltage
12. Insert
Earth switch interlock with door
13. Insert
Compatibility with IEC Recommendation
481
1.3 High Frequency Cable
1. Insert
Manufacturer
2. Insert
Type
3. Insert
Coaxial or quad
4. Insert
Surge impedance
5. V Insert
Voltage withstand:
between conductors Insert
between cores and armouring
Insert
Attenuation per km:
• at 50 kHz
at 400 kHz
1.4 Digital PLC Terminal
Manufacturer/model Insert
1.
Type Insert
2.
Compliance with relevant parts of Insert
3.
IEC62488-1
443

Unit Data
DC voltage working range Insert
4.
Service conditions (temperature and RH) Insert
5.
Power consumption Insert
6.
Design life Insert
7.
Carrier frequency range Insert
8.
Gross bandwidth Insert
9.
Teleprotection equipment mounted within Insert
10.
the PLC units
Technical description of the equipment Insert
11.
Type of coupling (phase/phase or inter Insert
12.
circuit)
Return loss within the carrier frequency Insert
13.
band
Transmission rate of the digital signal Insert
14.
Output impedance Insert
15.
Dynamic range of receiver for digital signal Insert
16.
Means of RF frequency selection Insert
17.
Insert
18. Frequency spacing for parallel connections
• between two digital PLCs
between a digital and an analogue PLC
Insert
19. Output power (before hybrid at coaxial
cable)
Insert
20. Channel terminal power at output to
coupling equipment
Insert
21. Type of digital modulation
available/proposed
Insert
22. Calculations to justify operation of the PLC
over the transmission lines
Insert
23. Any limitations in paralleling of terminals (to
digital or analogue PLCs)
Insert
24. Required minimum SNR for minimum BER
Insert
25. Switching off of parallel PLCs, not to cause
interference with working PLCs
Insert
26. Spurious emissions
1.5 Digital PLC Terminal (Terminal)
444

Unit Data
Insert
27. Maximum transmitting level for parasitic
signals:
• 0-4 kHz from the band limits
• 4-8 kHz from the band limits
>8 kHz from the band limits
Insert
28. Voltage withstand
Insert
29. Capacity options available for various
services equipped within the digital bit
stream
Insert
30. Capacity allocation proposed for this
project
Insert
31. Speech channel 2W/4W interface
Insert
32. Speech channel impedance/levels
Insert
33. “Long line” telephone facility
Insert
34. Speech channel interfaces available (E&M
etc.)
Insert
35. Service telephone
Insert
36. Type of speech codec
Insert
37. Compatibility with analogue speech bands
Insert
38. Method of telephone signalling
Insert
39. Frequency response of speech channel
(Ref 800 Hz)
Insert
40. Data channel interface
Insert
41. Synchronous/asynchronous data channel
availability
Insert
42. Data signalling transmission rates which
can be accommodated
Insert
43. FSK Interface
Insert
44. VFT signal levels (2W and 4W)
Insert
45. Frequency response of VFT channel (Ref 3
kHz)
Insert
46. Test facilities
Insert
47. Alarm facilities
Insert
48. Equipment technical description
445

Unit Data
Hours Insert
49. Terminal MTBF
Insert
50. Single or duplicated PSU
1.6 Teleprotection Equipment
Insert
1. Manufacturer/model
Insert
2. Type
Insert
3. DC voltage working range
Insert
4. Service conditions (temperature and RH)
Insert
5. Power consumption
Insert
6. Configured for analogue or digital
communications media
Insert
7. Design life
Insert
8. Suitable for direct, permissive, blocking
signalling
Insert
9. Single/duplication of teleprotection signals
Insert
10. VFT channel allocation and bandwidth
Insert
11. Frequency or coded signalling
Insert
12. Use of guard channel
Insert
13. Signal transmission time
Insert
14. Modem programmability
Insert
15. Means of monitoring communications
channel
Insert
16. Transmission of “trip/send” signal at
increased level
Insert
17. No. of signals per terminal
Insert
18. Facility to hold on output signal
Insert
19. Trip extension facility/time
Insert
20. Minimum/maximum input pulse and
corresponding output
Insert
21. No. of receive output contracts
Insert
22. Provision of counters
Insert
23. Voltage withstand
Insert
24. Transmitter level output range
446

Unit Data
Insert
25. Receiver sensitivity range
Insert
26. Receiver alarm level or BER referred to
nominal
Insert
27. Minimum alarm contact closure time
Insert
28. No. of alarm contacts
Insert
29. 19"/ETSI rack mounting practice
Insert
30. Information to be submitted with the Tender
(a) Technical description
(b) MTBF calculations
(c) Performance graphs/details
1.7 PAX Telephone Equipment and
Subscriber Equipment
(a) Exchange equipment
Insert
1. Type reference
Insert
2. Manufacturer
Insert
3. Dimensions of cubicle
Insert
4. Rack width
Insert
5. Literature reference for typical layout of
cubicle
Insert
6. Operating temperature range
Insert
7. Operating relative humidity
Insert
8. Power requirements
Insert
9. Mean time between failures
Insert
10. Maximum number of local extensions
Insert
11. Maximum number of remote extensions
Insert
12. Maximum number of trunk lines
Insert
13. Maximum number of connecting circuits
Insert
14. Method of signalling
• Local extensions
2W
• Remote extensions
4W
Trunk lines 4W
447

Unit Data
Insert
15. Frequency of audible tones
• Dial tone
Hz
• Busy tone
Hz
• Ringing tone
Hz
Ringing current
Hz
Insert
16. Ring voltage
Insert
17. Type of processor
Insert
18. Type of memory
(b) Subscriber telephone
Insert
1. Type reference
Insert
2. Manufacturer
Insert
3. Type of dial (rotary/pushbutton)
Insert
4. Operating voltage
Insert
5. Outdoor bell
Insert
6. Type reference
Insert
7. Manufacturer
Insert
8. Operating voltage
5.2.11 36kV Capacitor Bank, 36kV Reactor, and 36kV NCT
5.2.11.1 Deleted
5.2.11.2 36kV Reactor
No. Guaranteed
Description
Unit Data
1. Inrush current limiting reactors

Manufacturer - Insert
1.1
448
1.2 Applicable Standard - IEC 60076-6
1.3 Type - Air core, Dry
1.4 Model - Insert
1.5 Rated voltage kV 36
1.6 143% of rated

current
Current at rated voltage A (fundamental) of
capacitor
bank
1.7 Insulation class - Class B
1.8 Rated reactive power kvar Insert
1.9 Conductor material - Cu
1.10 Inductance per phase (0.2%) mH Insert
1.11 Linear range p.u ≥2.0
1.12 Copper loss at 75 oC and rated current kW Insert

oC
1.13 Impedance at 75 and rated power Ohms Insert
1.14 5
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage kV (peak)
1.15 Rated power frequency short duration withstand

voltage, 1 s kV (rms) ≥70
1.16 Ambient temperature °C 45

1.17 Creepage distance Mm/kV 31
1.18 Rated inrush current kA Insert
1.19 Dimensions length x width x height mm Insert
1.20 Weight Insert
kg
1.21 Installation location Outdoor
1.22 Installation altitude m ≤ 1000
2. Detuning reactors
Manufacturer - Insert
2.1
2.2 Applicable Standard - IEC 60076-6
449
2.3 Type - Air core, Dry

2.4 Model - Insert
2.5 Rated voltage kV 36
2.6 143% of rated
current
Current at rated voltage A (fundamental) of
capacitor
bank
2.7 Insulation class - Class B
2.8 Rated reactive power kvar Insert
2.9 Conductor material - Cu
2.10 Inductance per phase (6%) mH Insert
2.11 Linear range p.u ≥2.0
2.12 Copper loss at 75 oC and rated current kW Insert
2.13 Impedance at 75 oC and rated power Ohms Insert
2.14 5
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage kV (peak)
2.15 Rated power frequency short duration withstand

voltage, 1 s kV (rms) ≥70
2.16 Ambient temperature °C 45

2.17 Creepage distance Mm/kV 31
2.18 Rated inrush current kA Insert
2.19 Dimensions length x width x height mm Insert
2.20 Weight Insert
kg
5.2.11.3 36kV 20/1-1A NCT

Particulars Unit

insert
1.2 Country of Manufacturing
450

Particulars Unit
Post type
vertical
mounting, Single
Phase, Free
1.3 Type
Standing, Oil
immersed /
Resin encapsulated
1.5 Country of Origin & Made in Insert
IEC 61869-1
1.6 Standards
IEC 61869-2

Outdoor
1.8 Installation type

2.8.1
insert
test voltage
2.10 Capacitance pF
451

Particulars Unit
°C insert
2.11
2.12
• Core-I % In 120
2.13 • Core-II %
120
I
n
2.14 • Core-I A/A 20/1
• Core-II A/A 20/1
Accuracy Class:
• Core-I 5P
2.15 • Core-II 5P
Rated Burden:
2.16 • Core-I VA 15
• Core-II VA 15

ratio
2.17 V insert
• Core-I insert
• Core-II
half of knee point voltage, I Exc at Vk at highest ratio mA
2.18 insert
• Core-I
• Core-II insert
half of knee point voltage, I Exc at Vk/2 at highest
2.19 ratio
insert
• Core-I mA
insert
• Core-II
half of knee point voltage, I Exc at Vk/4 at highest mA
2.20 ratio
insert
• Core-I
insert
• Core-II
2.21 • Core-I 10
• Core-II 10
452

Particulars Unit
for each rating:
2.23 Ohms insert
• Core-I
• Core-II
3.
Constructions

(solid)
3.9
test voltage 1.2 Um/√3 pC ≤5(non-solid)20
(solid)
4. Reliability Data
4.4
Yrs
4.5
in Hrs
453

Particulars Unit
4.0
(yes/no)
Note:
➢ Lifting lugs
5.2.11.4 36kV Capacitor Bank
No. Description Unit Requirement Data Guaranteed

1. Capacitor Bank and Unit
1.2 Model Insert
1.3 Applicable Standard IEC 60871
1.4 Nominal system voltage kV (rms) 33
1.5 Rated voltage of capacitor bank kV (rms) 36
1.6 Nominal reactive power output at 33kV MVar 15
1.7 17.85
Rated reactive power output MVar
1.8 Double Y
Connection of capacitor bank ungrounded neutral

voltage (Bank) kV (peak) ≥170
1.10 Rated power frequency short duration

≥70
withstand voltage, 1 s (Bank) kV (rms)
454
1.11 Temperature category -5 / B

1.13 Creepage distance of bushings and
support insulators based on pollution mm/kV 31
level
1.14 Capacitance tolerance % 0 to +10

1.15.1 Discharge resistor Built-in type
1.15.1 Discharge requirement for unit V/minute
≤ 75/≤ 10
s
1.16.1 Impregnant type PCB free and
biodegradable
1.16.2 Impregnant name Insert
1.17 Case Stainless steel
1.18 Paint Insert
1.19 Bushing no./per unit Nos. 2
1.20 Bushing type Porcelain
1.21 Dielectric system Polypropylene film
1.22 Type of capacitor unit Single Phase
1.23 Rating plate provided as per IEC Yes
1.24.1 kVAR
Rated kVAR of each capacitor unit, QN Insert
1.24.2 kV
Rated voltage of each capacitor unit, UN Insert
1.24.3 Rated capacitance of each capacitor

µF Insert
unit, CN
1.24.4 Rated lightning impulse withstand
voltage (capacitor unit) kV (peak) ≥38
1.24.5 Rated power frequency short duration

withstand voltage, 1 s (capacitor unit) ≥95
kV (rms)
1.25.1 No. of capacitor unit in series per leg of

Nos. Insert
single Y
1.25.2 No. of capacitor unit in parallel per leg of
Nos. Insert
single Y
1.26 Fusing type Internal
1.27 Power loss (Tandelta) including loss in
fuse and internal resistor* w/kVAR ≤ 0.2
(This item shall be used in evaluation)
1.30 Average annual failure rae Insert
455
5.2.12 Others
No Description Unit Minimum Guaranteed

Requirements
1 Structural Steel
1.1 Type and standard specification Insert
1.2 Manufacturer and country Insert
1.3 Minimum yield strength kg/mm2 Insert
1.4 Ultimate tensile strength kg/mm2 Insert
2. Copper Conductors for Earthing system
2.1 Type and standard specification Insert
2.2 Manufacturer and country Insert

2.3 Conductor material Insert
2.4 Size of conductors Insert
mm2
(Solid copper rods)
2.5 Size of conductors (Flat copper bars) Insert
mm
(Width×Thickness×Bundles)
2.6 Rated current A Insert
2.7 Short time withstand current kA rms Insert
2.8 Peak withstand current kA pk Insert
3 High Voltage Bus Work
3.1 Switchyard Conductor
3.1.1 Copper Tubular Conductors for Busbar
3.1.1.1 Type and standard specification Insert
3.1.1.2 Manufacturer and country Insert
3.1.1.3 Inner diameter mm Insert
3.1.1.4 Outer diameter mm Insert
3.1.1.5 Rated continuous current (site rating) A rms Insert
3.1.1.6 Temperature rise at rated current oC Insert
3.1.1.7 Rated short time current kA rms Insert
3.1.1.8 Peak withstand current kA pk Insert
3.1.1.9 Weight kg/m Insert
3.1.1.10 Moment of inertia kg-m2 Insert
3.1.2 Aluminium Tubular Conductors for
Busbar
3.1.2.3 Inner diameter mm Insert
3.1.2.4 Outer diameter mm Insert
456

Requirements

3.1.2.9 Weight kg/m Insert
3.1.2.10 Moment of inertia kg-m2 Insert
3.1.2.14 Rated ultimate tensile strength kN Insert
3.1.2.15 Mass, nominal kg/m Insert
3.1.2.16 No. of conductors per bundle Insert
3.1.2.17 Bundle configuration Insert
3.1.2.18 Bundle spacing
3.1.3 Flexible Bus Conductor
3.1.3.3 Conductor type Insert
3.1.3.4 Conductor size Insert
3.1.3.5 Standing Insert
- No. of Al wires
Dia. Of each wire mm
3.1.3.6 Overall conductor dia. mm Insert
3.1.3.7 Cross-sectional area mm2 Insert
3.1.3.12 Rated ultimate tensile strength kN Insert
3.1.3.13 Mass, nominal kg/m Insert
3.1.3.14 No. of conductors per bundle Insert
3.1.3.15 Bundle configuration Insert
3.1.3.16 Bundle spacing Insert
3.1.4 Shield Wire
Type and standard specification Insert
Manufacturer and country Insert
Dia. of galvanized steel wire mm Insert
457

Requirements
Stranding Insert
- No. of Al wires
Dia. Of each wire mm
Grade of wire Insert
Weight of wire kg/km Insert
Minimum breaking strength of wire kN Insert
3.2 Insulators
3.2.1 Station Post Type (for rigid Busbar)
Insulator unit, length/height mm Insert
No. of units in each insulator Insert
Power frequency flashover voltage Insert
- Dry kV
Wet kV
Impulse flashover voltage Insert
- Positive kV
Negative kV
Power frequency withstand voltage Insert
- 1 min. dry kV
10 sec. wet kV
Power frequency puncture voltage kV Insert
Switching impulse withstand voltage, wet kV pk Insert
Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV pk Insert
Radio interference voltage Insert
- Test voltage to ground kV rms
Max. RIV at 1.1xUr//3 line to ground voltage, micro
when tested as per IEC 60694 V
Leakage distance mm Insert
Insert
Mechanical values, failing load (min.)
- Cantilever strength N
- Tensile strength N
- Torsional strength N-m
- Compressional strength N
- Combined electrical and N
mechanical strength
Impact strength
N-m
458

Requirements
3.2.2 String Type Insert

Insulator unit, length mm Insert
No. of units in each insulator Insert
No. of insulator strings per conductor Insert
(at each end)
Dia. of disc mm Insert
Disc spacing mm Insert
Power frequency flashover voltage Insert
- Dry kV
Wet kV
Impulse flashover voltage Insert
- Positive kV
Negative kV
Power frequency withstand voltage Insert
- 1 min. dry kV
10 sec. wet kV
Power frequency puncture voltage kV Insert
Switching impulse withstand voltage, wet kV pk Insert
Lightning impulse withstand voltage kV pk Insert
Dry arcing distance mm Insert
Radio interference voltage Insert
- Test voltage to ground kV rms
Max. RIV at 1.1xUr//3 line to ground voltage, micro
when tested as per IEC 60694 V
Leakage distance mm Insert
Insert
Mechanical values, failing load (min.)
- Tensile strength N
- Torsional strength N-m
- Compressional strength N
- Combined electrical and N
mechanical strength
Impact strength
N-m
3.3 Clamps and Fittings
459

Requirements
Maximum working stresses Insert

All accessories for installation Insert
(bolts, nuts, etc.)
5.3 Technical information
Denomination / Description
Ref. Description Reference in the Bid
of Material in the Bid
1 Contractor's quality control system:

Copy of the QA system accreditation
1.1
certificates
Quality system manual with typical
1.2
procedures and quality control sheets
1.3 Environmental management manual
1.4 Occupational health and safety manual
2 Standards:
Copy of technical standards proposed for
use instead of a relevant IEC or other
2.1 international standard, with list of
differences from relevant international
standard, if any
3 Substation arrangement:
3.1 Substation Single Line Diagrams
3.2 Substation Layout drawing
3.2 Cross-section drawing
4 GIS Equipment
4.1 Manufacturer’s authorization letter

Manufacturer’s quality assurance
4.2
certificates
4.3 Technical data sheet
4.4 Drawing
4.5 List of performed type tests
4.6 Type test certificates
4.7 Descriptive catalogue

Reference list for the last five years for the
4.8
offered type
4.9 List of mandatory special tools
4.10 List of mandatory spare parts
4.11 List of recommended spare parts
460
4.12 Training plan and program
5 Circuit breakers:
5.2
certificates
5.4 Drawing

5.8
offered type
6 Disconnectors:
6.1 Manufacturer's authorization letter
Manufacturer's quality assurance
6.2
certificates
6.4 Drawing

6.8
offered type
7 Current transformers:
7.2
certificates
7.4 Drawing
461

7.8
offered type
8 Voltage transformers:
8.2
certificates
8.4 Drawing

8.8
offered type
9 Surge arresters:
9.2
certificates
9.4 Drawing

9.8
offered type
10 Control system:
10.2
certificates
10.4 Drawing

10.8
offered type
462
11 Relay Protection System:

11.2
certificates
11.4 Drawing, system topology, block diagrams
11.5 General description of hardware
11.6 General description of software

11.8
offered type
12 Metering System:
12.2
certificates
12.4 Drawing

12.8
offered type
13 Communication System:
13.2
certificates
13.4 Drawing, system topology
463

13.8
offered type
464
5.4 Drawings and Other Technical Information to be provided

1 Contractor's quality control system
Copy of the QA system accreditation
1.1
certificates
Quality system manual with typical
1.2 procedures and quality control
sheets
1.3 Environmental management manual
1.4 Occupational health and safety manual
2 Standards
Copy of technical standards proposed
for use instead of a relevant IEC or
2.1 other international standard, with list
of differences from relevant
international standard, if any
3 Substation arrangement
3.1 Substation Single Line Diagrams
3.2 Substation Layout drawing
4 Gas Insulated Substation & Equipment
4.2 Manufacturer's QA certificates
Reference list for the last ten years for
4.6
the offered type
5 Circuit breakers
4.6
the offered type
6 Disconnectors
Reference list for the last five ten for the
6.6
offered type
465
7 Current transformers
7.6
the offered type
8 Voltage transformers
8.6
the offered type
9 Surge arresters
9.6
the offered type
10 Control system
10.6
the offered type
11 Relay Protection System
Reference list for the last five years for
11.6
the offered type
12 Metering System
Reference list for the last ten years
12.6
forthe offered type
466
13 Communication System
13.6
the offered type
467
6. Schedule F: Subcontractors
The following form shall be filled and attached to the bid.
Bidders are free to propose/list more than one Subcontractor for each item.
Quoted rates and prices shall be deemed to apply to whichever Subcontractor is appointed, and no
adjustment of the rates and prices will be permitted.
In case that more than one Subcontractor has been proposed, the Employer have right to choose one or
more of them, or can ask for replacement
Should a Subcontractor be determined to be unacceptable, the Bid will not be rejected, but the Bidder will be
required to substitute an acceptable Subcontractor without any change to the bid price.
Prior to signing the Contract, the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement shall be completed, listing
the approved Subcontractor for each item concerned.
If the Bidder will carry out any of the works and services, they shall put own name in the form
Subcontractors
The following Subcontractors are proposed for carrying out the facilities:
Item Works and Service Subcontractor's Name and Address Nationality
11.1 Design
11.2 Civil works
Electrical works / installation,

11.3
testing and commissioning
11.4 NLDC
Name of Bidder:
Signature of Bidder:
468
7. Schedule G: Proposed Alternative Standards to Which

Equipment Shall Be Provided
The bidder shall list below all the alternative engineering and design Standards, which he proposes to use
in his design, manufacture and testing of equipment to be supplied. Should these standards differ from the
specified standard in any respect, the bidder shall detail the differences between the proposed and specified
standard.
Compliance with any standard equal or superior to those specified will be considered acceptable.
In the absence of any listed alternative standard, it is deemed that the standards specified in the Tender
documents are fully complied with.
Specified Standard Alternative Standard

Number Title
469
8. Schedule H: Proposed Contract & Site Organization

Personnel
The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.
The Bidder must demonstrate that he has the personnel for the key positions that meet the following
requirements:
Work
Work
Total Experience
Experience
Work In Similar
No. Position In Similar
Experience Projects in
Projects
(years) Oversea
(years)
Area
Contractor's Representative
1 15 12 10
Project Director / Project Manager
2 Substation Design Engineer 12 8 05
3 Site Manager 10 5 05
4 HV Electrical Engineer 10 5 05
5 Protection Engineer 10 5 05
6 Control Engineer 10 5 05
7 Substation Civil Engineer 10 5 05
Health & Safety (Accident Prevention) 03
8 8 5
Officer*
9 Environmental Specialist* 8 5 03
Social/ Land Acquisition / Compensation 03
10 8 5
Specialist*
*Workforce Management / Health & Safety (Accident Prevention) Officer, Environmental Specialist and
Social /Community Liaison and Land Acquisition / Compensation Specialist shall be responsible inter alia
for development of site - and works-specific CESMMP, including all sub-plans as indicated in Volume II
(ERQ), Annex 1 and for the implementation of these plans, including monitoring and related reporting within
the standard progress reporting of the project.
• All three specialists shall be full time position, during on-site construction.
• All three specialist shall be familiar with the application of the World Bank Group’s General EHS
Guidelines and the Sector EHS Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission and Distribution and with
the other international standards as set out in Volume II (ERQ), Annex 1
• CV’s of the three specialists have to be provided with the bidding documents, including evidence for
each expert for having worked with application of the required standards.
• Each of the three specialists for E&S Management should be provided with appropriate assistance in
terms of additional support staff of appropriate qualification to ensure due implementation of the
CESMMP.
• The numbers of support staff for each of the specialists/the final team set up for E&S Management of
the Construction Phase shall be provided as part of the bidding document.
The Bidder shall provide details of the proposed personnel and their experience records in the
relevant information forms included in Section 4 (Bidding Forms) of Volume 1 of the Bidding
Document and below.
470
Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the requirements specified in
Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) of Volume 1 of 3 of the Bidding Document. The data on
their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.
♦ Form PER – 1: Proposed Personnel

1. Title of position*
Name
Name
Name
Name
*As listed in Section 3 (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).
471
♦ Form PER – 2: Resume of Proposed Personnel

Position
Personnel Name Date of birth

information
Professional qualifications
Present Name of employer

employment
Address of employer
Telephone Contact (manager / personnel

officer)
Fax E-mail
Job title Years with present employer
Summarize professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and
managerial experience relevant to the project.
From To Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management

experience
472
10. Schedule I: Drawings and Documents to Be Submitted with Bid and

After Contract
10.1 Drawing and Documents to be Submitted with BID

The following drawings/documents shall be submitted with the Tender:
1. Typical single line, layout & sectional drawings of substation showing details of construction and
dimensions.
2. Outline drawings of all switchgear equipment:-
(a) Showing installed components, dimensions and weights;

(b) Showing transport dimensions and weights;
3. Outline drawings of all power transformers, auxiliary transformers and Shunt Reactor (if any):-
(a) Showing installed components, dimensions and weights;

(b) Showing transport dimensions and weights;
4. Typical drawing of transformer remote control panel.
5. For furnishing Type Test Certificates of equipment, Please see ”Type Test Requirement”, clause
1.3, Section 6: Employer’s Requirement, Volume 01 of 03.
For each equipment, the Bidder shall provide the List of performed Type tests as following
Equipment
Number of
Name of Date of Number of
No. Type test Type test
Type test laboratory report pages
report
6. Quality Assurance Certificate ISO9001/9002 Certification (or equivalent) and Quality Assurance
Programme & Typical Quality Plan for the work from the manufacturers of the following equipment:
(i) Power transformer

(ii) Switchgears (CB, DS/ES) &
(iii) Instrument Transformer
(iv) Relays& substation Automation System
473
(v) Fibre Optic Multiplexer Equipment for protection and communication

(vi) GIL / Underground power cables
(vii) Surge arrester
(viii) Wave trap (N/A)
(ix) Bus Reactor (N/A)
(x) DFDR
(xi) Battery & charger
(xii) Insulator
10.2 Drawings and Documents to be Submitted after Contract
Technical Drawings/Documents
General:
The Contractor shall prepare necessary technical documents for the equipment including detailed
engineering drawings, design calculations and specifications showing full details of the civil works,
equipment and materials to be used as well as all arrangement necessary for the installation works.
Prior to manufacturing, the contractor shall submit technical documents and drawings to the Employer for
approval.
The Employer will review and send to the Contractor his comments on the documents within 4 weeks from
receiving them, the commented drawings/ documents will be marked by “Approved”, “Approved with
Conditions”, “Not Approved” or “Not Subject for Approved”.
Any comments given by the Employer shall be taken into account before commencement of civil works,
manufacturing process at factories and if any modification or change is directed by the Employer, the
documents shall be revised and resubmitted for approval after making necessary revisions (Within 14 days).
Approval of the documents shall in no way relieve the Contractor from any of his contractual obligations.
All costs and expenses for preparation and submission of the documents shall be borne by the Contractor
including those for revision and submission of the documents.
The Technical documents shall have the followings features:

a) Units:
International System of Units (SI) shall be applied to all works.
b) Language:
English shall be the formal language, hence all documents, correspondences, drawings, reports,
schedules, instructions, name plates, rating plates, caution plates and notices shall be written in English.
c) Symbols, Marks and Abbreviations:
All symbols, marks and abbreviations, etc., used on any documents shall be clearly explained by a legend
on the same document or on separate sheets.
The abbreviations and marks used for an individual device shall be identical throughout whole
documentation so as to avoid confusion and misunderstanding.
d) Sizes and Identifications of Documents:
The size of the drawings shall be standardized as follows:
- Al (594 mm x 841 mm)
- A2 (420 mm x 594 mm)
- A3 (297 mm x 420 mm)
- A4 (210 mm x 297 mm)
Design calculations, specifications, lists, instruction manuals and other documents shall preferably be
prepared and submitted in A4 size.
474
All documents shall have a uniform title block at the bottom right hand corner, inclusive of the origin of the
documents. The title block shall show the drawing title with main ratings such as capacity or voltage etc.,
drawing number, revision number or letter, date to have been prepared, name of the Contractor and/or
manufacturer and the signature of the Contractor's authorized representative. Project title block will be
informed from Engineer after contract. A spare blank space shall be provided above the title block of each
document for the Employer comments.
Typical Technical Documents Required to be Submitted to the Employer:
The Bidder/Contractor shall submit the following technical documents and drawings:
A) With the Bid: (Refer to also Item 10.1 above)
The following drawings shall be submitted with the Bid:
a) General arrangement of substation.
This drawing shall give the principal dimensions and approximate positions of the circuit breakers,
isolating switches, etc.
b) General arrangement and overall dimension drawings of the switchgear.
c) Single line diagram of the main connections with secondary circuit of protection and metering etc.
d) General arrangement for transformers.
e) General arrangement of control and indicating panels.
f) General arrangement of relay panels
g) Drawings for MV switchgear & auxiliary buildings and guard house including floor plan, section,
elevation and dimensions.
h) Catalogues, literature and reference list of proposed Switchgear equipment, protection relays and
SAS.
i) Quality Management System Manual and ISO Certificate of the equipment manufacturer for 400kV
& 230kV GIS, Auto Transformer, Shunt Reactor, 33kV Switchgear, Protection relays, Battery and
Battery charger, Communication equipment and SAS.
j) Type testing certificates and procedures for similar switchgear, transformer, shunt reactor, circuit
breaker, cable, etc.
k) Routine testing certificates and procedures for all equipment.
B) After Contract Award Stage:

The followings are minimum requirement. Additional documents/drawings shall be submitted to the
Employer, when required by the Employer.
a) Master List of Drawings and Documents (Master Document List):
After contract signing, the Contractor shall create and submit a master list of drawings and
documents to the Employer for approval, for the purpose of monitoring and smooth processing of
document approval, which shall contain document title and number, date to be submitted, re-
submission date, approval date etc. underneath each column of relevant document classification
or category.
i) Single Line diagram (SLD) for main circuits and secondary circuits.
ii) Layout drawings of the substation showing buildings/rooms, equipment arrangement, overall
dimensions of equipment bays, cable routes or connections between equipment, internal/access
roads and phase-phase and phase-earth clearances where applicable.
iii) Outline drawings of switchgear bays, circuit breakers, disconnecting switches, earthing switches
and other main plant showing overall dimensions and weights, including details for shipping.
iv) General arrangement for transformers and shunt reactors.
v) Bushings or cable termination details for switchgears and transformers/reactors.
vi) Descriptive information and drawings for transformers, dealing with tank, core and winding
arrangements including type of coils, insulation, use of grading, on-load tap-changing equipment
and location of all ancillary devices, these drawings shall show masses crane lift necessary for un-
tanking and size of lifting lugs.
vii) Typical drawings of protection equipment, relay panels, and associated equipment enclosures.
viii) SAS system configuration and related drawings
ix) AC/DC system and panels arrangement drawing
x) Telecommunication equipment system diagram & panel arrangement
475
xi) Detailed schematic diagram for all equipment

Xii) Interconnection/Wiring Diagrams, Cables route & Cable schedule between panels/equipment
xiii) Civil Engineering/design drawings
xiv) Details of Building services equipment and system arrangement/calculations
xv) Others, when required
- The contractor shall include any other drawings, catalogues, descriptions and photographs
necessary to present a clear picture of the type and class of equipment to be provided under the
contract.
- Project Implementation Schedule/Program shall be submitted to the Employer for approval within
one month after signing the contract, showing the detailed program time schedule in bar/Gantt
chart or equivalent for design, manufacturing, civil works, factory testing, delivery to substations,
installation, site tests/commissioning and energization.
- The project organization chart including site organization shall also be submitted to the Employer
for approval within one month after signing the contract.
b) Subcontractors & manufacturers:
Summary list of the final selected subcontractors/manufacturers shall be submitted for Approval s
howing materials/equipment, place of manufacturing and testing etc.
The Employer has the right to request the Contactor to submit detailed subcontract (Suborder)
documents if required.
c) Specifications:
The Contractor shall prepare specifications for all major equipment/materials, installation, and
commissioning for the Employer approval.
The specification shall contain the type, ratings, design, construction, materials, dimensions,
corrosion protection and other necessary performance of the equipment.
d) Calculation sheets:
The Contractor shall submit all design calculation sheets for approval required for the substations systems
and equipment in accordance with related IEC standards or equivalents, but not limited to:
i) 230/33kV/LV cable sizing calculation
ii) CT/VT ratings and sizing calculation (Burden, Class, Knee point voltage, Secondary resistance etc)
iii) Batteries and Battery Charger capacity
iv) Auxiliary Transformer capacity calculation
v) Earthing system, conductor sizing and safety of personnel and equipment calculations
vi) Detailed civil structural design calculations.
vii) Protective Relay settings calculations and recommendations
viii) Insulation coordination study
e) Lists:
The following lists shall be submitted for approval:
- Cable Lists
- List of site installation equipment
- List of Test Equipment and Special Tools.
- List of Spare Parts
f) Factory Test Time Schedules
g) Factory Test Procedures
h) Factory Test Reports with witness signature
i) Site test time schedule and Procedures
j) Site Test /Commissioning Report
k) Operation and maintenance Instruction Manuals and installation manual.
l) Red marked As-Built Drawings
m) As-Built Drawings
n) Monthly Project progress report
o) Weekly and Daily site report
Required Numbers of Drawings/Documents:

Numbers of the documents to be submitted to Engineer shall be as follows:
476
a) During the Design/ Manufacturing stage:

• Documents for approval : 6 copies.
• Reference documents : 6 copies
.
b) Before energizing stage:
• Red mark corrected drawings : 4 copies.
c) After commissioning test:
• Complete sets of bound prints of As-built drawings : 4 copies.
d) After Final Acceptance:
• Complete sets of bound prints of As-built documents : 4 copies.
• CD ROM containing as-built documents : 4 sets as PDF.
Corresponding Letters:
The corresponding letter shall have series letter number, with the date of submission, address, project
name, substation name, subject etc.
The project letter numbering system may be instructed by the Employer after the Contract.
477
11. Schedule J: Departures from The Specification
Bidders are to list all departures from the requirements of the specification in this schedule.
All departures whether they be commercial, financial, technical or of a contractual nature are to be included
and shall be submitted with the Technical proposal
Any item that does not have a departure listed in this schedule will be deemed to be in full accordance with
the requirements of the specification.
No other document or detail accompanying the tender will be considered in evaluating departures.
Bidders are not permitted to offer any alternative to this schedule.
Item Volume Clause Detail of Departure from Specification
NOT APPLICABLE
Attachment-Price Schedule

Volume 3 - CEEGSTL - P2L1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Volume 3 - CEEGSTL - P2L1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Volume 3 - CEEGSTL - P2L1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

POWER GRID BANGLADESH PLC

Issued on : July 30, 2024

ICB No. : POWERGRID/CEEGSTL/SS/Package-2/Lot-1/Re-Tender

Contents of the Tender Documents

Part 1: Bidding Procedures

Part 2: Employer’s Requirements

Part 3: Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

System Parameters & Plant Design

Schedule A: Scope of Work

Schedule No. B6: Recommended Spare Parts 65

1. Schedule A: Scope of Works

1.1 Description of Overall Project

1.2 Description of this Package

The work covered by this Bid and Specification is outlined below-

Sl. Name of the Installation of Power

Control, Protection, SAS &

AIS Bay Extension

Sl. Name of the Bay Extension Quantity

132 kV AIS Bay Extension

36kV Capacitor Bank

Proposed compensation Block

1. Panchogar 132/33 2x15

2. Thakurgaon 132/33kV 3x15

3. Joypurhat 132/33kV 2x15

4. Coxbazar 132/33kV 4x15

5. Chuadanga 132/33kV 2x15

6. Bhandaria 132/33kV 3x15

AIS Bay Extension:

36kV Capacitor Banks:

Harmonic Study regarding capacitor bank installation:

1A Fire Fighting System for Power Transformer

1J Control, Protection, SAS & Metering

Design, supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of all Control,

The equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned shall comprise:-

The equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned shall comprise:-

1K Multicore Power & Control Cable

1Q Civil Works, Building and Foundation

Complete Outdoor Civil Works

1.3.2 New 230/138/34.5kV transformer at Agargaon 230/132/33kV GIS Substation

2A Power Transformer (New)

2B 245kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)

2B1 245kV GIS Auto Transformer Feeder Bay, comprises with:

2C 145kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)

2C1 145kV GIS Auto Transformer Feeder Bay, comprises with:

2D 132kV and 33kV Air Insulated Switchgears (AIS)

2F Insulator & fittings for 230kV, 132kV & 33kV

2H GIL, Power Cables, Cable Termination and GIS

2J Control, Protection, SAS & Metering

2J2 Extension of existing busbar protection system to accommodate new bay.

The equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned shall comprise:-

2J6 Extension of existing busbar protection system to accommodate new bay.

The equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned shall comprise:-

2K Multicore Power & Control Cable

2L Earthing and Lightning Protection

2M Batteries, Chargers & DC distribution board

One (1) lot of extension/modification of complete design, supply, delivery, installation,

2P Civil Works, Building and Foundation

Complete Outdoor Civil Works

1.3.3 230/132/33kV transformer replacement at Tongi 230/132/33kV AIS